Ug HB 2012-2013

Undergraduate
Guidebook
2012/2013
Session
UNDERGRADUATE GUIDEBOOK
2012-2013
CONTENTS
1. DEANS MESSAGE 1 2. DEPUTY DEANS MESSAGE .. 2 3. UNDERGRADUATE ADMINISTRATION.. 4. HEAD OF DEPARTMENTS AND UNITS .... 5. ACADEMIC STAFF LIST ........ 3 4 7
6. EDUCATIONAL GOALS OF UNIVERSITY MALAYA .. 35 7. HISTORY OF THE FACULTY OF MEDICINE . 36 8. VISION AND MISSION 37 9. UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMME i. Bachelor of Medicine & Bachelor of Surgery a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j. k. l. Philosophy of the Curriculum MBBS Curriculum ... Programme Learning Outcome Academic Calendar Specific Learning Activities in Phases .. DPHS Module .. PPD Module .. Problem Based Learning .. Course Assessment .. Compulsory University Courses .. Soft skill Module Admission Requirement .. 41 42 44 45 50 55 56 59 60 65 66 67 40
ii.
Bachelor of Pharmacy a. b. c. d. e. f. g. Message from Head of Department .. 68 Academic Calendar ... 69 Organization Chart . 70 Academic Staff . 72 Programme Title, Philosophy, Principles & Objectives . 76 Programme Structure 81 Summary of Curriculum 92 Elementary Level 92 Intermediate I Level 103 Intermediate II Level 116 Professional Level .. 128
FACULTY OF MEDICINE , UNIVERSITI OF MALAYA | http://medicine.um.edu.my
2012-2013
iii.
Bachelor of Biomedical Science a. b. c. d. e. f. Academic Staff .. Introduction & Learning Outcome Academic Programme Course Structure .. Admission Requirement Course Outline / Introduction . Year Year Year Year Year Year Year Year 1 Semester 1 1 Semester 2 2 Semester 1 2 Semester 2 3 Semester 1 3 Semester 2 4 Semester 1 4 Semester 2 144 145 146 152 158 162 162 167 171 179 185 193 199 204
iv.
Bachelor of Nursing Science a. b. c. d. e. f. g. Message from Head of Department .. Academic Calendar Administration Staff . Introduction . Programme Structure . Admission Requirement .. Course Summary .. Year Year Year Year Year Year Year Year Year 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 4 Semester Semester Semester Semester Semester Semester Semester Semester Semester 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 3 . . 208 209 210 212 214 228 233 233 239 245 251 257 263 270 277 283
v.
Bachelor of Medicine Imaging a. b. c. d. e. f. Message from Head of Department Academic Calendar . Administration Staff . Introduction & Programme Learning Outcome . Programme Structure Course Summary .. Year Year Year Year 1 2 3 4 .. .. ... 284 285 286 287 288 305 305 310 316 322
ii
2012-2013
10. FACULTY FACILITIES ..... 11. CAMPUS FACILITIES 12. FACULTY BUILDING PLANS 13. MAP CAMPUS ... 14. DRESS CODE ...
330 335 338 339 340
iii
2012-2013
DEANS MESSAGE
Welcome to the Faculty of Medicine, University of Malaya. Whether you have enrolled into the Bachelor of Medicine & Surgery, Nursing Science, Pharmacy or Biomedical Science or Imaging courses, you are now entering into a new and exciting phase in your life that will prepare you for a career in the medical sciences. Your admission into any of these programs is the beginning of a tremendous opportunity to receive a special, health profession education with degrees in many distinct fields leading to hundreds of health care careers in the future. The courses that you will undertake in the next 4-5 years will prepare you for a career which will entail either direct patient care or in working behind the scenes in laboratories or behind technologically advanced diagnostic equipment in clinics or hospitals. The lectures, tutorials and the practicals that you will be attending in the course of the next few years is however but a foundation and a stepping stone to what we hope will prepare you for a life-long learning experience. In the words of perhaps one of the most accomplished and greatest physicians in recent times, Sir William Osler,
"The hardest conviction to get into the mind of a beginner is that the education upon which he is engaged is not a college course, not a medical course, but a life course, for which the work of a few years under teachers is but a preparation."
We hope that you will take the opportunity to engage productively not just with your academic tutors and mentors but also with your fellow students some of whom have come from different parts of the world. We also sincerely hope that your campus life will not be restricted to the pursuit of an academic qualification alone, but that you will use this opportunity to enrich your minds in other worthy pursuit whether it is community service, sports or music and culture. I wish you all well in your pursuit of an academic degree in the medical sciences and hope that you will emerge from your time at the Faculty of Medicine University of Malaya as a life-long learner with a passion and committment to your chosen vocation.
PROFESSOR DR. ADEEBA BINTI KAMARULZAMAN Dean Faculty of Medicine
2012-2013
DEPUTY DEANS MESSAGE
On behalf of the Faculty of Medicine and all the academic staff, I extend a very warm welcome to each and every one of you. As a faculty, we would like your education in this institution to be a rewarding and an enriching experience. This handbook has been prepared as a guide for you in the faculty. Its content is by no means exhaustive but will be very useful for you especially in your first year in this faculty. Being a student in this faculty will take a good 4- 5 years of your life depending on the programme you enrolled for. To obtain the degree, you have to put in a lot of hard work powered by dedication, sacrifice, unwavering determination, perseverance and commitment to ensure you will become not only a knowledgeable and skilful health care professional but also one who practices holistically. The education in this faculty does not stop upon graduation, but merely acts as a stepping stone to a lifetime of learning in your chosen field. Medical education does not only revolve around science, but also involves the art of practising it. We want you to be curious about the programme. Everything that goes on in this institution is a learning opportunity. The skills that you will acquire include good communication skills between you and your colleagues, your patients and their families and also with members of the community. You will find that your teachers, seniors and friends are mentors in your quest to become good and ethical health care professionals, thus providing you the best apprenticeship you could possibly have. The programme in the faculty is also about character building, and, you will need to develop appropriate attitudes that contribute to the qualities necessary of your chosen profession. We hope this guidebook can be fully used to your advantage in better understanding the programme and the people entrusted to run it. The Deans Office along with all its support groups will try to make your stay a memorable and a fruitful one. We would like to wish you every success in your programme and hope that the years that you will spend in this faculty will be among the best in your life. Again, I wish you a warm welcome and I look forward to meeting each and every one during the course of your study with us. PROFESSOR DATIN DR HAMIMAH BINTI HJ HASSAN Deputy Dean of Undergraduate
2012-2013
UNDERGRADUATE ADMINISTRATION
PROFESSOR DR. ADEEBA KAMARULZAMAN Dean adeeba@ummc.edu.my 603-79492050 PROFESSOR DATIN DR. HAMIMAH HJ HASSAN Deputy Dean hamimah@ummc.edu.my 603-79492156 Siti Habsah Mat Jais Office Secretary habsah@ummc.edu.my 603-79492156 Haril Muzammil bin Awang Senior Assistant Registrar haril@ummc.edu.my 603-79492076
Maizon Abdul Karim Senior Administrative Assistant (Clerical/Operations) maizon@ummc.edu.my 603-79677584 Noraslinda Azahari Administrative Assistant (Clerical/Operations) noraslinda@ummc.edu.my 603-79674941 Sarjit Kaur a/p Naginder Singh Administrative Assistant (Clerical/Operations) sarjit@ummc.edu.my 603-79492105 Rohani Harun Administrative Assistant (Clerical/Operations) rohaniha@ummc.edu.myy 603-79674941
Siti Zaleha Ahmad Administrative Assistant (Clerical/Operations) zaleha@ummc.edu.my 603-79492076 Julianna Ariff Administrative Assistant (Clerical/Operations) julianna@ummc.edu.my 603-79492106 Salwa Mohd Sharif (Klang Campus) Administrative Assistant (Clerical/Operations) salwas@um.edu.my 603-33719914
2012-2013
MANAGEMENT, HEAD OF DEPARTMENTS / UNIT & ACADEMIC STAFF

DEPARTMENTS
Department of Anaesthesiology Department of Anatomy Department of Biomedical Imaging Department of Medical Microbiology Department of Obstetrics & Gynaecology Department of Ophthalmology Department of Otorhinolaryngology Department of Orthopaedic Surgery Department of Paediatrics Department of Parasitology Department of Pathology Department of Pharmacology Department of Pharmacy Department of Physiology Department of Primary Care Medicine Department of Psychological Medicine Department of Medicine Department of Molecular Medicine Department of Nursing Science Department of Rehabilitation Medicine Department of Social & Preventive Medicine Department of Surgery Professor Dr Marzida Mansor Associate Professor Dr Murali A/L D Kuppusamy Naidu Associate Professor Dr Yang Faridah Abdul Aziz Professor Dr Sazaly Abu Bakar Associate Professor Dr Noor Azmi Mat Adenan Professor Dr Visvaraja A/L Subrayan Professor Dr Prepageran a/l Narayanan Professor Dato Dr Tunku Sara Tunku Ahmad Yahya Professor Dr Lee Way Seah Professor Dr Rohela Mahmud Professor Dr Cheah Phaik Leng Professor Datin Dr Zahurin Mohamed Associate Professor Dr Mohamed Ibrahim Noordin Professor Dr Ruby Husain Associate Professor Dr Nik Sherina Haidi Hanafi Associate Professor Dr Ahmad Hatim Sulaiman Professor Dr Goh Khean Jin Professor Dr Onn Hashim Puan Aini Ahmad Associate Professor Lydia Abdul Latif Associate Professor Dr Maznah Dahlui Associate Professor Dr Alizan Abdul Khalil
UNITS
Academic Trauma & Emergency Animal Research Centre Clinical Oncology Unit Clinical Skills Unit Electron Microscopy Medical Biotechnology Laboratory Medical Education Research Development Unit (MERDU) & Clinical Skills Laboratory (CSL) Sports Medicine Unit Dr Risya Manikam Dr Hj Azizuddin Hj Kamaruddin Associate Professor Dr Anita Zarina Bustam Professor Jamiyah Hassan Professor Wong Kum Thong Dr Putri Shafinaz Akmar Abdul Rahman Professor Dr Jamunarani S Vadivelu Associate Professor Dr Mohd Razif Mohd Ali
2012-2013
FACULTY OF MEDICINE
DEAN Professor Dr Adeeba Kamarulzaman Tel: 03-7949 2050 Fax : 03-7954 0533 Email: adeeba@ummc.edu.my
DEPUTY DEANS Professor Dr Christopher Boey Chiong Meng (Postgraduate) Professor Datin Dr Hamimah Hj Hassan (Undergraduate) Tel: 03-7949 2108 Fax: 03-7967 6684 Email: boeycm@ummc.edu.my Tel: 03-7949 2156 Fax: 03-7956 8841 Email: hamimah@ummc.edu.my Tel: 03-7949 2103 Fax: 03-7956 8841 Email: joharis@ummc.edu.my
Professor Dr Johari Haji Surin (Development)
Professor Dr Tunku Kamarul Zaman bin Tunku Zainol Abidin (Research) Tel: 03-7949 2077 Fax: 03-7956 8841 Email: tkzrea@ummc.edu.my ADMINISTRATION Ruhani Zakaria Senior Principal Assistant Registrar Tel: 03-79696669 Fax: 03-79568841 Email: ruhani@ummc.edu.my Tel: 03-79677503 Fax: 03-79676684 Email: aminahna@ummc.edu.my Tel: 03-79673796 Fax: 03-79568841 Email: haril@ummc.edu.my
Aminah Hj. Nafiah Senior Assistant Registrar
Haril Muzammil Awang Senior Assistant Registrar
2012-2013
UNIVERSITY MALAYA MEDICAL CENTRE

Director Professor Dato Dr Ikram Shah Ismail
Tel: 03-7949 2000 Fax: 03-79562253 Email: ikram@ummc.edu.my Tel: 03-7949 2001 Fax: 03-79554309 Email: pattans@ummc.edu.my Tel: 03-79492103 Fax: Email: mustafa@ummc.edu.my Tel: 03-7949 2002 Fax: 03-79494645 Email: nurri@ummc.edu.my Tel: 03-7949 2161 Fax: 03-79494607 Email: enson@ummc.edu.my
Deputy Director (Professional) Professor Dato Dr Patrick Tan Seow Koon
Deputy Director (Development) Professor Dr Mustafa bin Ali Mohd Deputy Director (Administration) Ms. Nurri Kadarman
Manager, Human Resource Division Datin Nor Enson binti Abas
2012-2013
DEPARTMENTS AT THE FACULTY ANAESTHESIOLOGY

Head of Department: Professor Dr Marzida Mansor MD (UKM), M. Anaes (Mal) Tel: 03-7949 2052 Fax: 03-7955 6705 Email: marzida@ummc.edu.my /marzida@gmail.com Professors: Professor Professor Professor Professor Professor Dr Dr Dr Dr Dr Chan Yoo Kuen MBBS (Mal), FFARCS (Dublin), FAMM (Mal) Gracie Ong Siok Yan MBBS (Sing), FFARACS (Australia), FANZCA, FJFICM, FAMM Lucy Chan Kam Wan MBBS (Sing), FANZCA, AM (Mal) Marzida Mansor MD (UKM), M. Anaes (Mal) Ramani Vijayan Sannasi MBBS (Osmania), DA (UK) FRCP, MRCS (Eng), FFARCS
I (Ire), FRCA, FANZCA, EDIC, FAMM
FAMM
Professor Dato Dr Patrick Tan Seow Koon
MBBS (Lond), FRCA (Eng), FFARCS (Ire), FANZCA, EDIC,
Professor Dato Dr Wang Chew Yin Senior Lecturer:
MBChB (Birmingham), FRCA (Eng), FFARCS (Ire), AM, DA (UK)
Dr Alvin Tan Siaw Boon MD (UNIMAS), M.Anaes (Mal) - study leave Dr Anand Chandrasegaran MBBS (Mal), M.Anaes (Mal) Dr Carolyn Yim Chue Wai MBBS (IMU), M. Anaes (Mal) Dr Ina Ismiarti bt. Shariffuddin MBchB (DUNDEE), M. Anaes (Mal) Dr Jeyaganesh Veerakumaran MBBS (Ind), M.Anaes (UKM) Dr. Lai Hou Yee MBBS (Mal), M Anaes (Mal) Dr. Loh Pui San MBBS, M Anaes (UKM) Dr Mohd Shahnaz bin Hasan MBBS (Mal), M. Anaes Dr Noorjahan Haneem bt. Md. Hashim MBBS (Mal), M. Anaes (Mal) Dr Suckcharanjit Singh Bakshi Singh MBBS (Mal), M.Anaes (Mal) Dr. Suresh Venugobal MBBS (Mal), MMed (Anaes) M.Med (Sing), FANZCA Dr Vineya Rai a/l Hakumat Rai MBBS (Mal), M Anaes Dr Wong Kang Kwong MBBS, M. Anaes (Mal) Trainee Lecturers (SLAB): Dr. Mohd Fadhil Hadi bin Jamaluddin MBBS (Mal) Dr Mohd Fitry bin Zainal Abidin MBBS (Rusia) Dr Wan Aizat binti Wan Zakaria MBBS (UK)
2012-2013
ANATOMY
Head of Department: Associate Professor Dr Murali D. Kuppusamy Naidu Tel: 03-7967 4735 Fax: 03-79558721/79674724 Email: murali_naidu@um.edu.my /murali@ummc.edu.my Professor: Professor Dr Normadiah binti M Kassim Associate Professors: Associate Professor Dr Junedah binti Sanusi
(Cambridge)
BDS (Mal), MMedSc (Anat) (Mal), PhD
MBBS (Mal), MMedSc (Glas), PhD (Glas)
(Cambridge)
Associate Professor Dr Murali Senior Lecturers:
Postgrad.Dip. Ed (UTM)
BSc, MSc (Kansas), PhD (Neurosci) (Lond), BDS (Mal), MMedSc (Anat) (Mal), PhD
D. Kuppusamy Naidu
Dr Rosie Pamela David BSc (UPM), MMedSc (Mal), PhD (Mal) Dr Wong Kah Hui BSc. (Mal), MSc. (Mal), PhD (Mal) Lecturers: Dr Noor Eliza Hashim MBBS (Aus), MMedSc (Mal) Dr Sheikh Muhammad Abu Bakar MBBS, M. Phil in Anatomy (BSMMU) Trainee Lecturers: Dr Siti Rosmani Md Zin @ Zakaria MD (UPM) Dr Muhammad Alfakri Mat Noh MBBS (Mal) Trainee Lecturers (SLAB): Dr Intan Suhana Zulkafli MBBS (UPM) Dr Rasheeda Mohd Zamin MBBS (UIA)
2012-2013
BIOMEDICAL IMAGING
Head of Department:
Tel: 03-7949 2069 Fax: 03-79581973

Professors: Professor Professor Professor Professor Professor
Associate Professor Dr Yang Faridah Abd. Aziz
MBBS (Mal), MRad (Mal), FAMM
Dr Basri Johan Jeet Abdullah MBBS (Mal), FRCR (Lond), AM Dr Gnana Kumar Gnanasuntharam MBBS (Mys), MMed (Rad)(UKM), FRCR (Lond), AM Dr John George MBBS (Adel), DMRD (Aberd), FRCR (Lond), FAMM Dr Norlisah Mohd Ramli MBBS (Mal), FRCR (Lond), FAMM Datin Dr Sazilah Ahmad Sarji MBBS (Mal), FRCR (Lond), AM
Contract Professor: Professor Dr Ng Kwan Hoong Associate Professor: Associate Associate Associate Associate Associate Associate Associate Professor Professor Professor Professor Professor Professor Professor Dr Anushya Vijayananthan MBBS (New Delhi), MRad (Mal), AM Dr Khairul Azmi Abd Kadir MBBS (Mal), MRad (Mal), AM Dr Kartini Rahmat MBBS (Mal), MRad (Mal), FRCR (Lond), AM Datin Dr Ouzreiah Nawawi MBBS (Mal), MRad (Mal), FRCR (Lond), AM Dr Roziah Muridan MBBS (Mal), MRad (Mal), AM Dr Shaik Ismail Bux MD (UKM), MRad (Mal), AM Dr Yang Faridah Abd. Aziz MBBS (Mal), MRad (Mal), FAMM
PhD, FIPM, MIPEM, DABMP, CSci, AM
Senior Lecturers: Dr Dr Dr Dr Caroline Judy Westerhout MBBS (Mal), Mrad (UM), FRCR (Lond) Gan Gek Choo MBBS (Mal), MRad (Mal), FRCR (Lond) Hazman Mohd Nor MB, ChB, BAO (Ire), MRad (Mal) Nur Adura Yaakup, MBBS (Mal), MRad (Mal)
2012-2013
Lecturers:
BBE (Mal), MMedPhys (Mal), PhD (Aberden) Dr. Azlan bin Che Ahmad Dr Fadhli Mohamed Sani MBBS (Mal), MRad (UM) Dr Jeannie Wong Hsiu Ding MmedPhys (Mal) Ms. Khadijah Ramli BSc (Aust), MMedSc (Mal) Dr Mohammad Nazri Md. Shah MBBS (Mal), MRad (Mal) Mr. Muhd Shahrun Nizam Ahmad Daman Huri BSc (Hons)(UKM), MMedPhys (Mal) Dr Raja Rizal Azman Raja Aman MBBS (Lond), MRCP (UK), FRCR (Lond), MRad (Mal) Mr. Tan Li Kuo BEng (Monash), MEng (Monash)
Trainee Lecturers (SLAB): Dr Farhana Fazli MBBS (Mal), MBChB (Leicester), MRCP (UK) Dr Norshazriman Sulaiman MBBCh BAO (Ire) Trainee Lecturer (SLAI): Mr. Mah Yik Hoay BEng, Msc (Sheffield)
10
2012-2013
MEDICAL MICROBIOLOGY
Head of Department: Professor Dr Sazaly Abu Bakar Tel: 03-7967 6660 Fax: 03-79584844 Email: sazaly@ummc.edu.my Professors: Professor Professor Professor Professor Professor Professor Datin Dr Hamimah Hj Hassan MBBS (Mal), MSc (Lond) Dr Jamal I-Ching Sam BMBS (UK), MSc (Lond), MRCPath (UK), MRCP (UK) Dr Jamunarani Vadivelu BSc (Sur), PhD (Lond), DIC (Lond), MSc (Lond) Dr Ng Kee Peng BSc (Nan), PhD (Glas), MBBS (Qld), DTM&H (Lond) Dr Sazaly Abu Bakar BSc (WIU), MSc (WIU), PhD (Texas) Dr Shamala Devi BSc (Mal), MSc (Mal), PhD (Mal)
BSc (WIU), MSc (WIU), PhD (Texas)
Associate Professors: Associate Professor Dr Mohd Yasim Mohd Yusof MBBS (Mal), MSc (Lond) Associate Professor Dr Rina Karunakaran MBBS (Mal), MPath (Mal), MRCPath (UK) Associate Professor Dr Tay Sun Tee BSc (Mal), MMSc (Mal), PhD (Mal) Lecturers: Dr Dr Dr Dr Dr Dr Ardita Dewi Roslani Mohd Roslan MBChB (UK) Chang Li Yen BSc (Mal), MSc (Mal), PhD (Mal) Chan Yoke Fun BSc (Mal), PhD (Mal) Maria Kahar Bador MBChB (Ire), MSc (Lond) Rukumani Devi Velayuthan MBBS (Mal), MPtah (Mal) Wong Won Fen BSc (Mal), MSc. (Tohoku Univ), PhD (Immunology) (Tohoku Univ)
Senior Research Fellow:
(Mal)
Professor Dr Ngeow Yun Fong Visiting Senior Lecturer:
MBBS (Sing), M.Sc.Med.Micro (Lond), MRCPath, FRCPath (UK), MD
Associate Professor Dr Keivan Zandi BSc (Iran), MSc (Iran, PhD (Iran) Associate Professor Dr Shankar Esaki Muthu BSc (India), MSc (India), PhD (India) Dr Negar Shafie Sabet BSc (India), MSc (India), PhD (Mal) Trainee Lecturers (SLAB): Dr Kartini Abdul Jabar MBChB (UK) Dr Nadia Atiya MBChB (UK) Dr Nuryana Idris MBBS (Mal)
11
2012-2013
MEDICINE
Head of Department:
Tel: 03-7949 2429 Fax: 03-79556936 Email: gohkj@ummc.edu.my

Professors: Professor Professor Professor Professor Professor Professor Professor Professor Professor
Professor Dr Goh Khean Jin
MBBS (Singapore), MRCP (UK), FRCP (Glasgow), FAMM
(Lond), Dip. Ven (Lond)

Professor Professor Professor Professor Professor
Dr Adeeba Kamarulzaman MBBS (Monash), FRACP,FAMM, FASc Dr Gan Shiaw Sze @ Gan Gin Gin MBBS (UNSW), MRCP (UK), FRCP (Edin) Dr Goh Khean Jin MBBS (Singapore), MRCP (UK), FRCP (Glasgow), FAMM Dato Dr Goh Khean Lee KSD, DPMP, MBBS (Mal), M.D.(Mal), FRCP (Glas), FACG, FAMM Dato Dr Ikram Shah Ismail MBBS (Qland), Ph.D (Wales), FRCP (Edin), FAMM, FACE Dr Liam Chong Kin MBBS (Mal), MRCP (UK), FCCP (USA), FRCP (Lond), FAMM Dr Lim Shen-Yang MBBS (Melb), MD (Melb)(Neuroscience), FRACP Dr Philip Poi Jun Hua MB.BCh (Ire), BAO (Belfast), LRCP & LRCS, MRCP (Ire) Dr. Rokiah Che Ismail MBBS (Mal), MRCP (UK), FRCP (Lond), FRCP (Edin), Dip. Derm Dr Rosmawati Mohamed MBBS (Monash), MRCP (UK), MMed (Mal), MD (Birm) Dr Sanjiv a/l Mahadeva MBBS (Newcastle Upon Tyne), MRCP (UK), MD (Leeds) Dr Tan Chong Tin MBBS (Melb), FRCP, M.D. (Mal) Dr Tan Kay Sin MBBS (Melb), Dip in Medicine (Hammersmith), MRCP (UK), FRCP Dr Wan Azman Wan Ahmad MBBS (Mal), MRCP (Glasgow), FRCP (Glasgow), FAMM,
FNHAM, FCAPSC, FAsCC, FAPSIC, FSCAI, FACC, FESC

Associate Professors:
Associate Professor Dr Bee Ping Chong MD (Mal), MMed (Mal) Associate Professor Dr Chee Kok Han MBBS (Mal), MMed (Mal) Associate Professor Dr Chin Ai-Vryn MBBCh BAO (RCSI), LRCP & MRCP (UK), Dip. Hospital Associate Professor Dr Ida Normiha bt Hilmi MBBCh (Glas), MRCP (UK) Associate Professor Dr Imran b Zainal Abidin MBBS (Mal), MMed (Mal) Associate Professor Dr Karen Choong Wei Li Adv Dip Med Sci (IMU)(Mal), MD (McGill Associate Professor Dr Ng Chin Teck
Management (NUI)
Univ.)(Montreal)
CCT Neurology (UK) Dip HIV, CCT (UK)
Associate Professor Dr Nortina Shahrizaila B.Med Sc (Notth), MBBS (Notth), MRCP (UK), DM (Notth),
(Dublin), CSCST (Rheum & GIM)(Ire)
BA, MBBCh BAO (Dublin), MRCP (UK), MRCP (Lond), MD
Associate Professor Dr Pang Yong Kek MD (USM), MRCP (UK) Associate Profesor Dr Raja Iskandar Shah Raja Azwa MBChB (Dundee), MRCP (UK), Dip GUM DFSRH, Associate Professor Dr Salem bin Omar MBBS (Mal), MMed (Mal) Associate Professor Dr Sargunan a/l Socklingam MBBS (Manipal India), MMed (Mal) Associate Professor Dr Shahrul Bahyah bt Kamaruzzaman MBBCh, MRCP (Lond), DGM (Dip. Of
Geriatric Med)(Lond), PhD (London) Associate Professor Tan Maw Pin B MedSci (Notth), BMBS (Notth), MRCP (UK), MD (Newcastle,UK), CCT (UK)
12
2012-2013
Senior Lecturers: Dr Abdul Wahab bin Unduk MBBS (Mal), MMed (Mal) Dr Ahmad Syadi bin Mahmood Zuhdi MBBS (Queen), MMed (Mal) Dr. Alexander Loch MBBS (Schiller Univ.) German, MD (Schiller Univ.) MRCP (UK) Dr Alexander Tan Tong Boon MB ChB (Liverpool), MRCP (UK) Dr Chan Wah Kheong MBBS (Mal), MRCP UK) Dr Cheah Tiean Eang MBBS (Canada), MMed (Mal) Dr Chong Yip Boon MBBS (Mal), MRCP (UK) Dr Chng Chin Chwen MBBS (Mal), MRCP (UK) Dr Chua Kiong Teong MBBCh (Dundee), MRCP (UK)
Dr Claire Marie Italiano MBBS (UWA Australia), FRACP, Dip. Tropical Med & Hygiene IPeru) Dr Edmund Chin Fui Min MBBS (Mal), MMed (Mal) Dr Habibah binti Abd Halim BA (Hons), MBBChir (Cambridge), MA (Cambridge), MRCP (UK) Dr Ho Shiaw Hooi MD (UKM), MMed (Mal) Dr Keng Tee Chua MBBS (Mal), MRCP (UK) Dr Lam Chee Loong MBBS (Notth), MRCP (UK), CCT Palliative Medicine) Dr Lim Kheng Seang MBBS (Mal), MRCP (UK) Dr Lim Soo Kun MBBS (Mal), MRCP (UK) Dr Loh Ee Chin MBBch BAO (Ire), Postgraduate Dip. In Palliative Med (Wales), MRCP (Ire). Dr Muhammad Athar Sadiq MBBS (Pakistan), PhD (Tokai, Japan) Dr Muhammad Dzafir bin Ismail MBBS (Mal), MMed (Mal) Dr Ng Kok Peng MBBCh, BAO (Ire), MMed (Mal) Dr Nor Ashikin bt Md Sari MBBS (Mal), MMed (Mal) Dr Raja Jasmin Begum binti Raja Mohamed MBBS (Manipal), Mmed (Mal) Dr Sasheela Sri La Sri Ponnampalavanar MBBS (MAHE, Manipal), MMed (Mal) Dr Sharifah Faridah Syed Omar MBChB (Manchester), MMed (Mal) Dr Sheriza Izwa Zainuddin MBBS (Mal), MMed (Mal) Dr Shireene Ratna a/p Daniel Benjaminan MBBS (Mal), MMed (UKM) Dr Sivarani a/p R.M. Sathasivam MBBS (JNMC, India),MMed (Mal) Dr Suhaila bt Abdullah MBBS (Tasmania), MMed (Mal) Dr Tan Li Ping MD (Canada), ABIM (Int Med) (Neph) Dr Tan Mei Ling Sharon MBBS (Melboure), Mmed (Mal) Dr Tan Seng Beng MBBS (Mal), MRCP (UK), Clinical Fellowship in Palliative Med. (Sing). Dr Wan Ahmad Hafiz bin Wan Md. Adnan, MBBCh BAO (NUI), MRCPI
Dr Dr Dr Dr Wan Ahmad hafiz bin Wan Md Adnan MB BCh BAO (NUI), MRCPI Wong Chew Meng MBBS (Mal), MRCP (UK) Wong Mun Ho MBBS (Mal), MMed (Mal) Wong Su Ming MBBCh BAO (Ire), MRCP (UK)
Trainee Lecturers: Dr Fariz bin Yahya MBBS (Queen) Dr Helmi bin Sulaiman MBBS (Mal) Dr Luqman bin Ibrahim MBBS (Mal) Dr Maisarah binti Jalalonmuhadi MBBS (Mal) Dr Nor Izzati binti Saedon MBBS (Mal) Dr. Nur Adila binti Anuar MBBS (Mal)
Dr Shasha Khairullah MBChB (Bristol)
13
2012-2013
MOLECULAR MEDICINE
Head of Department: Professor Dr Onn Haji Hashim Tel: 03-7967 4906 Fax: 03-79674957 Email: onnhashim@um.edu.my Professors: Professor Professor Professor Professor Professor Professor Professor
BSc (Mal), PhD (Glas)
BVetMed (Mosul), MSc (Mosul), PhD (UPM) Dr Mahmood Ameen Abdulla Dr Mary Anne Tan Jin Ai BSc (La Trobe), MSc (La Trobe), PhD (Mal) Dr Onn Haji Hashim BSc (Mal), PhD (Glas) Datuk Dr Rohana Yusof BSc (Lanc), MSc (Mal), PhD (Leeds) Dr Sekaran Muniandy BSc ( Mal), MSc (Mal), PhD (Mal) Dr Tan Nget Hong BSc (Taiwan), MSc (Chic), PhD (Chic) Dr Umah Rani Kuppusamy BSc (Mal), PhD (Sing)
Associate Professors:
BSc (Mal), MSc (Mal), PhD (Mal) Associate Professor Dr Chua Kek Heng Associate Professor Dr Kanthimathi M.S. BSc (Mal), MSc (Mal), PhD (Syd) Associate Professor Dr Sarni Mat Junit BSc (Aberdeen), PhD (Nott)
Senior Lecturers: Dr Dr Dr Dr Dr Dr Dr Dr Dr
BSc (Mal), MSc (Glas), PhD (Glas) Azlina Abdul Aziz Azlina Ahmad Annuar BSc (UCL), PhD (Imperial) Fung Shin Yee BSc (Mal), MSc (Mal), PhD (Mal) Johari Mohd Ali BSc (Mal), PhD (Cantab) Lian Lay Hoong BSc (Mal), PhD (Mal) Ong Kien Chai BSc (UKM), PhD (Mal) Puteri Shafinaz Akmar Abdul Rahman BSc (Mal), MSc (Mal), PhD (Mal) Rozaida @ Poh Yuen Ying BSc (Mal), MMedSc (Mal), PhD (Mal) BSc (Mal), MSc (Mal), PhD (Mal) Salmah Ismail
Lecturer: Ms. Suzita Mohd Noor
BBiomedSc (Mal), MMedSc (Mal)
14
2012-2013
NURSING SCIENCE
Head of Department: Puan Aini Ahmad SRN, SCM, PHN, Dip. Adv. Nsg Cert. (Teaching)(Mal), Emerg Nsg (Kanada), B Sc Nsg (UK), BNSc (Mal), MEd (Mal)
Tel: 03-7949 2806 Fax: 03-7949 4636 Email: aini57@um.edu.my/aini@ummc.edu.my Associate Professor:
Associate Professor Dr Khatijah Abdullah @ Lim Geok Khim SRN, SCM, CCN (Neonatal), BSc (Hons) in
Nsg (UK), MSc (Health Service Mgt.)(UK), Doctorate in Clinical Practice (Nsg)(UK)
Lecturers:
Puan Aini Ahmad SRN, SCM, PHN, Dip. Adv. Nsg Cert. (Teaching)(Mal), Emerg Nsg (Kanada), B Sc Nsg (UK), BNSc (Mal), MEd (Mal) Ms. Chong Mei Chan SRN, SCM, BNSc (Mal), MSc (Com. Health)(Mal) Ms. Chui Ping Lei SRN, BNSc (Hons), MMedSc (Nursing)(Mal) Ms. Lee Wan Ling SRN, BNSc (Hons), MMedSc (Nursing)(Mal) Ms. Norsiah Rahmat SRN, SCM, Dip Adv Nsg (Teaching), BNSc (Mal), MMedSc (PH)(Mal) Dr Pathmawathi a/p Subramaniam SRN, CCN, BNSc(Hons)(Mal), MEd DHSci (UK) Ms. Rasnah Abdul Rahman SRN, SCM, Dip Adv Nsg (Teaching), BNSc (Hons)(Mal), MN (Midwifery)(Aust.) Ms. Surindar Kaur a/p Surat Singh SRN, SCM, Dip Adv Nsg (Teaching), BNSc (Mal), MN (Midwifery)(Aust.) Ms. Tang Li Yoong SRN, CCN, BNSc (Hons)(Mal), MN (Renal)(Aust.) Ms. Vimala Ramoo SRN, CCN, BNSc (Teach)(Mal), MEd (Planning & Admin.) (Mal)
15
2012-2013
OBSTETRICS & GYNAECOLOGY

Head of Department: Associate Professor Dr Noor Azmi B Mat Adenan Tel: 03-7949 2059 Fax: 03-79551741 Email: szawiah@um.edu.my Professors: Professor Dr Siti Zawiah Omar MBBS (Mal), MMed O&G (Mal) BSc Microbiology (Gujarat University), MSc Biochemistry (MS Professo Dr Jaffar Ali M. Abdulla
MBChB (Glas), MMed O&G (Mal)
University), PhD Preimplantation Embryology/Cryopreservation/Developmental Physiology (Australian National Professor Dr Jamiyah Hassan MBBS (Mal), MMed O&G (Mal) Professor Dr Siti Zawiah Omar MBBS (Mal), MMed O&G (Mal) Professor Dr Tan Peng Chiong MBBS, MRCOG, CCST O&G (UK) Professor Dr Woo Yin Ling MBBCh BAO, MRCOG, MA, PhD
Associate Professors: Associate Professor Dr Eugene Leong Weng Kong MBBS (Mal), MRCOG (UK), MMed O&G (Mal) Associate Professor Dr Khong Su Yen MBChB (Bristol)MRCOG (UK), FRANZCOG (Aus) Associate Professor Dr Lim Boon Kiong MBBS (Mal), MRCOG (Lond) Lecturers:
Dr Dr Dr Dr Dr Dr Dr Dr Dr Dr Dr Dr
Aizura Syafinaz Ahmad Adlan MBBS (Mal), MMed O&G (Mal) N. Vallikkannu Valliyappan MBBS (Madras), MMed O&G (Mal) Nuguelis Razali MBBS (Mal), MMed O&G (Mal) Rahmah bt Saaid MBBS (Mal), MMed O&G (Mal) Revathy Natesan Subramaniam MBBS (Chennai), MMed O&G (Mal) Si Lay Khaing MBBS (Ygn), MMed O&G (Mal) Sofiah Sulaiman LRCP & SI, MBBCh, BAO(NUI), MMed O&G (Mal) Tan Nugroho Cipto Riyanto Waluyo MD, MCE, MOG (Mal) Zaharuddin b. Rahmat @ Mohd Rawi MBBS (Mal), MMed O&G (Mal), MRCOG (UK) Mathi Arasu Muthusamy MBBS (Mal), MMed O&G (Mal), MECOG (UK) Mukhri Hamdan MBBS (Mal), MOG (Mal) Khine Pwint Phyu MBBS (Ygn),
Trainee Lecturers (SLAB): Dr Dr Dr Dr Dr Ezra Sophia binti Hj Mohd Yusop MBBS (Mal) Ida Lily Waty Md Latar MBBS (Mal), MOG (Mal) Sharina binti Mohd Razali MBBS (Mal) Syeda Nureena binti Syed Jafer Hussain Zaidi MBChB (Glasgow) Ainul Zahaniah bt Hj Abd Aziz MBBS (Mal)
16
2012-2013
OPHTHALMOLOGY
Head of Department: Professor Dr Visvaraja a/l Subrayan MBBS, FRCS, FRCOphth Tel: 03 79492060/79677576 Fax: 03-79494635 Email: visvaraja@ummc.edu.my Professor: Professor Dr Visvaraja a/l Subrayan MBBS, FRCS, FRCOphth Associate Professors:
MMed (Ophthal) (Sing) FRANZCO (Aust)
Associate Professor Dr Chaw May May @ Choo May May Associate Professor Dr Fong Choong Sian
MBBS (Mal), MOphthal (Mal), FRCS (Edin),
MA, MBBChir (Cambridge),AM (Mal), FRCOpth (UK),
(Ophthal), AM (Mal) (Ophthal)(Sing)
Associate Professor Dr Loo Voon Pei
MBBS (Aust), MRCOphthal, FRCS (Ophth), FCOphthal, FHKAM MBBS (Mal), MOphthal (Mal), FRCS (Edin), MMed
Associate Professor Dr Mimiwati binti Zahari
(Ophthal)(Sing) (Glasg)
Associate Professor Dr Nurliza binti Khaliddin MBBS (Mal), MOphthal (Mal), FRCS (Edin), MMed Associate Professor Dr Tajunisah Begam Mohamed Iqbal
MBBS (Mal), MOphthal (Mal), FRCS
Senior Lecturers: Dr Dr Dr Dr Azida Juana bt Wan Ab Kadir MBBS (Mal), MOphthal (Mal) Mohd Hassan @ Maung Maung Win MBBS (Mal), MOphthal (Mal) Norlina bt Mohd Ramli MBBS, MRCP, MOphthal (Mal) Tengku Ain Fathlun bt Tengku Kamalden MBBS (Mal), MOphthal (Mal), MRCS (Edin)
Lecturers: Dr Amir bin Samsudin MBBS (Mal), Mophthal (Mal) Dr Ainur Rahman bin Dato Setia Dr. Anuar Masduki MBBS (Mal), M.Ophthal (Mal) Dr Nor Fadhilah Mohamed MBBS (Mal), Mophtal (Mal) Trainee Lecturer (SLAB): Dr Fazliana Ismail MBBS (Mal)
17
2012-2013
ORTHOPAEDIC SURGERY
Head of Department: Professor Dato Dr Tunku Sara binti Tunku Ahmad Yahaya Tel: 03-7949 2061 Fax: 03-7953 5642 Email: tsara@um.edu.my Professors: Professor Dr Azhar bin Mahmood @ Mahmood Merican MBBS (Ston, UK), MS Ortho (Mal), PhD (IC Lond.) AMM Professor Dr David Choon Siew Kit MBChB (Sheff) FRCS (Eng), FMGEMS (USA), FAMM Professor Dr Saw Aik MBBS (Mal), FRCS (Edin), MMed (NUS, Professor Dr Tunku Kamarul Zaman bin Tunku Zainol Abidin MD (UKM), Dip. Tis. Bank (NUS), MS Professor Dato Dr Tunku Sara binti Tunku Ahmad Yahaya MBBS (Lond), FRCS (Glas), AM, DSDK Professor Dr Vivek a/l Ajit Singh MBBS (Mal), MS Ortho (Mal), FRCS (Edin), Fellowship Onco
MBBS (Lond), FRCS (Glas), AM, DSDK
Ortho (Mal), AM (Mal), PhD (Livepool) (Birmingham)
Associate Professors: Associate Professor Dr Azlina Amir Abbas MD (MUN) Canada, Adv. Dip.Med.Sci (IMC) (Mal), MS Ortho Associate Professor Dr Kwan Mun Keong MBBS (Mal), MS Ortho (Mal) Associate Professor Dr Mohd Razif b Mohd Ali MBBCh (Ire), BAO (Ire), LRCP & S (I), FRCS (Edin), MSc (Sport Med)(Dublin), MSports Med & Rehab (Mal), CMIA Associate Professor Dr Ng Wuey Min MBBS (Mal), MS Ortho (Mal) Senior Lecturers: Dr Dr Dr Dr Dr Dr Dr Dr Dr Dr Dr Dr Azura Mansor MBBS (Mal), MS Ortho (Mal), Fellowship Ortho Oncology (Rizzali) Chris Chan Yin Wei M.D (Unimas), MS Ortho (Mal) Chua Yeok Pin MBBS (MAHE, Manipal), MS Ortho (Mal) C. Sankara Kumar, MBBS (MAHE, India), MS Orth (Mal), CMIA (Niosh) Low Tze Hau MBBS (Mal), MS Orth (Mal), CMIA (Niosh) Ravindran a/l Thuraisingam MBBS (MAHE, India), MS Ortho (Mal) Roshan Gunalan MB, BCh, BAO(Ireland), MS Ortho(UM), CMIA(NIOSH) Rukmanikanthan a/l Shanmugam, MD (USM), MS Orth (Mal) Saw Lim Beng MBBS (Mal), MS. Ortho (Mal) Shamsul Iskandar MBBS (India), MS Ortho (Mal) Simmrat Singh MBBCh (Ire), BAO, BMedSc, MRCS (Edin), MOrth (Mal) Teh Kok Kheng MD (Canada),MS Ortho (Mal)
(Mal), AM (Mal)
Trainee Lecturer (SLAB): Dr Lee Si Yuen
Ijazah Sarjana Muda Sains (UM), Ijazah Sarjana Sains Perubatan (UM)
18
2012-2013
OTORHINOLARYNGOLOGY
Head of Department: Professor Dr Prepageran Narayanan MBBS (Mal), USMLE (US), FRCS (Edin), ORL-HNS, FR CS (Glasg), MS (ORL) FAAOHNS (USA), Fellowship in Neurotology/Otology (Toronto, Canada) AM (Mal) Tel: 03-7949 2062 Fax: 03-79556963 Email: prepa@ummc.edu.my Professors: Professor Dr Gopala Krishnan a/l Govindasamy MBBS (Mysore), FRCS (Edin) Professor Dato Dr Mohd Amin Jalaludin MBBS (Mal), FRCS (Edin), FAMM, SMS, DPMP Professor Dr Prepageran Narayanan MBBS (Mal), USMLE (US), FRCS (Edin), ORL-HNS,
FRCS (Glasg), MS (ORL) FAAOHNS (USA), Fellowship in Neurotology/Otology (Toronto, Canada) AM (Mal) Professor Dr Raman Rajagopalan MBBS (Madras), DLO (Madras), MS (Madras)
Associate Professors: Associate Professor Dr Rahmat Omar
Associate Professor Dr Tengku Ahmad Shahrizal Tengku Omar
(Pittsburgh, USA) MS ORL (Mal)
MBBS (Mal), MS ORL (Mal), Fellowship in Laryngology MBChB (Sheffield),
Senior Lecturers : Dr Anura Michelle Manuel MBBS (Karnatak, India), MS ORL (Mal), Fellowship Pediatric ORL-HNS(sg Dr Chong Aun Wee MBBS (Mangalore), MS ORL (Mal) Dr Shailendra a/l S Sivalingam MBBS (Manipal, India), MS ORL (Mal), FEBORL-HNS (European Board
Canada)
Certified), Fellowship In Otology, Neurotology and Skill Base Surgery (Italy) Dr Mohd Zulkiflee bin Abu Bakar MBBS (Mal), MS ORL (Mal)
Trainee Lecturer (SLAB): Dr Mazmin bt Abd. Manap MBBS (Mal)
19
2012-2013
PAEDIATRICS
Head of Department: Professor Dr Lee Way Seah MBBS (Mal), MRCP (UK), FRCP (Edin), FRCPCH, AM, MD (Mal) Tel: 03-7949 2065 Fax: 03-7955 6114 Email: leews@um.edu.my Professors: Professor Dr Asma Omar MBBS (Mal), MMed(Sing), MRCP (UK), FRCP (Glasgow) Professor Dr Christopher Boey Chiong Meng MBBS (Lond), AM, DCH, MRCP (UK), MD, PhD, FRCPCH, Dr Fatimah Harun MBBS (Mal), MRCP (UK), FRCP (Edin) Dr Hany Mohd Ariffin MBBS (Mal), MRCP (UK), MPaed (Mal), PhD (Mal) Dr Koh Mia Tuang MBBS (Mal), MRCP (UK), FRCP (Edin), FRCPCH Dr Lee Way Seah MBBS (Mal), MRCP (UK), FRCP (Edin), FRCPCH, AM, MD (Mal) Dr Lim Chin Theam MBBS (Mal), FRCP (Lond) Datin Dr Lucy Lum Chai See MBBS (Mal), MRCP (UK) Dr Ong Lai Choo MBBS (Mal), MRCP (UK), FAMM Dr Thong Meow Keong MBBS (Mal), M.Paed (Mal), FHGSA (Clinical Genetics), MD (Mal), Dr Wan Ariffin Wan Abdullah MBBS (Mal), MRCP (UK), DCH (Lond), FRCP (Edin) Dr Yap Sufin, MB, BCh, BAO (NUI), LRCPI, LRCSI, SCH, FRCPCH, MD/(RCS/NUI)
Professor Professor Professor Professor Professor Professor Professor Professor FAMM Professor Professor
FRCP (Glasg)
Associate Professors: Associate Professor Dr Anna Marie a/p Nathan MBBCh (Sing), MRCPCH (UK) Associate Professor Dr Jessie Anne De Bruyne MBChB (Sheff), MRCP (UK), FRCP (Edin) Associate Professor Dr Mary Joseph Marret MBBS (Sing), MRCP (UK), MMed (Sing) Senior Lecturers : Dr Dr Dr Dr Dr Dr Dr Chew Hui Bein MB, BCh, BAO (Ire), BA, MRCPCH (UK) Choo Yao Mun MBBS (Hons) (Monash), MRCPCH (UK) Gan Chin Seng MBBS (MAHE, India), MPaed (Mal) Muhammad Yazid bin Jalaludin MBBS (Mal), MPaed (Mal) Norazah bt. Zahari MBBS (Queensland), MPaed (Mal) Shanti a/p Ramachandran MBBS (Mal), MPaed (Mal) Shekhar Krishnan MBBS, MRCP (UK)
Lecturers: Dr Dr Dr Dr Dr Dr Dr Azriyanti bt Anuar Zaini MBBS (Mal), MPaed (Mal) Hannah Wardiah bt. Rosland MBBS, MB BCh BAO (Dub) Ng Ruey Terng MD ( U Putra), MPaed (UM) Revathi a/p Rajagopal MD (USM), MPaed (UM) Sharifah Aida Alhabshi MBChB (UK) Subashini a/p Jayanath MBBS (UPM) Tay Chee Geap MBBS (Mal)
Trainee Lecturers: Dr. Fadzlina bt. Abdu Aziz MBBS (Mal) Dr Karmila bt. Abu Bakar MBBS (Mal) Dr Nurshadia bt. Samingan MBChB
FACULTY OF MEDICINE , UNIVERSITI OF MALAYA | http://medicine.um.edu.my 20
2012-2013
PARASITOLOGY
Head of Department: Professor Dr Rohela Mahmud MBBS (Mal), MPH&TM (Tulane) Tel : 03- 7967 4746 Fax : 03- 7967 4754 Email: rohela@ummc.edu.my Professors: Professor Dr Fong Mun Yik BSc (Mal), MSc (Mal), PhD (Mal) Professor Dr Jamaiah Ibrahim MBBS (Mal), MSc (Liv), PGCertMedEd (Dund), PGDipMedEd (Dund), Professor Dr Johari Haji Surin BSc (Qld), MSc (Lond), PhD (Lond), Dip.LSHTM (Lond), MBA (Mal) Professor Dr Rohela Mahmud MBBS (Mal), MPH&TM (Tulane) Professor Dr Suresh Kumar a/l Govind BSc (Campbell), DAP&E (Mal), MSc (Mal), PhD (Sing), CBiol,
MMedEd (Dund)
MBiol
Associate Professors: Associate Professor Dr Init a/p Ithoi BSc (Mal), MSc (Mal), PhD (Mal) Associate Professor Dr Veeranoot Nissapatorn MBBS (Delhi), DTM&H (Mahidol), MClinTropMed (Mahidol),Dip of STD&AIDS (Songkla)- Contract Associate Professor Dr Yvonne Lim Ai Lian BSc (UKM), PhD (UKM) Associate Professor Dr Zurainee Mohamed Nor BSc (Mal), PhD (Strath) Senior Lecturers: Dr Arine Fadzlun Ahmad BSc (Mal), MSc (Mal), PhD (UK) - Contract Dr Hesham Mahyoub Sarhan Al-Mekhalafi Bachelor Degree in Medical Laboratories (Sanaa), MSc Dr Dr Dr Dr
(UKM), PhD (Mal) - Contract Lau Yee Ling BSc (Mal), MSc (Mal), PhD (Mal) Noraishah Mydin Hj. Abdul Aziz, BSc (UKM), MSc (UKM), PhD (Lond) Tan Tian Chye, BSc BioMed (Mal), MSc (Mal), PhD (Mal) Wan Yusoff Wan Sulaiman BSc (Mal), MSc (Liv), PhD (Keele)
Visiting Senior Lecturer: Dr Mohammed Abdu Khalid Mahdy BSc (Sanaa), MSc (UKM), PhD (Mal) Contract Trainee Lecturer (SLAB): Dr Amirah Amir MBBS (Mal)
21
2012-2013
PATHOLOGY
Head of Department: Professor Dr Cheah Phaik Leng Tel: 03-7949 2064 Fax: 03-79556845 Email: chahpl@ummc.edu.my Professors: Professor Dr Cheah Phaik Leng MBBS (Mal), MPath (Mal), FRCPath, MIAC, MD, FAMM, FASc (Msia) Professor Dr Clement Ho Kam Man MBBS (HK), MSc (UK), PhD (UK), Postdoctoral Research Fellow Professor Dr Jayalakshmi Pailoor MBBS (Mys), MPath (Mal), FRCPath (Lond) Professor Datuk Dr Looi Lai Meng MBBS (Sing), MPath (Mal), FRCPath, MIAC, FRCPA, MD (Mal), FASc Professor Dr Wong Kum Thong Associate Professors: Associate Associate Associate Associate Professor Professor Professor Professor Dr Dr Dr Dr N. Veera Sekaran a/l V Nadarajah MBBS (Mal), MPath (Mal), DipRCPath Nazarina Abdul Rahman MBBS (Mal), MPath (Mal) T Malathi a/p Thevarajah MBBS (Madras), MPath (Mal) Pavai Sthaneshwar MBBS (Madras), MD
MBBS (Mal), MPath (Mal), FRCPath, MIAC, MD, FAMM, FASc (Msia)
(USA)
(Msia) FAMM
MBBS (Mal), MPath (Mal), FRCPath
Lecturers: Dr Dr Dr Dr Dr Dr Farhi Ain binti Jamaluddin MBChB (Liverpool), MPath (Mal) Hemalatha a/p Shanmugam MBChB (Sheffield), MPath (Mal) Manimalar Selvi Naicker MBBS (Madras), MPath (Mal) Mun Kein Seong @ Man Kein Seong MBBS (Mal), MPath (Mal) Patricia Ann Chandran MBBS (USM), MPath (Mal) Teoh Kean Hooi, MBChB (Ire), MPath (Mal)
Visiting Professor: Dr Tan Soo Yong MBBS DipRCPath, FRCPath, DMJ (Path), D.Phil (Oxon) Visiting Consultant: Dr Pathmanathan Rajadurai MBBS MPath (Mal), MD, FRCPath, FRCPA
22
2012-2013
PHARMACOLOGY
Head of Department : Professor Datin Dr Zahurin Mohamed BSc (Hons)(Dund), PhD (Dund) Tel: 03-7967 4702 Fax: 03-7967 4791 Email: zahurin@um.edu.my / zahurin@ummc.edu.my Professors: Professor Professor Professor Professor Professor Dr Mohd Rais bin Mustafa BSc (Wales), PhD (Wales) Dr Mustafa bin Ali Mohd BSc (Hons) (Mal), MPhil (Mal), PhD (Mal) Dr Nor Azizan Abdullah BSc (Aston), PhD (Lond) Dr Sim Si Mui BSc (Liv), PhD (Liv) Datin Dr Zahurin Mohamed BSc (Hons)(Dund), PhD (Dund)
Associate Professors: Associate Professor Dr Ivy Chung PhD, B.Eng, Ass. Eng - Contract Associate Professor Dr Mok Shiueh Lian, Josephine BSc (Hons)(Melb), PhD (Sing) Senior Lecturers: Dr Dr Dr Dr Dr Dharmani Devi a/p Murugan B.Biomed Sc (Mal), PhD (Mal) Kiew Lik Voon B. BiomedSc (Hons)(Mal), MSc (Pharm)(USM),PhD (Mal) Nur Lisa binti Zaharan BMedSc (Hons) (Ire), MB BCh BAO (Ire) Wong Pooi Fong B. BiomedSc (Hons), DipTropMed (Nagasaki), MMedSc (Mal), PhD (Mal) Zamri Chik BSc (Mal), MPhil (Mal), PhD (Lond)
Lecturer: Dr Elsa Haniffah Mejia Mohamed MD (USM) Visiting Professor/Associate Professor/Lecturer: Professor Dr Abolhassan Ahmadiani Pham D, PhD Associate Professor Dr Vijayapandi Pandy M.Pham, PhD (India) Dr Poppy Rajan MD Pharmacology (Pondichery Univ)(India)
23
2012-2013
PHARMACY
Head of Department: Associate Professor Dr Mohamed Ibrahim bin Noordin
Tel: 03-7967 4702 Fax: 03-7967 4964 Ibrahim@um.edu.my

Professors:
BPharm (Hons) (Mal), MSc (Brad), PhD (Mal)
Pharmacoeconomics (Monash)
Associate Professors: Associate Associate Associate Associate Professor Professor Professor Professor
Professor Dr Chung Lip Yong BPharm (Bath), MSc (Wales), PhD (Wales) Professor Dr Hajjah Samsinah Haji Hussain BPharm (Hons) (USM), PhD (Leeds), Grad. Cert.
Stats (Mal)
Dr Chua Siew Siang BPharm (Hons) (USM), PhD (Qld) Dr Khalit Mohamad BSc, MSc(Mal), PhD (Paris) Dr Mohamed Ibrahim bin Noordin BPharm (Hons) (Mal), MSc (Brad), PhD (Mal) Datin Dr Zoriah Aziz BPharm (Hons) (USM), MSc (USM), PhD (Aston) M App
Lecturers: Mr Aditya Arya BPharm (RGPV Madhya Pradesh India), MPharm (Dr MGR Medical Univ. Chennai, Dr Faizah Safina bt Bakrin BPharm (Kyoto), MPharm Sc.(Kyoto), PhD (USM) Dr Fatiha Hana Shabaruddin BPharm (Hons)(Mal), PhD (Man.UK) Dr Hasniza Zaman Huri, BPharm (Hons)(Mal), Master of Clinical Pharmacy (UKM), PhD (UKM) Datin Junaidah bt. Amir BPharm (Hons) (USM), MPharm (Clin. Pharm)(USM) Dr Lo Yoke Lin BPharm (Monash), MPharm (USMl), PhD (UQ) Ms Lee Hong Gee BPharm (Curtin), MPharm (USM) Dr Michael James Christopher Buckle BA, PhD (Camb) Dr Najihah Mohd Hashim BPham (USM), MSc (UPM), PhD (UPM) Mrs Noorasyikin Shamsuddin BPharm (Hons) (Mal), MPharm (Mal) Dr Reena a/p Rajasuriar BPharm (Hons) (Mal), MPharm (Mal) Drs Riyanto Teguh Widodo B.Pharm (Bandung), MSc (Bandung), MPharm Tech. (Bandung),
India)
Drs.Pharm Aphotecari (Bandung) Dr Rozana Othman BSc (Hons), MSc (Mal), PhD (Mal) Dr Shaik Nyamatulla MPharm, PhD (Audhra Universiti, India) Mrs Syireen Alwi BSc (Hons) Pharm (Liverpool), MPharm (Clin.Pharm)(USM)
24
2012-2013
PHYSIOLOGY
Head of Department: Professor Dr Ruby Husain
Tel: 03-7967 4907 Fax: 03-79674775 Email: ruby@um.edu.my
BSc (Sheff), PhD (Sheff)
Professors: Professor Professor Professor Professor Dr Dr Dr Dr Cheah Swee Hung BA (Oregon), MSc (Ill), PhD (Ill) Cheng Hwee Ming BSc (Liv), PhD (Liv) Lam Sau Kuen BSc (Hons)(Nott), MPhil (Nott), PhD (Hull) Ruby Husain BSc (Sheff), PhD (Sheff)
Associate Professors: Associate Professor Dr Kim Kah Hwi BSc (UKM), MSc (USM), PhD (Gifu) Associate Professor Dr Rosnah Ismail BSc (Magna Cum Laude), MSc (WMich), PhD (Tor) Senior Lecturers: Dr Hoe See Ziau BSc (Mal), MDSc (Mal), PhD (Mal) Dr Kumar Seluakumaran MBBS (Mal), PhD (W. Aust) Dr Naguib b Salleh MBBS (Mal), PhD (Lond) Lecturers: Dr Kyaimon Myint Dip.MEdk (Ygn), MBBS (Ygn), MMedSc (Ygn) Dr Nazatul Shiha bt Bachtiar MBBS (Mal), MMedSc (Mal) Dr Raja Elina Afzan bt Raja Ahmad MBChB (Otago), MMedSc (Mal), PhD (Liv) Trainee Lecturer: Dr Baemisla Shiekh Ahmad MD (UPM)
25
2012-2013
PRIMARY CARE MEDICINE

Head of Department: Associate Professor Dr Nik Sherina Haidi Hanafi MBBS (Mal), MMed (Fam.Med), PhD (UK) Tel: 03-7949 2306 Fax: 03-7957 7941 Email: niksherina@um.edu.my / sherina@ummc.edu.my Professors:
(Hon)
Professor Datin Dr Chia Yook Chin
MBBS (Mal), LRCP (Lond), MRCS (Lond), FRCP (Lond), FAFP
Professor Dr Christina Tan Phoay Lay MBBS (Lond), FRCGP (UK), DRCOG (UK), AM Professor Dr Khoo Ee Ming MBBS (Lond), MRCGP (UK), FAMM, FAFP (Hon) Associate Professors: Associate Professor Dr Ng Chirk Jenn MBBS (Sing), MMed (Sing) Associate Professor Dr Nik Sherina Haidi Hanafi MBBS (Mal), MMed (Fam.Med), PhD (UK) Associate Professor Dr Noor Zurani Mohd Haris Robson MBBS (Mal), MMed (Fam.Med), PhD Associate Professor Dr Sajaratulnisah Othman Senior Lecturers: Dr Dr Dr Dr Dr Dr Dr Dr Adina Abdullah BMed Sci (Hons), BMBS (Notts), Mmed (Fam Med) Haireen binti Abdul Hadi MBBCh (NUI), BAO (NUI), MMed (Fam.Med) Lai Siew Mei Pauline B.Pharm (Melb), PhD (Mal) Liew Su May MBBS (Mal), MMed (Fam Med) Mohazmi Mohamed MBBS (Mal), MMed (Fam Med) Norita Hussein MBBS (Mal), MMed (Fam.Med) Nurdiana Abdullah MBBS (Mal), MMed (Fam. Med) Stalia Wong Siew Lee MD (Mal), MMed (Fam. Med)
(Addiction)
MBBS (Mal), MMed (Fam.Med), PhD (Monash)
26
2012-2013
PSYCHOLOGICAL MEDICINE
Head of Department: Associate Professor Dr Ahmad Hatim Sulaiman Tel: 03-7949 2068 Fax: 03-79556477 Professors: Professor Dr Mohamad Hussain bin Habil MBBS (Mal), MPM (Mal), DAB (Lond) Professor Dr Nor Zuraida Zainal MBBCh BAO (Ire), MPM (Mal), MPhil (Cambs) Associate Professors: Associate Associate Associate Associate Associate Associate Professor Professor Professor Professor Professor Professor Dr Dr Dr Dr Dr Dr Ahmad Hatim Sulaiman MBBS (Mal), MPM (Mal) Aili Hanim Hashim MBBS (Mal), MPM (Mal) Jesjeet Singh Gill MBBS (Mal), MPM (Mal) Koh Ong Hui MBBS (Manipal, India), MPM (Mal) Ng Chong Guan MBBS (Mal), MPM (Mal) Stephen T Jambunathan MBBS (Manipal, India), MPM (Mal), Cert. In
MBBS (Mal), MPM (Mal)
Email: hatim@ummc.edu.my
Psychotherapy (Melbourne)
Senior Lecturers:
Associate Professor Dr Subash Kumar Pillai MBBS (Karachi, Pakistan), MPM (Mal)
Dr Aida Sharinaz binti Ahmad Adlan MBBS (Mal) Dr Amarpreet Kaur MBBCh (Wales, UK), MRCPsych (UK), Dip Med Sci in Clinical Psychiatry (UK) Dr Amer Siddiq bin Amer Nordin MBChB (Otago), MPM (Mal) Dr Muhammad Muhsin bin Ahmad Zahari MBBCh BAO (Ire), MPM (Mal) Dr Rusdi bin Abd Rashid MBBS (Mal) MPM (Mal) Datin Dr Sharmilla Kanagasundram MBBS (Manipal, India), MPM (Mal) Dr Yee Hway Ann @ Anne Yee MBBS (Mal), MPM (Mal) Dr Zuraida Ahmad Sabki MD (Mal), MPM (Mal) Trainee Lecturer (SLAB): Dr Aisah bt. Abdul Rahim MBBS (Mal)
27
2012-2013
REHABILITATION MEDICINE
Head of Department:
Neuromodulation (Harvard), Grad Cert Med Acu (Harvard), Dip in Clin Research (Harvard) Tel: 03-7967 5781 Fax: 03-7968 4766 Email
Associate Professor: Associate Professor Dr Lydia Abdul Latif MBBS (Mal), MRehabMed (Mal),CIMA (Mal) Fellow in Senior Lecturers: Dr Dr Dr Dr Dr Anwar Suhaimi MBBS (Mal), MRehabMed (Mal) Chung Tze Yang MBBS (Mal), MRehabMed (Mal) Julia Patrick Engkasan MBBS (Mal), MRehabMed (Mal) Kumaran Ramakrishnan MD (Mal), MRehabMed (Mal) Loh Siew Yim BSc in Applied Rehab (UK), MSc in Medical Edu (UK), MCounselling (Mal), PhD
Associate Professor Dr Lydia Abdul Latif MBBS (Mal), MRehabMed (Mal),CIMA (Mal) Fellow in
Neuromodulation (Harvard), Grad Cert Med Acu (Harvard), Dip in Clin Research (Harvard)
(Aust)
Dr Mazlina Mazlan MBBS (Mal), MRehabMed (Mal) Dr Nazirah Hasnan MBBS (Mal), MRehabMed (Mal), CIME (USA) Lecturer: Dr Goh Hui Ting Uni of Southern California (USA) Trainee Lecturer (SLAI) Dr Aishah Ahmad Fauzi MBBS (Mal)
28
2012-2013
SOCIAL & PREVENTIVE MEDICINE

Head of Department:
Tel: 03-7967 4756 Fax: 03-7967 4975 Email: nuraqila@um.edu.my

Professor:
Associate Professor Dr Maznah Dahlui MD (Mal), MPH (Mal), PhD (Mal)
Anglia)
Professor Dr Awang Bulgiba Awang Mahmud MBBS (Mal), MPH (Mal), MAppStats (Mal), PhD (East Associate Professors: Associate Associate Associate Associate Associate Professor Professor Professor Professor Professor Dr Dr Dr Dr Dr Claire Choo Wan Yuen BSc (Mal), MMedScPH (Mal), PhD (Aus) Karuthan Chinna BSc (Mal), MSc (USA), PhD (MMU) Mas Ayu Said MBBS (Mal), MPH (Mal), MPH (Epid) (Mal) Maznah Dahlui MD (Mal), MPH (Mal), PhD (Mal) Nabilla Al-Sadat Abdul Mohsein MBBS (Mal), MPH (Mal), MScHPF (Lond), PhD
(Aust.)
(Sydney)
Associate Professor Dr Ng Chiu Wan MBBS (Spore), MPH (Mal), MPH (Health Services Mgt )(Mal) Associate Professor Dr Noran Naqiah Hairi MBBS (Mal), MPH (Mal), MPH (Epid) (Mal), PhD Associate Professor Dr Retneswari Masilamani MBBS (Madras), MMed-Occup.Med (Sing), AMM, Associate Professor Dr Sanjay Rampal
FAOEMM, CMIA, FFOM (RCP, Ire) study leave
MBBS (Manglore), MPH (Quantitative Methods) (Harvard)
Associate Professor Dr Tin Tin Su MBBS (Yangoon), MSc. CHHM (Heidelberg), Dr Med (Heidelberg) Associate Professor Dr Wong Li Ping BSc, MMSc (Mal), PhD (Mal) Associate Professor Dr Wong Yut Lin BSoc Sc (Mal), Mphill (sussex), MPH (Berkeley), DrPH
(Berkeley)
Senior Lecturers: Dr Anselm Su Ting MBBS (Mal), MPH (Mal), MFom1 (Ire), MPH (Occupational Health) (Mal) Dr Azlan Darus MBChB (New Zealand), MPH (Mal), MPH (Occupational Health)(Mal),MFOM, Dr Farizah bt Mohd Hairi MBBS (Mal), MSc (Wales), MPH (Mal), MPH (Health Services Mgt) (Mal), DSc Dr Hazreen bin Abdul Majid BSc (Hons) Dietetics (Mal), MSc (Nutrition&Dietetics), Deakin (Melb), PhD Dr Maslinor Ismail MD (UKM), MPH (Mal), MPH (Family Health)(Mal) Dr Moy Foong Ming BSc (Hons Dietetics (Mal), MSc (Nutrition)(Mal), MMedScPH (Mal), PhD (Mal) Dr Victor Hoe Chee Wai Abdullah MBBS (Mangalore), MPH (Mal), MPH-OH (Mal) Trainee Lecturers (SLAB): Dr Marzuki bin Ishak MBBS (Mal), MPH (Mal) Dr Rafdzah binti Ahmad Zaki, MBChB (Liverpool), MPH (Mal) Mr Mohd Roshidi Ismail BMedSc (Aberdeen), MMedScPH Consultant: Professor Dr Chan Chee Koon Dip in Adv Stud Conflict Resolution (Sweden), SB (MIT Mass), SM (MIT
CMIA
(Public Health) (NL) (Lond)
Mass), ScD (Epidemiology)(Harvard) Dr Saimy Ismail MBBS (Mal), MPH (Berkeley)
29
2012-2013
SURGERY
Head of Department: Associate Professor Dr Alizan Abdul Khalil MBBS (Mal), MS (Mal), PhD (Plastic Surgery)(UWA)
Tel: 03-7949 2070 Fax: 03-7956 4766 Email: alizan@um.edu.my
General Surgery: Professor Dr Yip Cheng-Har MBBS (Mal), FRCS (Glas) FRCS (Edin), FAMM (Edin) Professor Chin Kin Fah, MBChB (UK), MD (UK), FRCS (Glasg), FRCS (Gen. Surg) Associate Professor Dr April Camilla Roslani MBBCh (Wales), MRCS (Edin), MS (Mal) Professor Dr Nur Aishah Mohd Taib MBBS (Mal), MRCS (Edin), MS (Mal) Associate Professor Dr Law Chee Wei MBBS (Mal), MS (Mal), MRCSEd Dr Ahmad Rafizi Hariz bin Ramli MBBS (Mal), MS (Mal) Dr Chong Hoong Yin MBBS (Mal), MS (Mal) Dr Kenny Cheng Keng Peng MBBS (Mal), MS (Mal) Dr Koh Peng Soon MS (Mal) Dr Lau Peng Choong MBBS (Mal), MS (Mal) Dr Ng Char Hong MBBS (Mal) Dr Ng Khoon Leong MBBS, FRCS (Edin), FRCS (Glasg) Dr Pok Eng Hong MBBS (Mal), MS (Mal) Dr Sandip Kumar MBcHB (Hons), MRCS, MS (Mal) Dr Teh Yew Ching BSc (USA), MD (Canada), ABS (USA) Dr Yeap Chee Loong MBBS, MS (Mal) Dr Yoong Boon Koon BSc (Med), MBBS (UNSW), MRCSEd, MS (Mal) Cardiothoracic Surgery: Professor Dr. Raja Amin Raja Mokhtar MBBS (Mal), MS (Mal), FRCS (Edin) Associate Professor Dr Shahrul Amry bin Hashim MBChB (UK), MRCS (Edin), FRACS (Edin) Dr Sivakumar a/l Krishanasamy MBBS (Mal), MRCS (Edin), MS (Mal) Dr Taufiq bin Abdullah MBBS (Mal), MS (Mal) Paediatric Surgery:
Surgery)(Madur) Surg)
Professor Dr Ramanujam T.M.
MBBS (Madur), MS(Madur), MCh (Madur) FRACS (Paed
Professor C R Thambidorai MBBS, MS (Gen Surg),FRCS (Edin), FRACS (Paed Surg), MNAMS (Gen
Associate Professor P V Hayavadana Rao MBBS (Madur), MS (Madur), MCh (Madur), FRCS (Glasgow) Dr Srihari Singaravel MBBS (Chennai India), MS (Pediatric Surgery)(Mal) Dr Yik Yee Ian MBBS (Mal), MS (Mal), MRCSEd-on study leave Urology: Professor Dr Azad Hassan Abdul Razack MBBS (Mal), FRCS (Edin) Dr Khaidhir Haji Abu Bakar MBBS (Queensland), MS (Mal) Dr Michael Ng Keng Lim BSc (Med), MBBS (UNSW), MS (Mal) Dr Muhilan a/l Parameswaran MBBS (Kartuba,India), MRCS (Edin), MS (Mal) Dr Shanggar a/l Kuppusamy MBBS (MAHE), MS (Mal) Dr Sivaprakasam a/l Sivalingam MS (Mal), MRCS (Edin) Dr Thi Ha Htun MBBS, FRCS (Edin), MS (Mal)
2012-2013
Plastic Surgery: Associate Professor Dr Alizan Abdul Khalil MBBS (Mal) MS (Mal), PhD (Plastic Surgery)(Aust) Dr Kong Chee Kwan MD (UNIMAS), MS (Mal) Dr Margaret Leow MBBCh , BAO, MA (UK), FRCS (UK)- study leave Dr Shameem Akhtar Abdul Haque B.Med Sci (Nottingham), BMBS (Nottingham), FRCSEd (Edin), MS
(Mal)
study leave
Neurosurgery:
Neurology)
Professor Dr Vickneswaran a/l Mathaneswaran
MBBS (Mal), FRCS (Edin), FRCS (Surgical
Associate Professor Dr Dharmendra a/l Ganesan MBBS (Mal), FRCS (Edin), FRCS (Ire), MS (Mal) Associate Professor Dr Kalai Arasu Muthusamy MBBS (Mal), MS (Mal), PhD (neurosurgical)(Oxford) Dr Devaraj a/l Pancharatnam MBBS (Mal), MRCS (Edin), MS (Mal) Dr Kevin Sek Weng Yew MD (Canada), MS (Mal) Dr Hari Chandran a/l Thambinayagam MBBS (Chennai, India), FRCS (Edin) Dr Sia Sheau Fung MD (UKM), MS (Mal), MRCS, AFRCS (Ireland) Dr N V V E Vairavan MD (UKM), MS (UKM) Dr Nor Faizal Ahmad Bahuri, MBBS (Mal), MS (Mal)- study leave Trainee Lecturers (SLAB): Dr Dr Dr Dr Dr Dr Ahmad Nazran bin Fadzil MBChB (Leic) Mohammad Rezal bin Abdul Aziz MBBS (Ireland), MRCI (Ire) Mohammed Akhsar MBCHB (Sheffield), MRCI (Ire) Nora binti Abdul Aziz MS BCHBAD (NUIUCD) Siti Nor Masyitah binti Maarof MBBS (Mal) Suniza binti Jamaris MBBS (Mal)
Trainee Lecturers (SLAI): Dr Sharminithevi a/p Paramalingam MBBS (Mal)
31
2012-2013
UNITS OF THE FACULTY ANIMAL RESEARCH CENTER

Head of Unit: Dr Hj Azizuddin bin Hj Kamaruddin Tel: 03-79674795 Fax: 03-79559886 Email: azizud@ummc.edu.my
DVetMed (Hons) (UPM), MSc (Lond), CBiol MlBiol (UK)
CLINICAL ONCOLOGY UNIT

Head of Unit: Associate Professor Datin Dr Anita Zarina binti Bustam Tel: 03-7949 2183 Fax: 03-79563072 Email: anita@ummc.edu.my Associate Professor: Associate Professor Dr Anita Zarina binti Bustam Lecturers: Dr Ho Gwo Fuang MBChB, BSc, MRCP (UK), FRCR (UK) Dr Marniza binti Saad MBBCh (UK), MRCP Part I (UK), FRCR (UK) Dr Mastura Md Yusof MBBS (Mal), Mco (Mal) Dr Rozita binti Abdul Malik MBBS (Mal), Mco (Mal) Mr. Ung Ngie Min BEng (Mal), MSc (Mal) Dr Vincent Phua Chee Ee MBBS (Mal), Mco (Mal) Dr Wan Zamaniah binti Wan Ishak MBBS (Mal), Mco (Mal)
MBBCh (UK), FRCR (UK)
MBBCh (UK), FRCR (UK)
32
2012-2013
MEDICAL EDUCATION RESEARCH DEVELOPMENT UNIT (MERDU)

Head of Unit: Professor Dr Jamunarani Vadivelu BSc (Sur), PhD (Lon), DIC (Lond), MSc (Lond) Tel: 03-79675729 Fax: 03- 79675769 Email: jamuna@ummc.edu.my
SPORTS MEDICINE UNIT

Head of Unit: Associate Professor Dr Mohd Razif bin Mohd Ali
MSports Med & Rehab (Mal), CMIA Tel: 03-7967 4968 Fax: 03-79677511 Email: razifali@um.edu.my
Associate Professor:
MBBCh (Ire), FRCS (Edin), MSc (Sport Med)(Dublin),
Associate Professor Dr Mohd Razif bin Mohd Ali
MSports Med & Rehab (Mal), CMIA

Senior Lecturers: Dr Dr Dr Dr
MBBCh (Ire), FRCS (Edin), MSc (Sport Med)(Dublin),
Abdul Halim bin Mokhtar MD (UKM), MSpMed (Distinction)(Mal) Mohd. Nahar Azmi bin Mohamed MD (Universitas Padjadjaran Indonesia), MSpMed (Mal) Mohamad Shariff bin A Hamid MBBS (Adel), MSpMed (Mal) Zulkarnain bin Jaafar MD (USM), MSpMed (Mal)
Lecturer: Dr. Goh Siew Li MD (USM), MSpMed (Mal)
33
2012-2013
TRAUMA & EMERGENCY UNIT

Head of Unit: Dr Rishya a/l Manikam MBBS (Mal), Mmed (Emergency Medicine) UM Tel: 03-7949 4198 Fax: 03- 7949 4179 Email: rishya@ummc.edu.my Associate Professor:
USM
Associate Professor Dr Mohd Idzwan bin Zakaria MBBCh BAO (Ire), Mmed (Emergency Medicine) Senior Lecturer: Dr Rishya a/l Manikam Trainee Lecturers:
MBBS (Mal), Mmed (Emergency Medicine) UM
Dr Dr Dr Dr
Abdul Muhaimin Noor Azhar, MBBCh (Wales, UK) Ahmad Zulkarnain Ahmed Zahedi, MBBS (UM) Aidawati Bustam @ Mainudin MA, MB BCHIR (Camb.), MRCP (UK) Khadijah Poh Yuen Yoong, MBBS (UM)
CLINICAL SKILLS UNIT

Head of Unit:
Tel: 03-79676628 Fax: 03- 79676626 Email: jamiyah@ummc.edu.my
Professor Dr. Jamiyah Hassan MBBS (Mal), MMed O&G (Mal)
34
2012-2013
EDUCATIONAL GOALS OF THE UNIVERSITY OF MALAYA
Graduates of the University of Malaya will be able to:
1.
Demonstrate knowledge and skills in their field of study, appropriate research and professional practices, and the processes of critical thinking, creative thinking, and problem solving.
2.
Use effective methods including contemporary technology to manage information, to achieve diverse professional goals aligned with professional standards and make decisions based on appropriate data and information.
3.
Engage in continuous self-improvement and professional growth, support the professional development of others, and display positive leadership and professional behaviours and disposition for effective practice.
4.
Communicate effectively with other professionals, and the community, and project a coherent vision of social responsibilities.
5.
Appreciate and continue to be guided by the Universitys core values of integrity, respect, academic freedom, open-mindedness, accountability, professionalism, meritocracy, teamwork, creativity and social responsibility.
35
2012-2013
VISION AND MISSION
VISION To become a Centre of Excellence in Medicine
MISSION
To become a premier medical centre that is world renown and to provide excellent health care, education, and research programmes delivered with efficiency, sensitivity and enthusiasm.
36
2012-2013
HISTORY OF THE FACULTY
1967
2007
37
2012-2013
HISTORY BACKGROUND
The University of Malaya was established on 8 October 1949 as a national institution to serve the higher educational needs of the Federation of Malaya and of Singapore. In 1960, the Government of the Federation of Malaya indicated that the Kuala Lumpur Division of the University of Malaya should become the national University in the Federation with effect from the beginning session 1962/63. Likewise, the Singapore Division should become the national University of Singapore. Steps to achieve the establishment of these two separate universities were finalized during the year 1961 and the University of Malaya was established on 1st January 1962. The student population at that time was about 330. Since then, the University has grown and developed rapidly. Today, the student population has grown to almost 30,000. Establishment of the Faculty of Medicine at the University of Malaya Up to the 1950s, the Faculty of Medicine, University of Singapore, which was known previously as King Edward VII College of Medicine had been the only medical school in Malaya and Singapore. The output of doctors at that time was small: 60 per year. Many Malaysians had to go overseas to seek undergraduate medical education. It was not until 1960 that a determined effort was made to double the intake of students to 120 per year in Singapore. In 1960, a board of studies of the University of Malaya was appointed to study the feasibility of establishing a medical school with its own teaching hospital. The board recommended the early establishment of both. To this end, the Government agreed and the Ministries of Education and of Health provided the necessary capital funds. In 1962, a Dean for the Faculty of Medicine was appointed.
FIRST BATCH- 1969
38
2012-2013
The first batch of medical students was admitted to the Faculty in 1964. A year earlier, these students, 40 of them, were placed in the Faculty of Science as pre-medical students. Construction of the faculty building began in July 1963, was completed in 10 months, so that the pioneer students were able to begin their course in May 1964. The building programme continued and the second phase was ready in time for Year II teaching the following May. Throughout this period, planning, building, ordering and receiving of equipment, recruitment of staff, organization of the Faculty, and discussions on the curriculum continued unremittingly. Phase I of the University Malaya Medical Centre consisting of the main block together with podium or technical box (operating theatres, radio-diagnostic, accident and emergency, polyclinic, pharmacy, central sterile supply, cafeteria, administration and medical records) was completed in December 1966, and the first wards were opened as on March 1967. P hase II of the Hospital consisting of Paediatric, Maternity and Rehabilitation Units was completed in December 1967, and became functional in March 1968. The total construction period for the Medical Centre consisting of the faculty departments, hospital (740 beds), Hostel for Clinical Students, Nurses Quarters with Nursing School and Central Animal House was three and a half years. Over the past three decades, the medical centre has expanded tremendously, and today it has 900 beds (the number will be increased to 1200 beds after renovation). Philosophy of the Faculty of Medicine The philosophy of the Faculty is to mould students to be competent, highly-skilled and knowledgeable health professionals, who can work with others as a team, who are caring and concerned about their patients and society, and who can emerge as leaders in their community.
ORIENTATION PERIOD
As part of the university orientation programme, all new students undergo an orientation period where they are introduced to life on campus and in the residential colleges. In the Faculty of Medicine, the programme includes registration, briefings by the Dean and Deputy Dean and a tour of the various academic facilities at the medical centre. During this period, the students are given information about the activities of the faculty, facilities available as well the course content. An early introduction to the use of library services and the Student Information System are also made available.
39
2012-2013
LIST OF UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMME IN FACULTY
BACHELOR OF MEDICINE AND BACHELOR OF SURGERY BACHELOR OF PHARMACY BACHELOR OF BIOMEDICAL SCIENCE BACHELOR OF NURSING SCIENCE BACHELOR OF MEDICAL IMAGING
40
Bachelor of Medicine and Bachelor of Surgery

Undergraduate
Guidebook
2012/2013
Session
2012-2013
PHILOSOPHY OF THE CURRICULUM

The philosophy of the New Integrated Curriculum (NIC) of the MBBS Course is to provide an integrated framework of the essential concepts of the scientific basis of medicine with early emphasis of clinical relevance. Important concepts are revisited in a spiral effect through all phases of the course. Problem-based, system based and evidence-based approaches are introduced to encourage self-directed learning and sharpen problem-solving skills. Formative and summative integrated assessments in all phases reflect the philosophy of the NIC. The duration of the course is 5 years and is divided into 3 phases: Phase I (1 year) Phase II (1 year) Phase III (3 yrs) : : : The normal human body and its function. The bodys reaction to injury. Practice-based (clinical) medicine.
The content of the medical course is divided into three main strands that run vertically through the course, namely: 1. 2. 3. The Scientific Basis of Medicine The Doctor, Patient, Health and Society Personal and Professional Development
The Scientific Basis of Medicine includes the study of the normal human body and its function (Anatomy, Biochemistry, Physiology); the bodys reaction to injury (Pharmacology, Pathology, Medical Microbiology, Parasitology) and practice-based (clinical) medicine (Anaesthesiology, Internal Medicine, Surgery, Paediatrics, Primary Care Medicine, Obstetrics and Gynaecology, Orthopaedic Surgery, Ophthalmology, Otorhinolaryngology, Psychological Medicine, Biomedical Imaging, Emergency Medicine, Social and Preventive Medicine). The Doctor, Patient, Health And Society (DPHS) module includes the study of preventive, promotive, environmental and occupational health in the community; medical statistics, epidemiology, two field projects (Community Residency Programme; Organisation and Management of Health Services), Community Family Case Studies (CFCS) and family health. The Personal and Professional Development (PPD) module includes improvement of learning, analytical, critical thinking and communication skills, nursing skills, medical ethics, research methodology and exposure to optional fields of interest via elective programs.
41
2012-2013
THE MBBS CURRICULUM
THE SCIENTIFIC BASIS OF DISEASE
DOCTOR,PATIENT, HEALTH AND SOCIETY (DPHS)
MBBS
PROFESSIONAL AND PERSONAL DEVELOPMENT
FAKULTI PERUBATAN , UNIVERSITI OF MALAYA | http://medicine.um.edu.my
42
2012-2013
THE MBBS CURRICULUM CHART
PHASE OF STUDY
SCIENTIFIC BASIS OF MEDICINE
DOCTOR, PATIENT HEALTH AND SOCIETY (DPHS)
PERSONAL AND PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT (PPD)
Phase I Normal Human Body & Its Function (1 Year) Phase II Bodys Reaction to Injury (1 Year) Phase III Practice-Based Medicine (3 Years)
Core
Community Medicine Behavioural Science Communication Skills Community Family Case Studies (CFCS)
Nursing Programme Attitude, Character and Ethics (ACE) Management Electives
And
Systems
DURATION OF PHASES
Phase I II IIIA IIIB Total Current Duration* 40 46 55 81 222
43
2012-2013
PROGRAMME LEARNING OUTCOMES
At the end of the programme, the medical graduate is able to: a. manage a nd a pply the knowledge and concepts/ principles of medicine in a safe,effective and efficient manner [PO1 Knowledge] b. diagnose and manage the patient in a safe and competent manner, using good practical and clinical skills [P02 Practical Skills] c. involve patients in making decisions related to their health using good social skills and empathy based on social reponsibility . [P03 Social Skills and Responsibility]
d. apply professional values, attitudes and ethics in healthcare practice [P04 Values, Attitudes and Professionalism] e. communicate effectively with patients, family, healthcare professionals and community; and work in teams, demonstrating leadership qualities [P05 Communication, Leadership and Team Skills] f. evaluate current knowledge and technology in a critical and scientific manner towards solving healthcare problems . [P06 Problem Solving and Scientific Skills]
g. manage knowledge and information effectively through Information Communication Technology (ICT)and to engage in lifelong learning and continuing professional development activities. [P07 Information Management & Lifelong Learning Skills] h. plan and manage health care resources and community programmes using entrepreneurial skills to improve population health [P08 Managerial and Entrepreneurial Skills].
DISCLAIMER
This programme outcome is a revised version of those printed in the guidebook for session 2010/2011 and is to be adopted from session 2011/12 onwards.
44
2012-2013
MBBS ACADEMIC CALENDAR SESSION 2012/2013 PHASE I
(Class 2012/2017) University Orientation Faculty Introductory Week Teaching Session Teaching Session Revision Examination ( Part A) Semester Break Teaching Session Teaching Session Revision Examination ( Part B) Total
1 week** 1 week 7 weeks *10 weeks 1 week 1 week 1 week *8 weeks 10 weeks 1 week 3 weeks 40 weeks
02.09.2012 09.09.2012 10.09.2012 14.09.2012 18.09.2012 02.11.2012 05.11.2012 11.01.2013 12.01.2013 20.01.2013 21.01.2013 25.01.2013 26.01.2013 03.02.2013 04.02.2013 29.03.2013 01.04.2013 07.06.2013 08.06.2013 16.06.2013 17.06.2013 05.07.2013
*Deepavali: 10.11.2012 18.11.2012
*Chinese New Year: 09.02.2012 17.02.2012
Supplementary Examination: Revision *5 weeks 15.07.2013 16.08.2013
*Hari Raya Aidilfitri: 03.08.2013 11.08.2013 Supplementary Examination 2 weeks 19.08.2013 30.08.2013
* University Courses : (GXEX1401, GXEX1414, GXEX1412) (GXEX1411, GTEE1109, GTEE1111)
45
2012-2013
(Class 2011/2016) Teaching Session Teaching Session Revision Examination ( Part A) Teaching Session Semester Break Teaching Session Revision Examination ( Part B) Semester Break
PHASE II
9 weeks Deepavali: 10.11.2012 18.11.2012 7 weeks 1 week 1 week *9 weeks 1 week 11 week 2 weeks 3 weeks 1 week 19.11.2012 04.01.2013 05.01.2013 13.01.2013 14.01.2013 18.01.2013 21.01.2013 22.03.2013 23.03.2013 31.03.2013 01.04.2013 14.06.2013 15.06.2013 30.06.2013 01.07.2013 19.07.2013 20.07.2013 28.07.2013 10.09.2012 09.11.2012
*Chinese New Year: 09.02.2012 17.02.2012
For Students who have PASSED Examination Electives (Clinical Training) *5 weeks 29.07.2013 30.08.2013
*Hari Raya: 03.08.2013 11.08.2013 Total 46 weeks
For Students who have FAILED Examination Supplementary Examination: Revision *5 weeks 22.07.2013 23.08.2013
*Hari Raya: 03.08.2013 11.08.2013 Supplementary Examination 2 weeks 26.08.2013 06.09.2013
* University Courses : (GTEE1110, GTEE1113)
46
2012-2013
PHASE IIIA
(Class 2010/2015) Clinical Introduction (UM) Clinical Posting Clinical Posting Clinical Posting Community Residency Programmed (CRP) Clinical Posting Clinical Posting Revision Examination 4 weeks 8 weeks 8 weeks 2 weeks *4 weeks 25.02.2013 22.03.2013 25.03.2013 17.05.2013 20.05.2013 12.07.2013 13.07.2013 28.07.2013 29.07.2013 16.08.2013 6 weeks 8 weeks *9 weeks *9 weeks (Klang 27.08.2012 - 13.07.2013) 09.07.2012 17.08.2012 27.08.2012 19.10.2012 22.10.2012 21.12.2012 24.12.2012 22.02.2013
* Hari Raya: 18.08.2011 26.08.2011
*Deepavali: 10.11.2012 18.11.2012 *Chinese New Year: 09.02.2013 17.02.2013
* Hari Raya: 03.08.2013 11.08.2013 Total 55 weeks
For students who have PASSED Elective/Minor Posting (lllB Junior) begins on 26.08.2013 For students who have FAILED Examination Supplementary Examination: Revision Supplementary Examination 8 weeks 2 weeks 26.08.2013 18.10.2013 21.10.2013 01.11.2013
47
2012-2013
PHASE IIIB
(Class 2008/2013) Electives / Posting (Ent: Eye: Em: Anes: /PCM / Gyne) Electives / Posting (Ent: Eye: Em: Anes: /PCM / Gyne) Electives / Posting (Ent: Eye: Em: Anes: /PCM / Gyne)
8 weeks 8 weeks *9 weeks
12.09.2011 04.11.2011 08.11.2011 30.12.2011 03.01.2012 02.03.2012
*Chinese New Year: 21.01.2012 29.01.2012 Clinical Posting Clinical Posting Organisation, Management of Health Services (OMHS) Clinical Posting Clinical Posting Clinical Posting Clinical Posting Revision Examination Total 3 weeks *9 weeks *Hari Raya: 18.08.2012 26.08.2012 8 weeks 8 weeks *9 weeks 2 weeks 3 weeks 81 week 18.09.2012 09.11.2012 12.11.2012 04.01.2013 07.01.2013 08.03.2013 09.03.2013 24.03.2013 25.03.2013 12.04.2013 25.06.2012 13.07.2012 16.07.2012 14.09.2012 8 weeks 8 weeks 05.03.2012 27.04.2012 30.04.2012 22.06.2012
*Chinese New Year: 09.02.2013 17.02.2013
For students who have FAILED Examination Revision Re-Examination 6 bulan 3 weeks 22.04.2013 October/November 2013
48
2012-2013
PHASE IIIB (Junior)

(Class 2009/2014) Electives / Posting (Ent: Eye: Em: Anes: /PCM / Gyne) Electives / Posting (Ent: Eye: Em: Anes: /PCM / Gyne)
8 weeks *9 weeks
27.08.2012 19.10.2012 22.10.2012 21.12.2012
*Deepavali: 10.11.2012 18.11.2012 Electives / Posting (Ent: Eye: Em: Anes: /PCM / Gyne) *9 weeks 24.12.2012 22.02.2013
*Chinese New Year: 09.02.2013 17.02.2013 Clinical Posting Clinical Posting Organisation, Management of Health Services (OMHS) Clinical Posting Clinical Posting Clinical Posting. Clinical Posting Revision Examination Total Public Holidays : 31. 08.2012 16.09. 2012 26.10. 2012 15.11.2012 13.11. 2012 National Day Malaysia Day Raya Haji Maal Hijrah 1434H Deepavali 25.12. 2012 01.01. 2013 24.01.2013 10.02.2013 01.05.2013 Christmas New Year Maulidur Rasul Chinese New Year Labour Day 3 weeks *9 weeks *Hari Raya: 03.08.2013 11.08.2013 8 weeks Deepavali: 02.11.2013 10.11.2013 8 weeks *9 weeks 3 weeks 3 weeks 81 week 11.11.2013 03.01.2014 06.01.2014 07.03.2014 08.03.2014 30.03.2014 31.03.2014 18.04.2014 09.09.2013 01.11.2013 17.06.2013 05.07.2013 08.07.2013 06.09.2013 8 weeks 8 weeks 25.02.2013 19.04.2013 22.04.2013 14.06.2013
*Chinese New Year: 25.01.2014 02.02.2014
All Dates in the Academic Calender at the time of printing are correct. Any amendment to these dates will be notified to all academics and students http://medicine.um.edu.my
49
2012-2013
SPECIFIC LEARNING ACTIVITIES IN EACH PHASE Phase I

In Phase I, the students are introduced to the normal functions of all the major systems of the body via the basic medical sciences of Anatomy, Physiology and Molecular Medicine (Biochemistry). Information is p itched at cellular, tissue and organ/system levels. I ntegration of the basic medical sciences is maintained. Clinical relevance and application is emphasized throughout the phase. During this phase, students are also introduced to the Professional and Professional Development (PPD) and Doctor, Patient Health and Society (DPHS) modules, strands that run throughout all 5 years of the course.
At the end of P hase I the student should be able to:

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) demonstrate an understanding and ability to integrate the basic and applied principles of normal structure, function, organisation and development of the human body. demonstrate the ability to apply problem-solving approaches to common medical conditions and situations. demonstrate that they have developed independent learning skills using current technology. demonstrate that they understand that socio-cultural and psychological factors influence health. show the development of appropriate communication skills, personal and professional attitudes towards the study of medicine, patients, teachers and peers.
Phase II
In Phase II, the concept of the major systems of the body is carried through to the diseased state via the applied medical sciences of Pathology, Medical Microbiology and Parasitology. Pharmacology is introduced at this stage. Application of the basic and applied medical sciences is emphasized through early contact with patients. The Paraclinical Core in Phase II comprises basic principles and concepts of the applied medical sciences and is followed by the Clinical Core where important and common clinical conditions are identified and discussed. An integrated Behavioural Science Module introduced in this stage aims to highlight principles and applications of social, cultural and psychological factors that influence health, clinical practice and the community. Effective communication skills are emphasized. The concepts of Social and Preventive Medicine are covered in Phases II a nd III in course modules which include theoretical and practical aspects as well as case studies. D escriptive and inferential statistics which are relevant to data collection and interpretation are also covered in Phase II. The System Modules which continue through the year provide a comprehensive and integrated coverage of the applied medical sciences in tandem with relevant clinical (medical, surgical and psychological) aspects. The introduction of clinical sessions allows early contact with patients and facilitates the recognition and understanding of the pathophysiology of common clinical conditions and disease processes. Clinical skills in the normal physical examination of the major systems are acquired.
50
2012-2013
At the end of P hase I I the student should be able to:

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) Describe the scientific basis of the bodys reaction to injury, including the basic pharmacological aspects of therapeutics, and their clinical relevance. Request for clinically relevant laboratory investigations and interpret the results. Recognise common normal and abnormal clinical findings and to correlate physical signs and symptoms with the pathophysiology of common medical conditions Apply critical thinking and problem-solving approaches to learning. Understand the interactive role of the doctor in health and the community. Develop appropriate personal and professional attitudes towards patients, teachers and peers. Acquire knowledge of basic parameters of measurement of health status in the community
Phase III
Phase III is divided into IIIA and IIIB. (a) Phase IIIA For the entire duration of Phase IIIA, the students reside in the branch campus in Klang. The Tengku Ampuan Rahimah Hospital in Klang serves as a teaching hospital which provides wide clinical exposure and practice. Students are also attached to a health care centre. The main development of clinical skills and practical aspects of communicating with patients begins in this phase with a core module in history taking and interview techniques. Experience is gained in history taking, examining patients for physical disorders and diagnosis through rotational postings (8 weeks) in the disciplines of Medicine (2 postings), Paediatrics and Surgery and 4 weeks each in Primary Care Medicine and Obstetrics and Gynaecology. A Growth and Development Project begins in Phase IIIA, where a newborn is followed up for at least 18 months. Community Medicine continues with modules in epidemiology, measurement of health, sociocultural aspects of health and nutrition. The Community Residency Programme provides the opportunity for the students to conduct a simple health survey in a selected rural area in the country. The primary aim is to study Man and Health in his total environment.
At the end of P hase I I I A, the student should be able to:

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) Take a good clinical history and perform a thorough physical examination Present the history and physical findings Interpret the history and physical findings and arrive at a provisional diagnosis and differential diagnoses Discuss the indications, precautions and hazards of tests and procedures done on his/her patient Interpret investigation results Discuss the principles of management in common medical conditions
2012-2013
(7) (8) (9)
Discuss the natural history, the underlying aetiologies, and pathogenesis for common medical, surgical, paediatric, gynaecological and obstetric conditions Discuss the principles of community health, preventive and rehabilitative medicine Care and empathise with their patients and have a sense of responsibility to their patients and the patients families
(10) Regard continuing medical education as an essential life-long professional responsibility (b) Phase IIIB This phase comprises rotational postings of 8 weeks each in Medicine, Primary Care Medicine, Paediatrics, Surgery, Obstetrics and Gynaecology, Psychological Medicine and 2 weeks each in Emergency Medicine, Anaesthesiology, Ophthalmology and Otorhinolaryngology. Another field-based programme in community medicine is a 3-week programme knows as Organisation and Management of Health Services (OMHS) in which the students spend 1 week in a health district, and the remainder in-house in the faculty. The primary aim of the programme is to expose the student to the health district that s/he is expected to work in; to look at the health status of the community and relate it to the health programmes that are already implemented. A critical appraisal of the role of the various health care professionals as well as the role of the district medical officer is emphasized. The residential Kuala Langat District Posting of 4 weeks duration is c onducted at Banting as part of the Primary Care Medicine posting, and is to enable the student to be familiar with evaluation and management of medical and health problems at a district primary care level; and to gain practical experience by using available resources to study these problems. The students are exposed to the practice and application of the principles of clinical pharmacology and concepts in management of common and important diseases and conditions in the various disciplines. Clinical skills are essential and emergency procedures are sharpened. This phase is considered a period of junior clerkship where the student is considered part of the management team and should be actively involved in the patient care. The importance of correct professional behaviour and maintenance of high ethical standards is emphasized. By the end of Phase IIIB students will have completed the whole course and are expected to be able to function as a doctor. Therefore s/he is expected to possess all the attributes as a doctor. The use of Bahasa Melayu and English is encouraged in the course. The aim is to ensure students to be bilingual. Proficiency in the English language is emphasized and all University of Malaya undergraduates are required to undergo a course in English. An elective attachment of 8 weeks at the beginning of Phase IIIB gives the students an opportunity to study any subject of interest in a hospital, research centre or community practice anywhere within the country or abroad. Students are required to carry out an approved elective project and submit a written report for evaluation.
52
2012-2013
At the end of Phase IIIB students will have completed the whole course and are expected to be able to function as a doctor. Therefore he is expected to possess all the attributes as a doctor. The learning outcomes under various major headings are listed below . (A) Knowledge And Understanding Graduates completing basic medical education shall : (1) Apply scientific method relevant to biological, behavioural and social sciences at a level adequate to provide a rational basis for present medical practice, and to acquire and incorporate the advances in knowledge that will occur over their working life. (2) Describe the aetiology, pathology, symptoms and signs, natural history, and prognosis of common mental and physical ailments in children, adolescents, adults and the aged. A more detailed knowledge is required of those conditions that require urgent assessment and treatment. (3) Perform common diagnostic procedures, their uses and limitations. (4) Manage common conditions including their pharmacological, physical, nutritional and psychological therapies. (5) Manage normal pregnancy and childbirth, the more common obstetrical emergencies, and apply the principles of antenatal and postnatal care, and medical aspects of family planning. (6) Apply the principles of health education, disease prevention and screening. (7) Apply the principles of amelioration of suffering and disability, rehabilitation, and care of the dying. (8) Describe factors affecting human relationships, the psychological well-being of patients and their families, and the interactions between humans and their social and physical environment. (9) Know the systems of provision of health care including their advantages and limitations, the principles of efficient and equitable allocation and use of finite resources. (10) Apply the principles of ethics related to health care and the legal responsibilities of the medical profession. MBBS PROGRAMME SPECIFIC LEARNING ACTIVITIES IN EACH PHASE [Additional Info] (B) Skills Graduates completing basic medical education shall: (1) Take a tactful, accurate, organized and problem-focused medical history. (2) Perform an accurate physical and mental state examination. (3) Select from the repertoire of clinical skills, those that are appropriate and practical to apply in a given situation. (4) Interpret and integrate the history and physical examination findings to arrive at an appropriate diagnosis or differential diagnosis.
2012-2013
(5) Select the most appropriate and cost effective diagnostic procedures. (6) Interpret common diagnostic procedures. (7) Formulate a management plan, and to plan management in concert with the patient. (8) Communicate clearly, considerately and sensitively with patients and their families, doctors, nurses, other health professionals and the general public. (9) Counsel patients sensitively and effectively, and provide information in a manner that ensures patients and families can be fully informed when consenting to any procedure. (10) Recognise serious illness and to perform common emergency and life- saving procedures such as caring for the unconscious patient and cardiopulmonary resuscitation. (11) Interpret medical evidence in a critical and scientific manner, and to use libraries and other information resources to pursue independent inquiry relating to medical problems. (12) Use appropriate information technology as an essential resource for modern medical practice. (13) Provide optimal patient care for the least cost, with an awareness of the need for costeffectiveness to allow maximum benefit from the available resources. (14) Work effectively in a team with other health care professionals. (14) Realise that one's personal or religious beliefs should not prevent the provision of adequate and appropriate information to the patient and/or the patient's family, or the provision of appropriate management including referral to
54
2012-2013
DOCTOR , PATIENT, HEALTH, AND SOCIETY (DPHS) MODULE

The DPHS module aims to help students develop appropriate attitudes in order to treat patients as whole persons and not merely as clinical entities. Students are encouraged to learn and practise the art of effective communication, whether orally or in written form, with patients, their peers and other members of the health care team. The module is also aimed at enabling students to learn the structure and function of health care facilities and how to manage care centres, to provide technical and professional advice in public health, and to use tools and methods for research and management. The DPHS module makes use of the more recognized methods of teaching in order to cover the following topics: Communication skills Behavioural sciences Statistics and epidemiology Public health medicine
Major component of DPHS module is the Community Family Case Studies (CFCS) programme.
Com m unity Fam ily Case Studies (CFCS)

The CFCS programme provides a focus on which to apply all the theoretical knowledge gained in other parts of the course. Patients and their families are selected from ten clinical disciplines: general medicine, general surgery, paediatrics, obstetrics and gynaecology, primary care medicine, psychological medicine, orthopaedic surgery, otorhinolaryngology, ophthalmology and rehabilitation medicine. The patients are then allocated to students to follow up for the duration of the five year course. Students work in pairs or groups of three within a group of 18 to 22 members. When the pairs or groups are allocated, a patient and family with basic details such as name, address, and telephone number and are to make contact with the patient or family to arrange a suitable time to visit. D etails such as patients age, diagnosis and first language are not given, as students have to find these out as part of the exercise in communication skills. A minimum of two home visits per year is expected. At each visit, students gather information on their patients and families to meet an assignment. Time is set aside in the curriculum for students to make their visits.Debriefing sessions for all groups enable students to share their visit experiences in the presence of tutors and group coordinators. The oral presentations in the debriefings are another component of communication skills and public speaking. The role of the group coordinator is t o facilitate the debriefing sessions, maintain an attendance record and act as trouble-shooter should problems arise. Tutors from clinical disciplines attend debriefing sessions and rotate through the groups to hear the presentations on their patients.
55
2012-2013
PERSONAL & PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT (PPD) MODULE

The PPD programme is incorporate an into the medical course in order to develop and increase professionalism in students as well as awareness of their inner potential. It is designed to stimulate thought, appreciate perceptions and widen knowledge base, taking into account current thinking and the latest development in the field of medicine. The aim of the programme is to produce a wholesome, efficient, and thinking doctor who is capable of meeting efficiently the challenges of the profession at the frontiers of change. The programme essentially has four elements: a. b. c. d. a. Attitude, Character and Ethics (ACE) Principles of Management in Health Care Services Nursing Programme Elective Programmes Attitude, Character and Ethics (ACE) The overall goals of the programme are to: i. ii. iii. support the students ability to act in ways that embody the core, guiding principles in clinical practice, i.e., respect for persons, truthfulness, beneficence, non-malfeasance, compassion and empathy. help students identify potential dilemmas in clinical areas of practice. help students develop the skills to address these dilemmas.
Specifically, the objectives are to make students: understand how beliefs, experiences and motivation of patients of different background and culture may affect their presentations and reactions to care. understand how the beliefs, experiences and motivation of health care providers may affect their assumptions about health, illness and the management of patients. recognise that the practice of medicine is governed by principles of beneficence, nonmalfeasance, respect of autonomy, justice, privacy, veracity and confidentiality. have a commitment to standards of ethical behaviour, guided by the above- mentioned principles. recognize issues of conflicting ethical standards and be able to develop a methodology to resolve the issues. understand the meaning of and the need for obtaining informed consent from patients. understand and appreciate the work of, and interact successfully with, fellow health professionals to promote a desirable outcome of health care. develop a methodology for the prevention of conflict escalation with health care professionals or patients including a constructive response to mistakes in oneself , colleagues and others. act as a role model for healthy behaviour.
Lectures for ACE are given in all three Phases, under the following themes:
56
UNDERGRADUATE GUIDEBOOK Phase I: Attitudes and Personal Beliefs Phase II: Principles of Medical Ethics Phase III: Ethical Behaviour b. Principles of Management in Health Care Services
2012-2013
This programme is integrated with the PPD in three phases, and also incorporates the Organisation and Management of Health Services (OHMS) programme in late Phase IIIB. The programme is conducted by the Department of Social and Preventive Medicine under the coordination of the PPD strand in the curriculum. At the end of the programme, the student should be able to understand and describe a selected number of principles in management and apply these to various situations encountered in future work in the health care services. Lectures are given in all three Phases, under the following themes: Phase I: Management of Self Phase II: Management of Resources Phase III: Management of People
I nterface w ith Organisation & M anagem ent of Health Services (OHM S)

The OHMS programme exposes the senior medical student to the organization of the curative and preventive health services in Malaysia at the district level as well as introduces the student to the primary health care team and future work environment. c. Nursing Programme This programme is conducted in Phase I. It is conducted by the nursing staff of University Malaya Medical Centre (UMMC). In attending the programme, the students will also understand better the role and responsibilities of nurses in patient care. In addition, the students are also exposed to basic steps, such as hand washing and isolation, to prevent infections. d. Elective Programmes The elective programme is defined as free selection of ideas or fields of study that interest the student or the feeling of want to know. An elective programme provides the student a means to go beyond the demands of routine medical curriculum and explore the limitless potential the student has in acquiring and developing the finer points of being an effective doctor. The aim of the programmes is t o develop an effective doctor who is p roficient with communicative skills, and the latest information and knowledge. Electives are conducted in Phase II and Phase IIIA. The overall objectives of the elective programmes are to: enable students to learn skills and knowledge that is not in the formal curriculum. enable students to acquire skills in analyzing, viewing perceptions without prejudice, and to cultivate the art of critical thinking, retrieving data or information, applying information gathered and accurate report writing.
UNDERGRADUATE GUIDEBOOK develop lateral thinking capabilities in the students. develop in the students, a hunger for the latest information in medicine.
2012-2013
introduce students to research methodologies and apply them in actual clinical research and health projects. expose students to effective patient management and interact with community and understand the need, function and the role of government, non-government organizations (NGOs) and other institutions. allow students to pursue a subject of their interest other than what is already in the curriculum. enable students to appreciate the benefits of group dynamics and develop correct personal attitudes and behaviour in order to become a successful doctor.
Phase II (Healthcare Module) Electives 4 weeks The objectives are to: introduce students to research methodologies and apply them in actual clinical research. develop an appetite for keeping abreast with the latest in medicine and scientific research improve student interaction with patient and community and understand the needs, function and role of government, non-government organizations (NGOs) and other institutions.
The students are assigned into groups of two, and each group carries out a project which is preferably medically related with emphasis on science rather than clinical medicine. The project can be done within or outside the campus. At the end of the project, the group presents their findings in a poster session and also a written report. Both the poster presentation and report are assessed. Phase III (Clinical module) Electives 8 weeks The objectives are to: study health and experience the actual patient contact within the Primary Health Care systems of the country. improve student interaction with patient and community. understand the needs, function and role of the Ministry of Health, NGOs and other institutions in health care. allow students to participate in clinical research.
In the Phase III Elective Programme, students work individually. They are encouraged to propose projects in advance. T he project preferably should be related to community health programme, and done outside UMMC. Overseas attachment is encouraged. In the case of project conducted outside UMMC, an internal and external supervisor will be appointed. A fter completion of project, a written report must be submitted, and this is followed by a presentation/viva voce. Supervisors are required to submit a full report of the students performance.
58
2012-2013
PROBLEM BASED LEARNING (PBL)

Within the vertical strands of the course, problem-based learning approach is introduced into the curriculum to help achieve the overall objectives of the course. T he PBL requires the students to participate actively in their own learning, i.e., developing self-learning skills. In PBL, students are encouraged to undertake independent study individually and as a group, in trying to understand or solve a problem. Students learn how to learn by analysing and discussing problems or cases. It is t he students who formulate learning issues (objectives) and search for information from various sources. B y analysing problem, the students learn how to deal with future problems, which stimulate independent learning. Students also learn to reflect on their own learning process. The PBL process PBL tutorial sessions are conducted in groups of seven to ten students, depending on the student number in each phase. The group meets for approximately two hours once or twice a week to consider and discuss the problem (case) together, in the presence of a facilitator. The group may meet formally twice or three times for a given case. The case is designed to contain certain events which the group will have to discuss to clarify relevant issues, and identify and prioritise the learning objectives. Students are expected to spend 10-15 hours on independent seeking of information for each case, outside the formal tutorial. When they return to the group for the second session, they will bring new knowledge and information to be shared and discussed within the group. With the guidance of the facilitator, important issues and learning objectives may be further identified and discussed.
Evaluation and assessment in PBL

Students evaluate their own performance in learning and the facilitators performance at the end of every tutorial session to reflect upon their group-learning process and individual learning experiences. This formative evaluation fosters respect, trust and develops good group dynamics for future sessions. Continuous assessment of students performance is carried out to: acknowledge active participation and contribution by students in the group encourage students to be active participants, and provide feedback on the students performance
59
2012-2013
COURSE ASSESSMENT
Students are assessed at regular intervals during the course to gauge whether they are able to apply knowledge, demonstrate understanding and show an acquisition of skills. Continuous assessment Regular feedback on progress is monitored via continuous assessments made at the end of module blocks or courses and clinical postings. This allows for sufficient opportunities for the student/department to take remedial action. Elective Projects, CFCS, CRP and OMHS programmes are also assessed. Professional examinations Professional examinations are held during each phase of study, namely: (a) (b) (c) (d) First Examination for the Degrees of Bachelor of Medicine & Bachelor of Surgery [MBBS] Phase I Second Examination for the Degrees of MBBS Phase II Third Examination for the Degrees of MBBS Phase IIIA Final Examination for the Degrees of MBBS Phase IIIB
60
2012-2013
COURSE ASSESSMENT EXAMINATION - Details PHASE I AND PHASE II EXAMINATIONS

EXAMINATION Part A Part B Continuous Assessment RESULTS PHASE I 30% 50% 20% (PBL/CFCS, other assessments) Pass Fail Pass Fail Pass Fail Pass Fail Proceed to Phase II Supplementary Examination Proceed to Phase II Repeat Phase I Proceed to Phase II Supplementary Examination Proceed to Phase II Terminate PHASE II 30% 45% 25% (CFCS, Epid/Stats, PBL, Integrated Test) Proceed to Phase IIIA Supplementary Examination Proceed to Phase IIIA Repeat Phase II Proceed to Phase IIIA Supplementary Examination Proceed to Phase IIIA Terminate
Main Examination
Supplementary Examination
Repeat Year Main Examination Repeat Year Supplementary Examination
PHASE I Part A (Term 1) Part B (Term 2) Part C Continuous Assessment PBL CFCS Other assessments/Quizes
30 % 50 % 20 % comprising: 5% 5% 10 %
Part A topics may be asked at Part B examination within context of Term 2 topics Supplementary Examination The examination contributes 100% to the final marks. T he examination consists of 4 papers. T he format is the same as the Part A and Part B examinations and covers all topics of the entire year. PHASE II Part A (Term 1) Part B (Term 2) Part C Continuous assessment CFCS Epid/Stats PBL Integrated Tests Supplementary Examination
30% 45% 25% comprising: 5% 5% 5% 10%
2012-2013
The examination contributes 100% to the final marks and covers all the topics of the entire year.
PHASE IIIA AND PHASE IIIB EXAMINATIONS EXAMINATION Theory Clinical and OSCE Continuous assessment Pass Fail Pass Fail Pass Fail Pass Fail RESULTS PHASE IIIA 30% 15% + 15% 40% (DPHS / End of Posting, PPD) Proceed to Phase IIIB Supplementary Examination Proceed to phase IIIB Repeat Phase IIIA Proceed to Phase IIIB Supplementary Examination Proceed to Phase IIIB Terminate PHASE IIIB 20% 45% 35% (OMHS, PPD, End of Posting) Graduate Repeat 6 months Graduate Repeat 6 months Graduate Terminate
Main Examination
Supplementary Examination
Repeat Year Main Examination Repeat Year Supplementary Examination
* The Phase II elective marks are incorporated into the DPHS Module mark in Phase IIIA continuous assessment.
62
2012-2013
GRADES
Every Part of an examination shall be awarded a numerical mark and equivalent grade in accordance with the following scheme: MARKS AWARDED 75 and above: subject to Viva Voce 70 and above 60 69 50 59 45 49 30 44 29 and below A B C D E F Very good Pass Good Pass Pass Redeemable Failure Fail Bad Failure GRADE A+ MEANING Distinction
A student who obtains grade D will be called for a viva voce and if the student passes the viva voce, the grade will be upgraded to C and the student is deemed to have passed the examination.
SUPPLEMENTARY EXAMINATIONS
Students who failed the Main Examination in Phase I, Phase II and Phase IIIA will be allowed to sit for the Supplementary Examination held at a scheduled date after the Main Examination. If the student fails the Supplementary Examination he or she will be required to repeat the phase. The student will be allowed to repeat the phase once. A student who has failed the Final Examination may be permitted a re-examination in the Final Examination on two consecutive attempts at about six-monthly intervals, provided that the candidate has satisfactorily repeated such portions of the Phase IIIB course for each attempt as the Faculty of Medicine may determine. No candidate shall be permitted a re-examination for the third time except in special circumstances and on the recommendation of the Faculty of Medicine.
LATE ARRIVAL FOR EXAMINATIONS

Examination schedules shall be distributed to student s in advance and students are required to attend at least 15 minutes before the start of the examination. No students shall be admitted after the first 30 minutes of an at least a 2 hours duration examination and are not to leave within the last 15 minutes. [Reference: Regulations of the University of Malaya 2006 / Kaedah-Kaedah Universiti Malaya 2006]
63
2012-2013
MOBILE PHONES/ OTHER ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATION DEVICES

Students are absolutely prohibited possessing these items during any examination.
ATTENDANCE REQUIREMENTS OF THE COURSE

Attendance at all scheduled classes is compulsory. Attendance will be taken and students with unsatisfactory attendance may be barred from the end-of-phase examinations.
CLASS SCHEDULES
Class schedules are published on the Faculty of Medicine website (http://medicine.um.edu.my). Students are expected to check the faculty website and notice boards regularly for any announcements or changes in schedules.
STUDENT RESPONSIBILITIES
Students shall conduct themselves in a professional manner at all times. During class and working hours they are required to be attired according to the faculty dress code. Students are required to be present at all teaching sessions at the scheduled times.
MEDICAL STUDENT DRESS CODE

See Appendix 1
PLAGIARISM
It is clearly stated in the University of Malaya (Discipline of Students) Rules 1999 (Universiti M alaya [Tatatertib P elajar] P eraturan 1999) that students are not allowed to plagiarise other peoples ideas, writings, data or inventions. The University of Malaya considers plagiarism to be a case of academic misconduct which seriously undermines the reputation of the university, and disciplinary action can be taken against any students found to have committed such an act.
APPEALS
Any student who has been excluded from the programme has a right to appeal to the Appeals Committee of the University.
64
2012-2013
COMPULSORY UNIVERSITY COURSE

All university undergraduates are required to undertake some compulsory courses (Kursus Wajib Universiti), and to complete them satisfactorily in order to graduate. These courses are as follows:
SUBJECT CODE GXEX 1401
SUBJECT
CREDIT(S) 1
Kemahiran Maklumat
(Information Skills)
GXEX 1414
Tamadun Islam dan Tamadun Asia (TITAS)

(Islamic Civilisation and Asian Civilisation)
2 Covered in Phase I in MBBS programme
GXEX 1412
Asas Pembudayaan Keusahawanan

(Basics of Entrepreneurship Enculturation)
GXEX 1411
Hubungan Etnik
(Ethnic Relations)
GTEE 1109 GTEE 1111
Speaking Skills in English MUET Band 3 Presentation Skills at the Workplace MUET Band 4,5,6
GTEE 1110 GTEE 1112
Writing Skills in English Introduction to Critical Reading in English
Phase II
Must pass to Graduate
65
2012-2013
SOFTSKILLS / KEMAHIRAN INSANIAH
NIVERSITY COURSES Soft skills are personal attributes that enhance an individuals interactions, job performance and career prospects. Unlike hard skills, which tend to be specific to a certain type of task or activity, soft skills are broadly applicable. The Ministry of Higher Education (MOHE) introduced seven soft-skills that are to be inculcated to students of Higher Education Institutions, namely: o o o o o o o Communication Skills Critical Thinking and Problem Solving Skills Teamwork Skills Moral and Professional Ethics Leadership Skills Lifelong Learning and Information Management Entrepreneurial Skills
In the MBBS programme, these seven soft skills (with the exception of entrepreneurial skills) are covered in Phases I, II, IIIA and IIIB.
66
2012-2013
ADMISSION REQUIREMENT
(1)
Pass the Sijil Pelajaran Malaysia (SPM) (or equivalent) examination with credit passes in Bahasa Malaysia / Bahasa Melayu, Biology, Chemistry and Physics; And
(2)
Must have attained a minimum of Band 3 in the Malaysian University English Test (MUET) organized by the Ministry of Higher Education, Malaysia; And
(3)
Pass the Sijil Tinggi Persekolahan Malaysia (STPM) with at least Grade A- (subject grade point 3.67) in each of the following three (3) subjects: Or Biology Chemistry Physics / Mathematics / Advanced Mathematics
(4)
Pass the Malaysian Matriculation or University of Malaya Asasi Sains course with at least a CGPA of 3.67 and Grade A- (subject grade point 3.67) in each of the following three (3) subjects: Biology Chemistry and Physics / Mathematics
Admission for the programme is coordinated by the Ministry of Higher Studies and the announcement will be advertised in the local newspapers within Malaysia.
67
Bachelor of Pharmacy (Honours)
Undergraduate
Guidebook
2012/2013
Session
2012-2013
MESSAGE FROM HEAD OF DEPARTMENT
Assalamualaikum and Selamat Sejahtera,
This department was founded in 1995, initiated the program in pharmacy in the University of Malaya, and we awarded the first UM Pharmacy Degree in 1999. UM Department of Pharmacy provides programmatic education in pharmaceutical technology, pharmacology, medicinal chemistry and biochemistry, clinical pharmacy and social and administrative pharmaceutical sciences. We hope that you find this setting intellectually rewarding and are as proud as we are to be affiliated with University of Malaya. You are here to be educated and the department and faculty, academic and administration staffs are here to help you reach your goal. We have the necessary knowledge, facilities and experience to contribute to this effort. More importantly, the students themselves should realize that they cannot merely sit back and expect the greater University community to do everything for them. You should developed self-motivation and prepared to help yourselves so that ultimately you can help others. May I take this opportunity to thank the staffs for their continued professionalism, excellence and dedication. This Student Handbook is designed to provide information on services, academic structure, programs and learning outcomes for every course module, historical background, organizations, and people involve in administration. I hope you have a successful student career in the Department of Pharmacy, Faculty of Medicine and your education should allow you to explore the many exciting opportunities available to today's pharmacists.
Assoc. Prof. Dr. Mohamed Ibrahim Bin Noordin
68
2012-2013
SEMESTER CALENDAR ACADEMIC YEAR 2012/2013

(GENERAL) SEMESTER 1 Orientation Week Lecture Mid-Semester Break Lecture Special Break Examination Sem . 1 Semester 1 Break 1 week 9 weeks 1 weeks* 5 weeks 1 weeks** 3 weeks 4 weeks+ 03.09.2012 09.09.2012 10.09.2012 09.11.2012 10.11.2012 18.11.2012 19.11.2012 21.12.2012 22.12.2012 01.01.2013 02.01.2013 18.01.2013 19.01.2013 17.02.2013
24 weeks SEMESTER 2 Lecture Mid-Semester Break Lecture Review Examination Sem. II 7 weeks 1 weeks 7 weeks 1 week 3 weeks 19 weeks ANNUAL HOLIDAYS/SEMESTER 3 (SPECIAL SEMESTER) Holiday Lecture & Examination * ** + 9 weeks OR 8 weeks 01.07.2013 23.08.2013 29.06.2013 01.09.2013 18.02.2013 05.04.2013 06.04.2013 14.04.2013 15.04.2013 31.05.2013 01.06.2013 09.06.2013 10.6.2013 28.06.2013
13 November 2012 Deepavali 25th December 2012Christmas Day 10 February 2013 Chinese New Year
69
2012-2013
ORGANIZATION CHART Organization Chart of the Academic Staff Of Pharmacy Program

ASSOC.PROF.DR.MOHAMED IBRAHIMNOORDIN HEADOFPHARMACY DEPARTMENT POSTGRADU PHARMACEUTIC ALTECHNOLOGY ATE UNIT UNIT HEAD ASSOC. PROF.DR. CHUASIEW SIANG PHARMACEUTIC ALCHEMISTRY UNIT PHARMACOLOGY/ PHYSIOLOGY UNIT PHARMACYPRACTICE ANDCLINICAL PHARMACYUNIT HEAD HEAD DR.SHAIK NYAMATH ULLA HEAD PROF.DR. CHUNGLIP YONG HEAD DR.FAIZAH SAFINA BAKRIN PROF.DR. HAJJAH SAMSINAH HAJI HUSSAIN DR.LOYOKE LIN HEAD (CLINICAL) (NON CLICICAL)
MRS.SYIREEN DATINHAJJAH ALWI JUNAIDAH AMIR ASSOC. PROF.DR. CHUASIEW SIANG ASSOC. PROF. DATINDR. ZORIAH AZIZ DR.FATIHA HANA SHABARUD DIN
DRS. RIYANTO TEGUH WIDODO
DR. MICHAEL JAMES CHRISTOPH ERBUCKLE ASSOC. PROF.DR. KHALIT MOHAMAD
ASSOC.PROF. DR. MOHAMED IBRAHIM NOORDIN
ASSOC. PROF.DR. SYAM MOHAN
DR.HASNIZA ZAMANHURI
DR.LEONG KOKHONG
DR. ROZANA OTHMAN
MR.ADITYA ARYA
MRS NOORASYIKIN SAMSUDIN
DR. BEHNAM KAMALI DEHGAN
DR.REENA RAJASURIAR
MSMARY LEEHONG GEE
DR.NAJIHAH MOHD. HASHIM
70
2012-2013
Organization Chart of the Supporting Staff Of Pharmacy Program

ASSOC. PROF. DR. MOHAMED IBRAHIM NOORDIN
HEAD OF PHARMACY DEPARTMENT
MRS. NOR NADIA ALIES

SCIENCE OFFICER
MR. ABDUL AZIZ ISMAIL

SCIENCE OFFICER
MRS. RUSTINI KARIM

MEDICAL LAB TECHNOLOGIST
MS. SALMIZAWATI SALIM

MS. KAMSIAH ABD. HAMID

MRS. AISAH BASARI

MS. SALBIAH M. YUSOFF

ADMIN. ASSISTANT
MRS. MARIAH AHMAD KAIRI

ADMIN. ASSISTANT
MR. MOHD. NAJIB BAHAROM

ADMIN. ASSISTANT
MR. ANUAR ABDULLAH

GENERAL WORKER
MR. MOHD. JAUZI MOHD. SHAHIDIN

GENERAL WORKER
MS. GANGESWARY
GENERAL WORKER
71
2012-2013
DEGREE PROGRAMME
BACHELOR OF PHARMACY (HONOURS) ORGANIZATION OF PHARMACY DEPARTMENT Head of Department Discipline Coordinators Postgraduate Programme Assoc. Profesor Dr. Chua Siew Siang Associate Prof. Dr. Mohamed Ibrahim Noordin
B.Pharm (Hons), M.Sc, Ph.D
B.Pharm (Hons), Ph.D
Pharmaceutical Technology
Dr. Shaikh Nyamatullah
B.Pharm (Hons), M.Sc, Ph.D

Profesor Dr. Chung Lip Yong Pharmaceutical Chemistry Pharmacology/Physiology Pharmacy Practice and Clinical Pharmacy (Clinical) Mrs. Syireen Alwi
B. Pharm, M.Sc, Ph.D

Dr. Faizah Safina Bakrin
B.Pharm.Sc, M.Pharm Sc., Ph.D
BSc (Hons) Pharm, M.Pharm (Clin Pharm)

Datin. Hajjah Junaidah Amir
(Non-Clinical) Level Coordinators Elementary Intermediate I Intermediate II Professional
B.Pharm (Hons), M.Pharm (Clin Pharm)
Associate Prof. Datin Dr. Zoriah Aziz Dr. Leong Kok Hoong Datin Hjh Junaidah Amir Dr. Hasniza ZamanHuri
72
2012-2013
Head of Pharmacy Department Prof Madya Dr. Mohamed Ibrahim Noordin B.Pharm (Hons), M.Sc, Ph.D Tel : 7967 5768 Email : ibrahimn@um.edu.my
Head of Post Graduate Program Prof Madya Dr. Chua Siew Siang B.Pharm (Hons), Ph.D Tel : 7967 6688 Email : chuass@um.edu.my
Head of Pharmaceutical Chemistry Pogram Profesor Dr. Chung Lip Yong B. Pharm, M.Sc, PhD Tel : 7967 4971 Email : chungly@um.edu.my
Head of Pharmaceutical Technology Program Dr. Syaik Nyamatullah B.Pharm (Hons), M.Sc, Ph.D Tel : 7967 5768 Email : nyamantulla@um.edu.my
73
2012-2013
Head of Pharmacology/Physiology Program Dr. Faizah Safina Bakrin B. Pharm. Sc., M.Pharm Sc., Ph.D Tel : 7967 7550 Email : faizah_safina@um.edu.my
Head of Clinical Pharmacy and Pharmacy Practise Program (Clinical) Pn Syireen Alwi BSc (Hons) Pharm, M.Pharm(Clin Pharm) Tel : 7967 4965 Email : syireen@um.edu.my
(Non-clinical)
Datin Hajjah Junaidah Amir B.Pharm (Hons), M.Pharm (Clin Pharm) Tel : 7967 4970 Email : junaidahamir@um.edu.my
74
UNDERGRADUATE GUIDEBOOK Elementary Level Coordinator
2012-2013
Prof Madya Datin Dr. Zoriah Aziz B.Pharm (Hons), M.Sc, Ph.D, M App Stats Tel : 7967 4707 Email : zoriah@um.edu.my
Intermediate I Level Coordinator Dr. Leong Kok Hoong BSc, M.Tech, Ph.D (Biopharmacy) Tel: 79694909 Email: leongkh@um.edu.my
Intermediate II Level Coordinator Datin Hajjah Junaidah Amir B.Pharm (Hons), M.Pharm (Clin Pharm) Tel : 7967 4970 Email : junaidahamir@um.edu.my
Professional Level Coordinator Dr. Hasniza Zaman Huri B.Pharm (Hons), M.Clin. Pharm, Ph.D. Tel : 7967 6659 Email : hasnizazh@um.edu.my
75
2012-2013
PROGRAMME TITLE, PHILOSOPHY , PRINCIPLES AND OBJECTIVES

PROGRAMME TITLE
Title of the conferred degree: Bachelor of Pharmacy (Hons)
PROGRAMME PHILOSOPHY
The Bachelor of Pharmacy (Hons) degree programme that is offered by the University of Malaya holds true to the following philosophy which is in line with the nations requirements:
The programme offers a broad-based curriculum and training with opportunities for specialization. It supports evidence-based practices and consists of dynamic characteristics with room for future advancement.
PROGRAMME PRINCIPLES
In line with the programme philosophy, the programme offered is based on the following principles: The basic training given is broad-based and encompasses all perspectives of the pharmacy practice, from pharmaceutical sciences to its application in the field of clinical pharmacy. The programme utilizes interactive teaching methods and incorporates evidencebased practices in an effort to promote critical thinking and analysis in all the taught disciplines. The education provided is dynamic and farsighted to equip the graduates to face current and future challenges. Emphasis is given on basic communication and thinking skills as well as the benefits of modern communication technology. The training encompasses the importance of patient/customer oriented therapy as well as uses a multi-disciplinary approach to deliver effective and efficient healthcare services.
76
UNDERGRADUATE GUIDEBOOK PROGRAMME OUTCOMES
2012-2013
The following are the programme outcomes where at the end of the programme the students are able to: Master in-depth with accurate knowledge of current and future needs in all areas of pharmacy, including patient care, industries, communities and enforcement. Capable to formulate, analyze and manufacture drugs, and to function independently or become a health care team members to implement programs of pharmaceutical health Shows high ability and creativity in research and production of drugs that is beneficial to the community. Respond appropriately to current and future needs in line with the code of ethics and the practice of pharmacy Malaysia and professional conduct. Communicate effectively with patients, their families, communities and other health professionals and work in teams showing quality leadership and management skill . Exhibit problem-solving skills for pharmacy-related problems employing technique in pharmaceutical sciences for the benefit of patients and research. Maintaining high level of practice through continuous learning and effective information management for the development of pharmacy prosesionalisme. Manage the business of Community Pharmacy and Pharmaceutical Manufacturing Industry following set guidelines.
ENTRY REQUIREMENTS
All candidates applying for the Bachelor of Pharmacy (Hons) programme, Faculty of Medicine, University Malaya must fulfill the following requirements: (a) SPM / MCE or its equivalent (taken in a single seating) Pass with at least credit in the three (3) following subjects at SPM equivalent level: Biology Physics Chemistry or its
Pass with Grade B (cGPA 3.0) in the subjects concerned at STPM/Matriculation level may be considered as a substitute to the credit in the same subjects at SPM level; Pass with credit in Bahasa Melayu / Bahasa Malasyia at SPM or its equivalent level; Have taken the Malaysian University English Test (MUET);
77
UNDERGRADUATE GUIDEBOOK And (b) (i) Matriculation/ Asasi Sains/Equivalent
2012-2013
Pass with at least Grade B (cGPA 3.0) in every combination of the following three (3) subjects at Matriculation/its equivalent level: Biology Chemistry Physics / Mathematics OR
(ii) STPM Pass with at least Grade B (cGPA 3.0) in every combination of the following three (3) subjects at STPM level: Biology Chemistry Physics / Mathematics T/ Additional Mathematics T website:
For further information, please refer to the University of Malaya http://www.um.edu.my/ ccm/navigation/root/prospective_student/underG.
Every offer made to follow the programme is valid only for one semester of the corresponding session. Candidates are not allowed to register for more than one degree programme at any one time. Entry qualifications into the Pharmacy degree programme will also depend on the overall performance of all the candidates applying for the given session. As the number of places is limited, only candidates with the best results will be selected.
PROGRAMME DURATION & THE SYSTEM USED

PROGRAMME DURATION The duration allowed for completion of the programme is a minimum of 8 semesters to a maximum of 12 semesters, excluding special semesters. This stipulated duration is necessary to fulfill the requirements of the semester system practiced by the University of Malaya and other requirements set by the Malaysian Board of Pharmacy for the degree to be recognized. THE SYSTEM USED The system employed is a 4-year system (SPET) which covers 8 semesters.
78
UNDERGRADUATE GUIDEBOOK REGISTRATION
2012-2013
Please refer to the General Handbook for Semester System, University of Malaya which is published every academic session on how to register. Generally, the maximum credit hours allowed per normal semester is 21 and 9 for special semesters. However, the maximum credit hours allowed for the first semester in year one (1) is 16. A student is allowed to register more than 18 credit hours in any normal semester after the semester has started upon the student obtaining approval from the Dean of his/her faculty. A student has to register at least 12 credit hours for a normal semester. Any student who wants to register less than 12 credit hours requires approval from the Dean. However, a student is not allowed to register less than 6 credit hours except for the last semester of his/her program. The general guideline on the number of credit hours allowed per semester is as follows: GPA < 2.00 = max. 12 credit hours (probationer period) GPA 2.00 = max. 18 credit hours (21 credit hours with approval)
SYSTEM OF CREDIT HOURS Each semester constitutes 14 teaching weeks. Every course has a stipulated number of credit hours assigned to it where 40 student notional hours is equivalent to one credit.
PROGRAMME LEVELS The level at which the student is in the programme is determined by the cumulative number of credit hours he/she has successfully completed. The Bachelor of Pharmacy (Hons) programme is divided into 4 levels: Elementary Intermediate I Intermediate II Professional
79
UNDERGRADUATE GUIDEBOOK LANGUAGE REQUIREMENT

BAHASA MALAYSIA
2012-2013
All local and foreign students are required to fulfill the entry requirement for the Bahasa Malaysia language as stipulated by the Senate and in line with the nations policy. UNIVERSITY COURSES The university courses consist of 21 credit hours as follow; 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Islamic & Asian Civilisation (TITAS) Ethnic Relationship Course in Information Skills Co-curriculum courses Basic of Entrepreneurship Culture(APK) English Electives courses outside faculty TOTAL (University Courses) 2 2 1 2 credit hours credit hours credit hour credit hours
2 credit hours 6 credit hours 6 credit hours 21 credit hours (15%)
The above 1 to 7 courses are compulsory university courses. CONFERMENT OF THE DEGREE Every student has to fulfil the university, faculty and department course requirements prior to being awarded the degree. The degree conferment will be based on the students final cumulative grade point average (cGPA). To graduate, a student must have completed a minimum of 138 credit hours, based on the structure of the programme (paragraph 5.1) and obtained a final cGPA of at least 2.0. Students who achieve a final cGPA of 3.7 and above will be awarded an honours degree (with distinction) if they fulfill the terms and conditions stipulated in the Handbook for the Semester System, University of Malaya. STUDENT AWARDS Students who achieve a GPA of 3.7 and above in a semester and following the terms and conditions stipulated in the Handbook for Semester System, University of Malaya will be recorded as Pass with Distinction for that semester and their names will be entered into the Deans List.
80
2012-2013
Besides student awards conferred by the university, pharmacy students with outstanding academic results in the various fields of pharmacy as well as active co-curricular involvement will be eligible for various student awards.
PROGRAMME STRUCTURE AND CURRICULUM

PROGRAMME STRUCTURE ACCORDING TO CATEGORY OF COURSES The program structure is as follows for academic sessions commencing 2009/2010 onwards: NUMBER OF CREDIT HOURS YEAR OF STUDY
COURSE
CONTENTS
University courses 21 credit hours (15%)
Compulsory courses: -TITAS -Ethnic Relationship -Course in Information Skills -Co-curriculum -Basic Entrepreneurship Culture (APK) -English -Electives courses outside faculty -Department Core Courses -Department core and Compulsory Courses -Elective courses (Department electives) TOTAL 2 2 1 2 2 6 6 (21) 1, 2, 3 and 4
1,2,3 and 4 2,3, and 4
Faculty Courses 116 credit hours (85%)
107 6 4 (117) 138
1, 2, 3 dan 4
Level 1 Elementary Level 3 Intermediate II
Level 2 Intermediate I Level 4 Professional
Please refer to the General Handbook for Semester System, Session 2012/2013, University of Malaya for further information.
81
UNDERGRADUATE GUIDEBOOK Percentage division of programme structure : University courses (21 credit hours) Faculty, Academy and Centre courses(117 credit hours) SUMMARY OF CURRICULUM FACULTY COURSES Faculty courses are divided into 4 disciplines as followed: Pharmacology/Physiology Pharmaceutical Chemistry Pharmaceutical Technology Pharmacy Practice and Clinical Pharmacy = 15% = 85%
2012-2013
Opportunities for specialization are offered through the various elective courses and the Undergraduate Research Project module. List of department core courses according to discipline: Discipline Name of Course Credit Hours 2 3 3 3 1 2 3 2 2 2 2 3 3 [31] 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 [19] 3 3 2 3 2
Pharmacology/ Basic Anatomy Physiology Physiology I Physiology II Pharmaceutical Microbiology Pharmaceutical Immunology Pharmacotoxicology Principles of Drug Action & Peripheral Nervous System Cardiovascular, Renal Systems & Therapy Respiratory, Hematological Systems & Therapy Central Nervous System & Therapy Endocrine, Gastrointestinal Systems & Therapy Antimicrobial & Antineoplastic Biochemistry Pharmaceutical Basic Pharmaceutical Chemistry Chemistry Pharmaceutical Organic Chemistry Pharmaceutical Analysis Chromatography, Electrochemistry & Radiochemistry Heterocyclic Chemistry & Drug Discovery Medicinal Chemistry Pharmacognosy Pharmaceutical Biotechnology Pharmaceutical Physical Pharmacy Technology Solid Pharmaceutical Dosage Form Design Sterile Pharmaceutical Dosage Form Design Specialty Pharmaceutical Dosage Form Design Pharmaceutical Dosage Form Design for Liquid and Semi-Solid
82
UNDERGRADUATE GUIDEBOOK Extemporaneous Preparation Industrial Pharmacy & Quality Assurance Industrial Pharmacy & Regulatory Control Pharmaceutical Product Development
2012-2013 3 3 2 2 [23] 2 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 1 2 1 [34] 4 2 4 [10] 117
Pharmacy Practice and Clinical Pharmacy
Clinical Pharmacokinetics Introduction to Clinical Pharmacy Clinical Pharmacy and Pharmacotherapy I Clinical Pharmacy and Pharmacotherapy II Integrated Pharmacotherapy Clinical Clerkship I Clinical Clerkship II Hospital Pharmacy Services Community Pharmacy Evidence-Based Pharmacotherapy Pharmacoeconomic and Drug Policy Pharmacy Management Ethics and Legislation in Pharmacy Computer Application Software & Pharmacoinfomatic Biostatistics & Epidemiology Statistic for Pharmacy Department Electives Research Methodology Research Project 50 modules
Others
TOTAL
DEPARTMENT ELECTIVES/ SPECIALISATIONS
Course code
MWEF 3301 MWEF 2361 MWEF 3345 MWEF 3346 MWEF 2366 MWEF 3362 MWEF 2348 MWEF 2341 MWEF 2331 MWEF 3321 MWEF 3343 MWEF 3344
Course Title
Nonpresciption Preparations Women and Drug Veterinary Pharmacy Radiopharmacy Alternative Medicine RTW Drug and Poison Informatics Health Supplements Drug Literacy Drug Addiction and Abuse Regulatory Control of Pharmaceuticals Drugs in Sports Pharmacy for Special Age Groups
Coordinator
CSS SHH RTW ML RR HZH CLY MIN MIN RTW LYL 2
Credit hours
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 2
83
2012-2013
TIMETABLE FOR THE BACHELOR OF PHARMACY PROGRAMME, SESSION 2012/2013
SEMESTER 1 Course Code MWEF 1101 MWEF 1102 MWEF 1103 MWEF 1111 MWEF 1117 MWEF 1201 GXEX 1410 SEMESTER 2 Course Code MWEF 1105 MWEF 1106 MWEF 1107 MWEF 1108 MWEF 1119 GXEX 1401 GXEX 1411 GXEX 1412
ELEMENTARY LEVEL
Course Title Basic Pharmaceutical Chemistry c Pharmaceutical Organic Chemistry c Computer Application Software & Pharmacoinformatic c Basic Anatomyc Physiology I* Statistic for Pharmacyc Total Credit Hours Islamic & Asian Civilisation(TITAS)u Credit Hours 3 3 1 2 3 1 13 2
Course Title Heterocyclic Chemistry & Drug Discoveryc Biochemistryc Physical Pharmacyc Principles of Drug Action & Peripheral Nervous System Physiology II* Total Credit Hours Information Skillsu Ethnics Relationshipu Enterprenuership (APK) u
Credit Hours 2 3 3 3 3 14 1 2 2
SEMESTER 1 Course Code MWEF 2101 MWEF 2102 MWEF 2103 MWEF 2104 MWEF 2105 MWEF 2111 MWEF 2112
INTERMEDIATE 1 LEVEL
Course Title Pharmaceutical Dosage Form Design for Liquid and SemiSolid c Pharmaceutical Analysis c Central Nervous System & Therapyc Medicinal Chemistry c Respiratory, Hematological Systems & Therapyc Pharmaceutical Microbiologyc Pharmaceutical Immunologyc Total Credit Hours Credit Hours 2 3 2 2 2 3 1 15
84
UNDERGRADUATE GUIDEBOOK SEMESTER 2 Course Code MWEF 2106 MWEF 2107 MWEF 2108 MWEF 2109 MWEF 2110 MWEF 2135 Course Title Chromatography, Electrochemistry & Radiochemistry c Sterile Pharmaceutical Dosage Form Designc Pharmacognosyc Endocrine, Reproductive, Gastrointestinal Systems & Therapyc Antimicrobial & Antineoplastic c Cardiovascular, Renal Systems & Therapyc Total Credit Hours
2012-2013
Credit Hours 2 2 2 2 3 2 13
INTERMEDIATE II LEVEL
SEMESTER 1 Course Code MWEF 3102 MWEF 3103 MWEF 3104 MWEF 3105 MWEF 3106 MWEF 3111 Course Title Introduction to Clinical Pharmacyc Pharmacotoxicologyc Biostatistic & Epidemiologyc Solid Pharmaceutical Dosage Form Designc Pharmaceutical Product Development c Extemporaneous Preparationc Total Credit Hours Credit Hours 3 2 2 3 2 3 15
SEMESTER 2 Course Code MWEF 3101 MWEF 3107 MWEF 3108 MWEF 3109 MWEF 3110 MWEF 3112 Course Title Clinical Pharmacokinetics c Clinical Pharmacy and Pharmacotherapy Ic Pharmaceutical Biotechnologyc Evidence-Based Pharmacotherapyc Specialty Pharmaceutical Dosage Form Designc Pharmacoeconomic and Drug Policyc Total Credit Hours Credit Hours 2 3 2 2 3 2 14
85
2012-2013
PROFESIONAL LEVEL
SEMESTER 1 Course Code MWEF 4102 MWEF 4103 MWEF 4105 MWEF 4106 MWEF 4107 MWEF 4110 MWEF 4113 Course Title Ethics and Legislation in Pharmacyc Clinical Pharmacy and Pharmacotherapy IIc Clinical Clerkship Ic Community Pharmacyc Industrial Pharmacy & Quality Assurancec Pharmacy Managementc Research Methodologyrc Total Credit Hours Credit Hours 2 3 2 3 3 2 2 17
SEMESTER 2 Course Code MWEF 4104 MWEF 4109 MWEF 4111 MWEF 4112 Course Title Hospital Pharmacy Servicesc Research Projectrc Clinical Clerkship IIc Industrial Pharmacy & Regulatory Controlc Total Credit Hours Credit Hours 2 4 2 2 12
Explanation of symbols:
U c
rc
University courses Department core courses Department core, compulsory and prerequisite courses Students will conduct a research on a topic related to the various fields of pharmacy such as Pharmaceutical Chemistry, Basis of Therapeutics, Toxicology, Informatics, Clinical Pharmacy, Pharmaceutical Technology, Industrial Pharmacy, Pharmacoepidemiology etc. TABLE OF TOTAL CREDIT HOUR DISTRIBUTION IN EACH SEMESTER
The following timetable is an example of the total credit hour distribution for core/elective/university/co-curriculum courses that must be registered for each semester:
86
2012-2013
LEVEL ELEMENTARY INTERMEDIATE I INTERMEDIATE II PROFESSIONAL
SEMESTER 1 13 [2] 15 [3] 14 [4] 17 [2]
SEMESTER 2 14 [3] 13 [5] 15 [6] 12 [2]
Methodology Research Project Proposed credit hours for elective/university/co-curriculum courses= [ ] Total credit hours required for graduation: Faculty Courses University courses Total = 117 credit hours = [21 credit hours] = 138 credit hours
COURSE EVALUATION
Students academic evaluations are based on: Continuous Assessments / CONASS End of semester examinations. Continuous assessments could provide an overall feedback of a students performance throughout the course duration. Distributions of marks are 40% for continuous assessments and 60% for end of semester examinations for all compulsory faculty courses and department electives except for the following courses: Computer Software Applications & Pharmacoinformatics : 100% continuous assessment Research Methodology: 100% continuous assessment Research Projects: Project dissertation 75% and oral presentation 25% Clinical Clerkship: 100% continuous assessments
Examination procedures and their stipulated conditions are as stated in the General Handbook for Semester System, University of Malaya.
87
UNDERGRADUATE GUIDEBOOK GRADING SYSTEM The official university grading system is as follows: Grade A AB+ B BC+ C CD+ D F I S U Marks 80-100 75-79 70-74 65-69 60-64 55-59 50-54 45-49 40-44 35-39 00-34 Grade value 4.0 3.7 3.3 3.0 2.7 2.3 2.0 1.7 1.3 1.0 0.0 Definition Distinction Distinction Credit Credit Credit Pass Pass Borderline Pass Borderline Pass Borderline Pass Fail Incomplete Satisfactory Unsatisfactory
2012-2013
SPECIAL GUIDANCE CLASSES Special guidance classes will be organized for students who have been identified as requiring extra tutorial classes based on their continuous assessment marks. It is compulsory for the identified students to attend these classes which will be conducted in small groups before the end of semester examinations.
MENTOR SYSTEM
Every student (mentee) registered in the Pharmacy Programme will be assigned to a mentor who is a full-time academic staff of the department. The mentor and mentee are required to meet for discussions at least once a semester where the time of meeting and issues discussed will be recorded. The mentors are responsible for advising the student about course registration and other academic matters as well as guiding the student if any personal issues arise during his/her stay in the department.
88
2012-2013
SOFT SKILLS
The term Soft Skills is a broad topic. Soft skills, sometimes known as "people skills,"are personal attributes that enhance an individual's interactions, job performance and career prospects. The Pharmacy program is planned in such a way that the certain modules have imbedded soft skill teaching, training and assessment. Students of Pharmacy will graduate with a degree in Pharmacy and a certificate of soft skill achievement. Below are the categories of the soft skills:
89
2012-2013
90
2012-2013
91
2012-2013
COURSE PROFORMA
YEAR1
ELEMENTARYLEVEL
SEMESTER 1
Course Code : Course Title : Credit Hours :
MWEF 1111 Basic Anatomy 2
Learning Outcomes: At the end of this course, students will be able to: 1. 2. 3. Illustrate the parts of the body system. Differentiate between male and female reproductive organs. Compare the different parts of the body system.
Course Synopsis : The contents of Basic Anatomy course is include introduction to anatomy, anatomic terms, cell structure and mitosis, epithelial tissue, connective tissue, blood cell, nerve system, musculoskeletal system, cardiovascular system, respiratory system, lymph system, digestive system, endocrine system, urinary system, male and female reproductive system. Students will be introduced to embryology with pre-embryo topic and development of embryo and fetal. Assessment Method: Continuous assessment : Exam : Course Coordinator Prof. Dr. Chung Lip Yong Email : chungly@um.edu.my No. Tel: 03-79674971
40% 60%
2012-2013
MWEF 1117 Physiology I 3
Learning Outcomes: At the end of the Physiology I course, students will be able to: 1. explain the basic functions of the human body. 2. explain the specific functions of the cardiovascular system and all its regulatory mechanisms. 3. explain the specific functions of the respiratory system and all its regulatory mechanisms. Course Synopsis: The students will be exposed to the main physiological systems in the human body after first being introduced to the basics of physiology. Assessment Method: Continuous assessment : Exam : Course Coordinator Datin Junaidah Amir Email: junaidahamir@um.edu.my No. Tel: 03-79674970 40% 60%
93
2012-2013
MWEF 1101 Basic Pharmaceutical Chemistry 3
Learning Outcomes: At the end of the Basic Pharmaceutical Chemistry course, students will be able to: 1. 2. 3. 4. describe the states of matter. explain the principles associated with gases, liquids, solids and solutions. explain the concept of thermodynamics. explain the concept of kinetics.
Course Synopsis: The course provides a basic physical knowledge for the understanding of pharmaceutical sciences: physical and chemical properties underlying the action of drugs and their dosage forms. Assessment Method: Continuous assessments: Exam : Course Coordinator Dr. Rozana Othman Email: rozanaothman@um.edu.my No. Tel: 03-79675796 40% 60%
94
2012-2013
MWEF 1102 Pharmaceutical Organic Chemistry 3
Learning Outcomes: At the end of the Pharmaceutical Organic Chemistry course, students will be able to: 1. recognize the functional groups and able to name the organic compound. 2. describe the organic compound preparation. 3. describe how the structure and the organic compound bonding influence the physical and chemical characteristics of the compound. 4. describe the pharmaceutical usage of the organic compound. Course Synopsis: This course gives an overview of aspects of organic chemistry that determine the properties of drugs that are important in pharmaceutical analysis and in drug action. Assessments Method: Continuous assessments: Exam : Course Coordinator Dr. Leong Kok Hoong Email: kokhoong@rocketmail.com No. Tel: No. Tel: 0162637967 40% 60%
95
2012-2013
MWEF 1103 Computer Software Application & Pharmacoinformatics 1
Learning Outcomes: At the end of the Farmacoinfomatics course, students will be able to: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. define the area of study of Pharmacoinformatics and its language. explain why Pharmacoinformatics is an important area of study. illustrate the parts of computer and networking. differentiate the existing website nowadays. produce a static website on any pharmacy-related topics. compare the functions between available application suites.
Course Synopsis : The students will be introduced to: i) Practical on utilization of IT application, ii) Contributions of IT applications in health, iii) Introduction to pharmacoinformatics and its role on areas of health care Assessment Method: No Examination. Continuous assessment. Course Coordinator Dr. Faizah Safina Bahrin Email: faizah_safina@um.edu.my No. Tel: 03-79677550
96
2012-2013
Course Code : MWEF 1201 Course Title : Statistics for Pharmacy Credit Hours : 1
Learning Outcomes: At the end of this module, students will be able to: 1. demonstrate their understanding of mathematical statistics so that they are able to apply core mathematics skills to solve scientific and pharmaceutical problems. 2. draw conclusions or make predictions from the data and assess the relative chances for certain events happening. 3. apply appropriate statistical manipulations to data sets to analyze data from real research projects. Course Synopsis: Introduction to the study of statistics. Display and organization of data; descriptive statistics; sample and population; central tendency and distribution; probability; probability rules; distribution probability (Binomial, Poisson and Normal); sampling and sampling distribution; Central Limit Theorem; measurement analysis (estimation, confident interval and hypothesis test for mean); Estimation and proportion test; Regression and correlation. Assessment Method: Continuous assessments: Exam : 40% 60%
Course Coordinator Assoc. Prof. Datin Dr. Zoriah Aziz Email: zoriah@um.edu.my No. Tel: 03-79674707
97
2012-2013
SEMESTER 2
MWEF 1119 Physiology II 3
Learning Outcomes: At the end of the Physiology I course, students will be able to: 1. explain the specific mechanisms. 2. explain the specific 3. explain the specific 4. explain the specific mechanisms. functions of the gastrointestinal system and all its regulatory functions of the endocrine system and all its regulatory mechanisms functions of the renal system and all its regulatory mechanisms. functions of the central nervous system and all its regulatory
Course Synopsis: The students will be exposed to the main physiological systems in the human body after first being introduced to the basics of physiology. Assessment Method: Continuous assessments: Exam : Course Coordinator Datin Junaidah Amir Email: junaidahamir@um.edu.my No. Tel: 03-79674970 40% 60%
98
2012-2013
MWEF 1105 Heterocyclic Chemistry & Drug Discovery 2
Learning Outcomes: At the end of the Heterocyclic Chemistry & Drug Discovery course, students will be able to: 1. identify and name heterocyclic compounds. 2. describe the physical characteristics, chemical reactions and pharmaceutical uses of heterocyclic compounds. 3. explain the biological basis of drug action. 4. describe the physico-chemical factors that affect drug stability, pharmacokinetics and action. 5. describe the strategies involved in drug discovery and development. 6. interpret quantitative structure activity (QSAR) data. Course Synopsis: The course deepens the understanding of organic chemistry of drugs and introduces the physicochemical concepts underlying drug action and design. Assessment Method: Continuous assessments: Exam : 40% 60%
Course Coordinator Dr. Michael James Christopher Buckle Email: buckle@um.edu.my No. Tel: 03-79676658
99
2012-2013
MWEF 1106 Biochemistry 3
Learning Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will be able to: 1. identify and describe the introductory cell biological system. 2. describe the chemical classification and metabolism of carbohydrates, lipids, amino acids, peptides and proteins. 3. analyse the bioenergetics, enzyme, vitamin and nucleic acid systems. 4. demonstrate the relationships between the metabolic pathways in human. 5. analyse the disorders of body defense mechanisms, and identify the treatment method and the most suitable drugs. Course Synopsis: This course provides a concrete basic knowledge about the interaction between chemical components that lead to development and function of structure, cell, tissue and organism, which are, formed as well structured supramolecule. In summary, this course study body defense mechanisms and its related diseases, and focus on general treatment for its related disorders. Assessment Method: Continuous assessments: Exam : 40% 60%
Course Coordinator Dr. Behnam Kamali Dehghan Email: kamali.b@hotmail.com b.kamali92@yahoo.com No. Tel: 0172727597
100
2012-2013
MWEF 1107 Physical Pharmacy 3
Learning Outcomes: At the end of the Physical Pharmacy Course, students will be able to: 1. recognize the concept of disperse systems, surface phenomena, micromeritics and rheology. 2. recognize factors influencing stability of disperse systems. 3. recognize factors influencing solubility of pharmaceutical materials. 4. determine pharmaceutical powder characteristics. 5. determine flow properties of pharmaceutical materials. 6. apply the principles of disperse system, surface phenomena, micromeritics and rheology in the formulation of pharmaceuticals dosage forms. Course Synopsis: This course introduces to the students the principles of physical pharmacy required in the formulation of pharmaceutical dosage forms. Physicochemical properties of the pharmaceutical materials together with the methods to determine its properties are also included. The students will also perform practical related to the topics given in the theory, namely disperse system, surfaces properties, micromeritics and rheology. Assessment Method: Continuous assessments: Exam : Course Coordinator Drs. Riyanto Teguh Widodo Email: riyanto@um.edu.my No. Tel:03-79675786 40% 60%
101
2012-2013
MWEF 1108 Principles of Drug Action & Peripheral Nervous System & Therapy 3
Learning Outcomes: By the end of the course, the students should know about; 1. the principles of drug action based on concepts of pharmacodynamics and pharmacokinetics. 2. agonists and antagonists of the autonomic and somatic nervous system. 3. etiology and treatment for related disorder. Course Synopsis: Students will be introduced to the principles of drug action and the basis of clinical trials for new drugs. This module also covers the process of transmission in the peripheral nervous system together with its etiology and the treatment of related diseases. Assessment Method: Continuous assessments: Exam : Course Coordinator Mr. Aditya Arya Email: aditya@um.edu.my No. Tel: 03-79675749 40% 60%
102
2012-2013
YEAR2
SEMESTER 1
INTERMEDIATEILEVEL
MWEF 2101 Pharmaceutical Dosage Form Design for Liquid and SemiSolid 2
Learning Outcomes: At the end of the Pharmaceutical Dosage Form Design for Liquid and Semi-solid course students will be able to: 1. 2. 3. 4. recognize the concept of Liquid and Semi-solid Dosage forms. prepare Liquid and Semi-solid dosage forms extemporaneously. recognize the Industrial manufacturing process of Liquid and Semi-solid Dosage forms. identify new Liquid and Semi-solid dosage form in the market and those in research stage. 5. perform compendia and non-compendia quality control (QC) tests for Liquid and Semisolid dosage form. 6. relate advice to other professional and public on usage and storage of Liquid and Semisolid dosage form product.
Course Synopsis: Students will be introduced to the overall concept on Liquid and Semi-solid Dosage forms. Students will be introduced to equipments used in manufacturing and plan layout of the manufacturing plant for Liquid and Semi-solid Dosage forms. Students will be given the chance to use the equipment available for practicals in preparation of this dosage form. Students will do hands-on the command quality control tests and extemporaneous preparation of Liquid and Semi-solid Dosage forms. Assessment Method: Continuous assessments: Exam : Course Coordinator Drs. Riyanto Teguh Widodo Email: riyanto@um.edu.my No. Tel:03-79675786
40% 60%
2012-2013
MWEF 2102 Pharmaceutical Analysis 3
Learning Outcomes: At the end of the Pharmaceutical Analysis course, students will be able to:
1. 2. 3. 4.
recognize the concept of monographs and pharmacopeia standard. recognize atomic and molecular spectra. describe the principles of major analytical methods. apply the principles of major analytical methods to pharmaceutical analysis.
Course Synopsis: This course introduces the principles and practice of analytical techniques used in quality control of drug and dosage form, and in research and development. Assessment Method: Continuous assessments: Exam : Course Coordinator Prof. Dr. Chung Lip Yong Email : chungly@um.edu.my No. Tel: 03-79674971 40% 60%
104
2012-2013
MWEF 2111 Pharmaceutical Micobiology 3
Learning Outcomes: At the end of the Pharmaceutical Analysis course, students will be able to: 1. 2. 3. 4. recognize basic microbiology, structure and shape of bacterial cell. recognize the pathogenesis of microbial infections. recognize the genetic of micro organism. recognize the structure and the habitat, classification, reproduction and important of microbes as infectious agent which include fungi, yeast, virus and protozoa. 5. know basic parasitology, malarial parasites and others such as gastrointestinal and tissue protozoas, nematodes and helmintics.
Course Synopsis: This course provides the in-depth knowledge on the various aspects of microbiology, parasitology, general pathology, and basic epidemiology. It is an opportunity to learn about aseptic, isolation and identification techniques of micro-organisms and factors that affect its development. Assessment Method: Continuous assessments: Exam : 40% 60%
105
2012-2013
MWEF 2112 Pharmaceutical Immunology 1
Learning Outcomes: At the end of the Pharmaceutical Immunology course, students will be able to:
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.
define the area of study of Immunology and its language. explain why Immunology is an important area of study. illustrate the components of immunology. categorize the elements of four types of hypersensitivity. collect any information related to immunology. select the immunological test for cases involving antibody-antigen interaction.
Course Synopsis: The students will be introduced to the concept of the bodys immune system and shown how the bodys immune mechanism can be modified, physiologically and by pharmacotherapy. In summary, this module will explore the mechanism of the bodys immune systems and its inter-relationship between diseases. Students will be briefly exposed to the treatment of some common immune system disorders. Assessment Method: Continuous assessments: Exam : Course Coordinator Dr. Faizah Safina Bahrin Email: faizah_safina@um.edu.my No. Tel: 03-79677550 40% 60%
106
2012-2013
MWEF 2103 Central Nervous System & Theraphy 2
Learning Outcomes: At the end of the Central Nervous System & Therapy course, students will be able to: 1. recognize the classes of drug which have effect on central nervous system. 2. describe the drug used in treatment of central nervous system disturbances. 3. describe the drugs, which have potential of abuse. Course Synopsis: Students will be introduced in an integrated manner to the anatomy, physiology, pharmacology and pathology of the central nervous system. In summary, this course requires students to understand the action of the classes of drugs that act on the central nervous system and to study the path physiology of the related disorders Assessment Method: Continuous assessments: Exam : Course Coordinator Mr. Aditya Arya Email: aditya@um.edu.my No. Tel: 03-79675749 40% 60%
107
2012-2013
MWEF 2104 Medicinal Chemistry 2
Leaning Outcomes: At the end of the Medicinal Chemistry course, students will be able to: 1. describe the development of drugs which are important in the main classes. 2. describe the biological activities in the main classes. 3. describe the structure activity relationship of drugs in the main classes. Course Synopsis: The course deepens the understanding of the physicochemical concepts underlying drug action and design. Assessment Method: Continuous assessments: Exam : 40% 60%
Course Coordinator Dr. Michael James Christopher Buckle Email: buckle@um.edu.my No. Tel: 03-79676658
108
2012-2013
MWEF 2105 Respiratory, Hematological System & Therapy 2
Learning Outcomes: At the end of the Respiratory, Hematological System & Therapy course, students will be able to: 1. define the system of respiratory and blood. 2. describe the diseases that related to respiratory system and blood system. 3. relate the pharmacotherapy of respiratory system and blood system to the related diseases. 4. categorize type of lung diseases using lung function tests. 5. manage the diseases that related to respiratory system and blood system. 6. assess the type of diseases that related to respiratory system and blood system.
Course Synopsis: Students will be introduced to the anatomy, physiology and path physiology of the respiratory and hematology systems as well as the pharmacology of the drugs used to treat their disorders. Emphasis will be given to the rationalization of the drugs used for the treatment of respiratory and hematology disorders to provide the foundation for the students future studies in clinical pharmacy and therapeutics. Assessment Method: Continuous assessments: Exam : 40% 60%
109
2012-2013
SEMESTER 2
MWEF 2106 Chromatography, Electrochemistry & Radiochemistry 2
Learning Outcomes: At the end of the Chromatography, Electrochemistry & Radiochemistry course, students will be able to:
1. 2. 3. 4.
explain the principles of chromatography. apply the principles of chromatography to pharmaceutical analysis. explain the concept of radiochemistry and its uses. explain the concept of electrochemistry and its uses.
Course Synopsis: The module is the continuation of Pharmaceutical Analysis, introducing the principles and technical analytical practice used in quality control of drugs and dosage form, and in research and development. Assessment Method: Continuous assessments: Exam : Course Coordinator Dr. Leong Kok Hoong Email: kokhoong@rocketmail.com No. Tel: No. Tel: 0162637967 40% 60%
110
2012-2013
MWEF 2107 Sterile Pharmaceutical Dosage Form Design 2
Learning Outcomes: At the end of the Sterile Pharmaceutical Dosage Form Design course, students will be able to: 1. recognize the concept of Sterile Dosage forms. 2. prepare Sterile Pharmaceutical Dosage Form extemporaneously using aseptic technique. 3. recognize the Industrial manufacturing process and process control of Sterile Dosage forms. 4. identify new Sterile Dosage forms in the market and those in research stage. 5. perform compendia and non-compendia quality control (QC) tests for Sterile Dosage forms. 6. relate advice to other professional and public on usage and storage Sterile Dosage forms. Course Synopsis: Students will be introduced to the overall concept and calculations on Sterile Dosage forms. Students will be introduced to equipments used in manufacturing and plan layout of the manufacturing plant for sterile forms. Students will be given the chance to use the equipment available for practicals in preparation of this dosage form. Students will do hands-on the command quality control tests and extemporaneous preparation Sterile Dosage forms. Assessment Method: Continuous assessments: Exam : Course Coordinator Mr. Aditya Arya Email: aditya@um.edu.my No. Tel: 03-79675749 40% 60%
111
2012-2013
MWEF 2108 Pharmacognosy 2
Learning outcomes: At the end of the Pharmacognosy course, students will be able to: 1. explain the concepts of classification of plants. 2. describe the production, factors affecting quality and quality control of plant drugs. 3. describe the sources of plant drugs. Course Synopsis: This course provides the overview of sources and development of drugs from plants and the sea. The concepts and techniques in standardization of plant drugs and aspects on quality control are introduced. Assessment Method: Continuous assessments: Exam : Course Coordinator Dr. Shaik Nyamathulla Email: nyamantulla@um.edu.my No. Tel: 0379673194 40% 60%
112
2012-2013
MWEF 2109 Endocrine, Reproductive, Gastrointestinal Systems & Therapy 2
Learning Outcomes: At the end of the Endocrine, Gastrointestinal System & Therapy course, students will be able to: 1. describe the mechanism on how drug react on the Endocrine, Gastrointestinal System & reproductive system. 2. illustrate the basic etiology and pathofisiology of disturbances on the related systems. 3. relate the manifestation of hyper and hypo secretion of hormone and enzyme with clinical disturbances, which are normally encountered. 4. produce scientific report, answer case study and essay question on the related system. Course Synopsis: Students will be introduced in an integrated manner to the anatomy, physiology, pharmacology and pathology of the endocrine (and reproductive system) and gastrointestinal systems. In summary, this course requires students to understand actions of the class of drugs used. Rational pharmacotherapy based on the path physiological disorders of the systems involved is discussed. This module will form the basis for the clinical pharmacy and therapeutic series later. Assessment Method: Continuous assessments: Exam : 40% 60%
Course Coordinator Dr. Najihah Binti Mohd Hashim Email: Najihahmh@um.edu.my No. Tel: 03-79674966
113
2012-2013
MWEF 2110 Antimicrobials & Antineoplastics 3
Learning Outcomes: At the end of the Antimicrobial & Antineoplastic course, students will be able to: 1. differentiate the structural ddifferences of Gram-positive and Gram-negative microorganisms which are relevant to the understanding of the mechanisms of antimicrobial action in general; and to recognize the various methods used to test microbial sensitivity and describe the limitations of each method used. 2. describe and to differentiate various mechanisms of action, pharmacokinetics, adverse drug effects and pertinent drug interactions of various classes of antimicrobials, (including sub-classes and generations), antivirals, antiretrovirals, antimycobacterials, and antifungals. 3. discuss cell cycle characteristics and tumor growth kinetics that influence the effectiveness of chemotherapy and to discuss the importance of combination therapy. 4. describe the various mechanisms that affect specific cellular functions involved in tumor growth that are relevant to antineoplastic therapy and to discuss teh prevention and minimization of chemotherapy-induced adverse effects. 5. discuss the pharmacokinetics and the adverse effects of various classes of antineoplastic drugs. Course Synopsis: Students will be taught in detail the pharmacological properties of various antimicrobials and antineoplastics. Aspects of clinical utilization such as indications, side effects and drug interactions will also be introduced. Assessment Method: Continuous assessments: Exam : 40% 60%
Course Coordinator Assoc. Prof. Dr. Syam Mohan Murali Mohan Email: syammohanm@um.edu.my No. Tel: 03-79677530
114
2012-2013
MWEF 2135 Cardiovascular, Renal Systems & Therapy 2
Learning Outcomes: At the end of this module, students will be able to: 1. acquire a sound understanding of the action of drugs on the cardiovascular and renal system which is essential for the foundation of an effective career as a pharmacist. 2. develop responsibility for independent learning. Course Synopsis: Students will be introduced in an integrated manner to the anatomy function, physiology, pharmacology and the pathology of cardiovascular and renal system. This course requires students to understand the action of the classes of drugs that act on the central nervous system and to study the path physiology of the related disorders Assessment Method: Continuous assessments: Exam : Course Coordinator Dr. Faizah Safina Bahrin Email: faizah_safina@um.edu.my No. Tel: 03-79677550 40% 60%
115
2012-2013
YEAR3
INTERMEDIATEIILEVEL
SEMESTER I
MWEF 3102 Introduction to Clinical Pharmacy 3
Learning Outcomes : At the end of the Introduction to Clinical Pharmacy course, students will be able to: 1. describe the concept of clinical pharmacy and pharmaceutical care. 2. apply laboratory test results in monitoring patients clinical response. 3. describe the pathophysiology and apply rationale of treatment for diseases of various organ systems. 4. discuss drug-drug interactions. drug-food interactions, drug-herbs interaction and adverse drug reactions. 5. describe the various types of pain and to discuss its management. Course Synopsis : Students will be introduced to patient orientated general clinical pharmacy and pharmaceutical care concept. Emphasis will be placed on a patient-focused, disease-oriented, drug therapy. Students will be exposed to pathophysiology of a disease. This will help them to make a rational decision on the most appropriate drug treatment for a patient Assessment Method : Continuous assesment : Exam : Course Coordinator Dr. Hasniza Zaman Huri Email: hasnizazh@um.edu.my No. Tel: 03-76976659 40% 60%
116
2012-2013
MWEF 3103 Pharmacotoxicology 2
Learning Outcomes : At the end of the Pharmacotoxicology course, students will be able to: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. describe the various mechanism and factors that cause toxicity. relate the clinical manifestation for each type of toxicity. develope mangement strategy for treatment poisoning cases. evaluate and apply toxicology knowledge for solving cases on toxicity. identify the need of toxicovigilance and able to conduct its principles upon public by way of case reporting in future.
Course Synopsis : This course exposes the students to pharmacotoxicological elements in the environment, health and regulatory. Students will be exposed to the toxicology application which is relevant to pharmacists, which is the clinical toxicology. Assessment Method : Continuous assessment : Exam : 40% 60%
Course Coordinator Assoc. Prof. Dr. Syam Mohan Murali Mohan Email: syammohanm@um.edu.my No. Tel: 03-79677530
117
2012-2013
MWEF 3104 Biostatistic & Epidimiology 2
Learning Outcomes: At the end of this module, students will be able to: 1. calculate and interpret measures of frequency (rates, ratios, incidence, prevalence0; measures of effect (relative risk, odds ratio, absolute risk, NNT). 2. describe advantages, disadvantages, elements of study design, and appropriate effect measures for various epidemiological study designs. 3. identify potential sources of bias and their probable effect on the validity of a study or study findings (selection bias, information bias, confounding). 4. describe how to detect and deal with confounding and effect modification (including stratification, randomization, matching). Course Synopsis: Introduction to the study of biostatistics and epidemiology. Display and organisation of data; introduction and exposition on the principal and methods that are used in pharmacoepidemiology field (observational and experimental study, survey study, case control, cohort study). Biases in study design, biases in sampling, biases in statistical analysis and interpretation. The focus will be on the usage of specific method, so that the students can critically evaluate published literature. Assessment Method : Continuous assesment : Exam : 40% 60%
118
2012-2013
MWEF 3105 Solid Pharmaceutical Dosage Form Design 3
Learning Outcomes : At the end of the Solid Pharmaceutical Dosage Form Design course, students will be able to: 1. recognize the concept of Solid Dosage forms. 2. prepare Solid Pharmaceutical Dosage Form extemporaneously. 3. recognize the Industrial manufacturing process and process control of Solid Dosage forms. 4. identify new Solid Dosage forms in the market and those in research stage. 5. perform compendial and non-compendial quality control (QC) tests for Solid Dosage forms. 6. relate advice to other professional and public on usage and storage Solid Dosage forms.
. Course Synopsis : Student will be introduced to overall concept and characteristics of Solid Pharmaceutical Dosage Form. Student will be introduced to all basic equipments involved in the manufacturing of Solid Pharmaceutical Dosage Form. Student will be introduced to the concept of GMP plan layout for the manufacturing facility of solid dosage forms. Student will be trained hands-on in optimization of formulation and manufacturing of solid dosage forms using the facilities in the pilot plant. Student will be also trained to do quality control tests of solid dosage forms. Assessment Method : Continuous assesment : Exam : Course Coordinator Dr. Shaik Nyamathulla Email: nyamantulla@um.edu.my No. Tel: 0379673194 40% 60%
119
2012-2013
MWEF 3106 Pharmaceutical Product Development 3
Learning Outcomes : At the end of the Pharmaceutical Product Development course, students will be able to:
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.
recognize the concept of value chain in development of pharmaceutical product. recognize all the four phases of clinical studies in drug development. apply the concept of preformulation in pharmaceutical product development. evaluate the solubility of drug in different system of the body to predict absorption capability of drug and the delivery of drug to the targeted area. identify interaction of the component which is used to make the pharmaceutical dosage form. perform stability study to predict shelf life of pharmaceutical in the accelerated manner or real time study relate advice to other professional on formulation of pharmaceutical dosage form for purpose of clinical trial of new drug. design bioavailable or bioaequivalence study on various pharmaceutical dosage forms.
Course Synopsis : Student will be introduced to overall concept and principles in drug development. Student will be introduced to overall concept of preformulation and the influence of data from preformulation studies on the pharmaceutical dosage forms. This course will also introduce the various stability problem and to do stability study on pharmaceutical products. The concept of bioavailability and bioequivalence will also be discussed. Assessment Method : Continuous assesment : Exam : Course Coordinator Dr. Shaik Nyamathulla Email: nyamatulla@um.edu.my No. Tel: 0379673194 40% 60%
120
2012-2013
MWEF 31111 Extemporaneous Preparation 3
Learning Outcomes : At the end of the Extemporaneous Preparation Course, students will be able to:
1. 2. 3. 4.
interpret the prescriptions. recognize formulations standard from BNF and BPC. design conventional formulations of extemperoneous preparations. demonstrate the good dispensing practice.
Course Synopsis : Most of the content of this module involve practical session of dispensing of extemporenous preparations of various dosage forms (solid, liquid, semi-solid). Students will be trained in reading and screening of prescriptions. Methods of dosage calculation, dispensing instructions and labeling of extemporenous preparations. Assessment Method : Continuous assesment : Exam : 40% 60%
Course Coordinator Datin Junaidah Amir Email: junaidahamir@um.edu.my No. Tel: 03-79674970
121
2012-2013
SEMESTER 2
MWEF 3101 Clinical Pharmacokinetics 2
Learning Outcomes: At the end of the Clinical Pharmacokinetics course, students will be able to: 1. explain basic pharmacokinetic concepts and the basic assumptions made in pharmacokinetic studies. 2. explain pharmacokinetic parameters and pharmacokinetic processes. 3. relate pathophysiologic changes to the alteration in pharmacokinetic parameters. 4. explain genetic polymorphisms that affect the pharmacodynamics and pharmacokinetic parameters. 5. construct dose recommendation based on pharmacokinetic profile and patients response and to relate pharmacokinetic parameters. Course Synopsis: Students will be introduced to pharmacokinetics parameters and the importance of precise drug concentrations in the plasma, the time course of administered drugs via different routes, linear and non-linear kinetics, basis of assigning different dose regimens, application of pharmacokinetics and drug monitoring in patient drug therapy. Assessment Method: Continuous assessment : Exam : Course Coordinator Datin Junaidah Amir Email: junaidahamir@um.edu.my No. Tel: 03-79674970 40% 60%
122
2012-2013
MWEF 3107 Clinical Pharmacy and Pharmacotherapy I 3
Learning Outcomes : At the end of the Clinical Pharmacy and Pharmacotherapy I course, students will be able to: 1. describe the pathophysiology of cardiovascular disorders and infections in various organ systems. 2. explain the symptom presentation and the basic principles involved in diagnosing these disorders. 3. apply laboratory results with the principles of patient management and knowledge of its relevancy 4. describe the pharmacological and non-pharmacological managements for these conditions and list the methods of monitoring for these therapies 5. solve pharmaceutical care issues related to these disorders. and resolve pharmaceutical care issues associated with it. Course Synopsis : Students will be introduced to the practice of clinical pharmacy and pharmaceutical care. Diseases such as cardiovascular diseases, respiratory diseases and infections will be given emphasis. Assessment Method : Continuous assesment : Exam : Course Coordinator Dr. Hasniza Zaman Huri Email: hasnizazh@um.edu.my No. Tel: 03-76976659 40% 60%
123
2012-2013
MWEF 3108 Pharmaceutical Biotechnology 3
Learning Outcomes : At the end of the Pharmaceutical Biotechnology course, students will be able to: 1. describe the basic recombinant technology. 2. explain the production, purification, quality control and formulation of therapeutic proteins. 3. explain novel biotechnology-based therapeutics. 4. explain screening of genetic diseases. . Course Synopsis : This module enables students to understand the advances and application of biotechnology in pharmaceutical sciences with emphasis on novel drug discovery and the production of therapeutic proteins. Assessment Method : Continuous assesment : Exam : Course Coordinator Prof. Dr. Chung Lip Yong Email : chungly@um.edu.my No. Tel: 03-79674971 40% 60%
124
2012-2013
MWEF 3105 Evidence Based Pharmacotheraphy 2
Learning Outcomes : At the end of the Evidence Based Pharmacotherapy module, students will be able to: 1. understand the format, processes and application of systematic reviews and metaanalyses of randomised controlled studies. 2. critically appraise systematic reviews and meta-analyses according to validity criteria. 3. understand the methodology and statistical concepts associated with systematic reviews and meta-analysis. 4. be able to interpret the results of a systematic review and meta-analysis. Course Synopsis : Introduction to evidence-based pharmacotherapy (EBM), history and the important of EBM, steps in systematic reviews, search and selection of evidence from articles, outcome measures, systematic review, meta-analysis, NNT and NNH, critical appraisal of published articles. Assessment Method: Continuous assesment : Exam : 40% 60%
125
2012-2013
MWEF 3110 Specialty Pharmaceutical Dosage Form Design 3
Learning Outcomes : At the end of the Specialty Pharmaceutical Dosage Form Design course, students will be able to: 1. Recognize the concept of Specialty Dosage forms. 2. Identify new Specialty Dosage forms in the market and those in research stage. 3. Relate the indication different concept of Specialty Dosage forms in modification of drug delivery and release. 4. Illustrate the use of various type of polymer in the formulation of Specialty Dosage forms. 5. Design a modified release dosage form such as slow release, sustain release or targeted release. 6. Discuss the design of the dosage form suitable for macromolecules in the delivery of therapeutic proteins and vaccine. 7. Recognize the different concept of dermal patch as Specialty Dosage forms. 8. Recognize the different concept of liposome as Specialty Dosage forms. 9. Recognize the different concept of pulmonary delivery system as Specialty Dosage forms. 10. Relate advice to other professional and public on type, usage and storage specialty Dosage forms. Course Synopsis : Student will be introduced to overall concept and principles of specialty pharmaceutical product. Student will be introduced basic material and equipment in manufacturing of specialty products. Student will be introduced to various type of specialty product in the market or those which are still in the research pipeline. Assessment Method : Continuous assesment : Exam : Course Coordinator Dr. Shaik Nyamathulla Email: nyamatulla@um.edu.my No. Tel: 0379673194 40% 60%
126
2012-2013
MWEF 3112 Pharmacoeconomic& Drug Policy 3
Learning Outcomes: At the end of this course, students will be able to: 1. Distinguish between the different methods of economic evaluations for health care programmes 2. Distinguish and identify the different types of costs relevant to different study perspectives 3. Critically assess published economic evaluations 4. Explain and discuss the functions of a Drugs and Therapeutic Committee in relation to drug selection and drug formulary management 5. Discuss the role of a national health policy and national medicines policy Course Synopsis: Students will be exposed to the basic principles of health economics, pharmacoeconomics and issues related to the delivery of health care, health policy and national medicines policy. The use of data from economic evaluations to inform decision making will be discussed. Students will also be taught the princples of drug formulary management and drug selection. Assessment Method: Continuous assesment : Exam : 40% 60%
Course Coordinator Dr. Fatiha Hana Shabaruddin Email: fatiha.shabaruddin@um.edu.my No. Tel: 796747000
127
2012-2013
YEAR4
PROFESIONALLEVEL
SEMESTER 1
MWEF 4113 Research Methodology 2
Learning Outcomes : At the end of the Research Metodology course, students will be able to: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. recognize the basic principals on research, recognize the types of research, recognize the important of ethic in research, manage relevant information and data from various sources, develop a written research protocol.
Course Synopsis : Student will be introduced to various types of research, for example research based on laboratory and technology and research based on social studies. Other than exposure to techniques in writing protocol and use of statistics softwares student will also be exposed to the important of ethics in research. This module will prepare the student to carry out the Research Project module MWEF 4109 in the next semester. Assessment Method : Continuous assesment : Exam : Course Coordinator Puan Syireen Alwi Email: syireen@um.edu.my No. Tel: 03-79674965 100%
128
2012-2013
MWEF 4102 Ethics and Legislation in Pharmacy 2
Learning Outcomes : At the end of the Ethics and Legislation in Pharmacy course, students will be able to: 1. Recognize the characteristics of Malaysian Pharmacy Legislation. 2. Apply the different Pharmacy legislation in daily carrying on the business of pharmacy. 3. Apply the requirement of regulatory authority on different pharmaceutical product in Malaysia. 4. Perform drug enforcement or court presentation on drug cases in Malaysia. 5. Relate advice to other professional and the general public on legislation of drug and pharmaceutical in Malaysia. 6. Practice the professional ethics of pharmacist. Course Synopsis : Students will be introduced to concept of basic laws and legislation followed by the understanding of the five Malaysian Pharmaceutical legislations. These legislation gorvern the control on chemical and pharmaceutical material, medicine, advertisement of medicine and medical matters and the professional ethics of pharmacist. Assessment Method : Continuous assesment : Exam : 40% 60%
Course Coordinator Assoc. Prof. Dr. Mohamed Ibrahim Noordin Email : ibrahimn@um.edu.my No. Tel: 03-79674910
129
2012-2013
MWEF 4103 Clinical Pharmacy & Pharmacotherapy II 3
Learning Outcomes : At the end of the Clinical Pharmacy and Pharmacotherapy II course, students will be able to: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. describe the pathophysiology of renal diseases, endocrine diseases and gastrohepatic diseases. describe symptoms and presentation of diseases and the basic principles involved in diagnosing these diseases. relate laboratory test results with the principles of drug management of patients. discuss drug and non-drug therapies for these diseases and list monitoring parameters for these therapies. resolve pharmaceutical care issues related to these diseases
Course Synopsis: This module is a continuation of Clinical Pharmacy and Pharmacotherapy I (MWEF 3107). The focus of this module is to enable students to deepen their understanding of drug therapy in diseases of different organ systems. Assessment Method : Continuous assesment : Exam : Course Coordinator: Dr. Lo Yoke Lin Email: yllo@um.edu.my No. Tel: 03-79674967 40% 60%
130
2012-2013
MWEF 4104 Hospital Pharmacy Services 2
Learning Outcomes : On completion of the Hospital Pharmacy Services course, the student should be able to: 1. perform the roles of a hospital pharmacist 2. interpret and critically evaluate prescriptions and other orders for medicines, taking into consideration the laws related to orders for medicines. 3. recognise the importance of patient and medication safety through detecting, preventing and reporting of adverse drug reactions (ADR) and medication errors. 4. calculate dosage of medications accurately. 5. communicate clearly and effectively, orally and written, with patients and other healthcare professionals. Course Synopsis : A large proportion of this course involves therapeutic dispensing sessions and attachment to the various pharmacy services in the hospital. Students will be trained to screen prescriptions thoroughly to prevent any medication errors. Emphasis will be placed on therapeutic uses of drugs, abnormal doses, drug-drug interactions and contraindications. Calculation of doses, method of dispensing and labelling of pharmaceutical products available will be taught. Patient counselling on medications will be practised by students through role-play and hospital attachment. Assessment Method : Continuous assesment : Exam : 40% 60%
Course Coordinator Assoc. Prof. Dr. Chua Siew Siang Email: chuass@um.edu.my No. Tel: 03-79676688
131
2012-2013
MWEF 4105 Clinical Clerkship I 2
Learning Outcomes : At the end of the Clinical Clerkship I course, students will be able to:
1.
2. 3.
4.
To understand patient's medical case notes: To discuss symptoms, pathophysiology, laboratory test results, physical examinations, diagnosis, and appreciate the prognosis of acute and chronic illnesses, pharmacotherapeutic management plan; To use problems solving skill effectively and efficiently in situations of patient care and to resolve pharmaceutical care issues. To identify and to describe the pathophysiological changes in patients with cancer, to interpret laboratory test results and to use the principles of drug management to resolve pharmaceutical care issues. To describe different components in a total parenteral nutrition solution and the potential complications associated with the use of parenteral nutrition; to interpret of laboratory test results related to parenteral nutrition administration; to formulate parenteral nutrition solution and to plan a parenteral nutrition solution to meet the nutritional needs of patients.
Course Synopsis : This module consists of lectures, tutorials, discussions and hands-on experience in clerking cases in wards of University of Malaya Medical Centre. Students will be guided by clinical preceptors to identify and to solve drug-related problems and to monitor patients progress. Studnets will learn how to document and to present clinical cases with pharmaceutical care interventions. Assessment Method : Continuous assesment : Exam : Course Coordinator: Dr. Lo Yoke Lin Email: yllo@um.edu.my No. Tel: 03-79674967 100%
132
2012-2013
MWEF 4106 Community Pharmacy 3
Learning Outcomes : On completion of the Community Pharmacy course, students should be able to:
1. describe the general structure and management of a community pharmacy as well as the
current roles of community pharmacists in Malaysia. ovulation tests.
2. participate in health promotion and education including smoking cessation. 3. operate and interpret blood glucose and cholesterol tests, blood pressure, pregnancy and 4. conduct medical and medication history taking systematically and to identify
pharmaceutical care issues.
5. recognize common health problems presented at community pharmacies and to provide

appropriate advice and/or medications.
Course Synopsis : The general structure and management of a community pharmacy including benchmarking requirements will be discussed. The roles of community pharmacists in health promotion and education including smoking cessation will be explained. Screening tests such as blood glucose tests, cholesterol tests, blood pressure, pregnancy and ovulation tests will be presented. Some common minor health ailments and general principles of responding to symptoms in a community pharmacy will be discussed. Methods of counselling and interactions between patients and pharmacists as well as communication skills of a community pharmacist will be emphasized. Students will also be attached to community pharmacies to experience the roles of a community pharmacist. Assessment Method : Continuous assesment : Exam : 40% 60%
Course Coordinator Assoc. Prof. Dr. Chua Siew Siang Email: chuass@um.edu.my No. Tel: 03-79676688
133
2012-2013
MWEF 4107 Industrial Pharmacy & Quality Assurance 3
Learning Outcomes : At the end of the Industrial Pharmacy and Quality Assurance course, students will be able to: 1. Recognize the characteristics of Malaysian Pharmaceutical Industry. 2. Apply the Quality System enforced on pharmaceutical manufacturers, wholesalers and importers. 3. Apply the requirement of Quality System for analytical laboratories. 4. Apply the validation technique for process and analytical in pharmaceutical industry 5. Relate advice to other professional and the general public on Quality System of pharmaceutical in Malaysia. Course Synopsis : Students will be introduced to the overall concept of Quality Assurance. The needs of Quality Assurence in Pharmaceutical Industries and its applications. Visit to pharmaceutical plant will be carried out so that students can witness the application of Quality Assurance in the real situation. Assessment Method : Continuous assesment : Exam : 40% 60%
134
2012-2013
SEMESTER 2
Course Code : Course Title : Credit Hours : MWEF 4108 Integrated Pharmacotherapy 3
Learning Outcomes : At the end of the Integrated Pharmacotherapy course, students will be able to: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. describe the pathophysiology and the basic principles involved in the diagnosis of the disorders of central nervous system,skin,eye and ENT disorders and connective tissues disorders. apply laboratory results to the principles of patient drug management. discuss drug and non-drug therapy for these disorders and list the monitoring parameters that are associated with these therapies. resolve pharmaceutical care issues associated with it. describe the various types of vaccine. explain the importance of cold chain and immunization schedule, the mechanism of action and potential adverse effects associated with vaccination.
Course Synopsis : This module is the continuation to Introduction of Clinical Pharmacy (MWEF 3102), Clinical Pharmacy and Pharmacotherapy I (MWEF 3107) and Clinical Pharmacy and Pharmacotherapy II (MWEF 4103). In this module, diseases such as central nervous system, skin, eye and ENT disorders will be given emphasis. Assessment Method : Continuous assesment : Exam : Course Coordinator Dr. Hasniza Zaman Huri Email: hasnizazh@um.edu.my No. Tel: 03-76976659 40% 60%
135
2012-2013
MWEF 4109 Research Project 4
Learning Outcomes : At the end of the Research Project course, students will be able to: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. use the research principals to collect data, analysis of data effectively, report the results effectively, criticize research result base on published literatures, produce a written disertation following the set guidelines, present orally the results of the research with the help of audiovisual.
Course Synopsis : Each student had already chosen their project tittle in the previous semester. With the guidance of the lecturer(s) involve the student will collect and analze their research data and write their disertation. Each student will also do an oral presentation on their reseach outcome. Assessment Method : Continuous assesment : Exam : Course Coordinator Puan Syireen Alwi Email: syireen@um.edu.my Tel: 03-79674965 100%
136
2012-2013
MWEF 4110 Pharmacy Management 2
Learning Outcomes : At the end of the Pharmacy Management Course, students will be able to: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Recognize the concept of general management. Recognize the basic components in the management. Interpret the concept of management to improve organization performances. Identify the importance requirements needed in the setting up of a new pharmacy. Apply the management knowledge in the pharmacy profession.
Course Synopsis : Students will be introduced to management theory and their application in Pharmacy. Assessment Method : Continuous assesment : Exam : Course Coordinator Drs. Riyanto Teguh Widodo Email: riyanto@um.edu.my No. Tel:03-79675786 40% 60%
137
2012-2013
MWEF 4111 Clinical Clerkship II 2
Learning Outcomes : At the end of the Clinical Clerkship II course, students will be able to: 1. To understand patient's medical case notes: To discuss symptoms, pathophysiology, laboratory test results, physical examinations, diagnosis, and appreciate the prognosis of acute and chronic illnesses, pharmacotherapeutic management plan; 2. To use problems solving skill effectively and efficiently in situations of patient care and to resolve pharmaceutical care issues. 3. To identify and to describe pathophysiological changes in patients with HIV / AIDS, to interpret laboratory test results and to use the principles of drug management to resolve pharmaceutical care issues. 4. To identify specific characteristics of age changes that require more attention to optimize drug therapy and to reduce risk of adverse drug reactions, and to use the principles of drug management to resolve pharmaceutical care issues. Course Synopsis : This module is a continuation of the Clinical Clerkship I (MWEF 4105). The focus of this module is on ward visit and clinical case presentation by the students in order to further improve their clinical pharmacy skills and understanding on drug therapy. Assessment Method : Continuous assesment : Exam : Course Coordinator Puan Noorasyikin Samsudin Email: noorasyikin@um.edu.my No. Tel: 03-79677541 100%
138
2012-2013
MWEF 4112 Pharmacy Industrial and Regulatory Control 2
Learning Outcomes : At the end of the Pharmacy Industrial and Regulatory Control course, students will be able to: 1. Recognize the trend of Malaysian Pharmaceutical Industry. 2. Recognize the trend of Global Pharmaceutical Industry. 3. Apply the trend and forecast of the global pharmaceutical industry to the Malaysian Scene. 4. Apply the technique and requirement of research in production of Generic products. 5. Recognize the requirement of up-scale production after a laboratory formulation for new product. 6. Register drug with the National Pharmaceutical Control Bureau 7. Relate advice to other professional and the general public on Drug registration System in Malaysia. Course Synopsis : Students will be introduced to the overall characteristics of the pharmaceutical industries in Malaysia and in comparison with advance countries. Student will be visiting at least one pharmaceutical institution involving in manufacturing or testing. Student will be introduced to hands-on registration of drugs and regulatory control. Student will be introduced to principles of drug development pertaining to research, laboratory formulation development, scallng-up and mass manufacturing. Assessment Method : Continuous assesment : Exam : 40% 60%
139
UNDERGRADUATE GUIDEBOOK Pharmaceutical Pilot Plants
2012-2013
Our Semisolid Dosage Form and Solid Dosage Form pilot plants represent two entities of unique state of the art in teaching and research in pharmaceutical formulation and production. These Pilot plants are not only an important step on the road to commercialization but are also beneficial for undergraduate students as part of their Industrial training.
These Pilot Plants enables the student to understand that most promising results from laboratory or bench-scale work should be tested and optimized on a much larger integrated process, which closely simulates the conditions that would be experienced on a full commercial plant in order to provide a high degree of confidence in the ultimate performance of the process and product. Our pilot plants are also providing training to undergraduate of other local universities and personnel of local and multinational pharmaceutical manufacturers.
140
UNDERGRADUATE GUIDEBOOK GCPR Screening/Liquid Handling Facilities The topic on the search for therapeutic agents acting via G-protien couple receptors (GPCRs) is anticipated to undergraduate and postgraduate students as this sytem has been proven to be higly successful and it is estimated that over 55% of all modern drugs are targeted at GPCRs. It is expected that this will continue to be a fertile area of pharmaceutical reseach.
2012-2013
The Department of Pharmacy are actively involved in the search of potential receptor active constituents from natural products using competitive receptor binding technique. The laboratory is equipped with TopCount NXT microplate reader, fluorescence micrplate reader, FilterMate cell harvester, MultiProbe II automated liquid handling system, microplate washer and reagent dispensers, cell culture facility, chromatography facility, etc.
PHARMSOC You can have a complete information on the Pharmacy Society and their activities in the FOM website.
http://www.ummc.edu.my/pharmsoc/Homepage.html
141
2012-2013
PHARMACY BUILDING PLAN
142
2012-2013
143
Bachelor of Biomedical Science
Undergraduate
Guidebook
2012/2013
Session
UNDERGDRADUATE GUIDEBOOK
2012-2013
ACADEMIC STAFF
Dr.Umah Rani Kuppusamy Professor (Programme Coordinator) Tel:03-79674900 Email: umah@um.edu.my
Dr. Mary Anne Tan Jin Ai Professor Tel:03-79674906 Email: maryanne@um.edu.my
Dr. Mahmood Ameen Abdulla Professor Tel:03-79676604 Email: ammeen@um.edu.my
Dr. Chua Kek Heng Associate Professor Tel:0379676607 Email:khchua@um.edu.my
Dr. Azlina Ahmad Annuar Senior Lecturer Tel:0379674948 Email:azlina_aa@um.edu.my
Dr.Rozaida @ Poh Yuen Ying Senior Lecturer Tel:03-79676611 Email:rozaiday@yahoo.com
Dr. Ong Kien Chai Senior Lecturer Tel:0379674799 Email:kcong@um.edu.my
Dr. Suzita Mohd Noor Senior Lecturer Tel:0379674901 Email:suzita@um.edu.my
Dr. Anwar Norazit Senior Lecturer Tel:03-79676649 Email: anwar.norazit@um.edu.my
Dr. Nur Ain Salehen Lecturer Tel:03-79674902 Email: nurain_36@um.edu.my
144
2012-2013
INTRODUCTION & LEARNING OUTCOMES
INTRODUCTION
Students enroll in the Biomedical Science Programme for a minimum of 4 years. At the start, students are provided with a broad-based knowledge of basic medical sciences, where students will acquire essential medical laboratory skills. Students then proceed to the specific medical laboratory disciplines of their choice, be it in Histopathology, Cytogenetics, Medical Microbiology, Medical Parasitology, Medical Physiology, Medical Pharmacology, Clinical Chemistry, or Haematology. Students will learn the principles underlying the various analytical methods and investigatory procedures used in laboratory medicine, and obtain practical training to consolidate theoretical instruction. In addition, instruction is provided on research methodologies as students will be carrying out research projects of their own design during their final year. Successful graduates in Biomedical Science should be able to assume responsible positions in the following situations: (1) as part of a healthcare team that is concerned with the care of patients and/or with basic and applied clinical research; (2) as part of a research team in allied medical disciplines, in food and pharmaceutical industries, in public health, and in biotechnology. Career opportunities are wideranging and include employment in clinical laboratory service departments, teaching institutions, and research centres in public as well as private sectors. Post-graduate training is strongly encouraged, either within the country or abroad, all towards attaining the goal of heightening the quality of medical science and medicine.
LEARNING OUTCOMES
The general aim of this Programme is to produce graduates who are laboratory oriented and technically competent. Graduates should be able to fulfill the human resource requirement for skilled personnel in Biomedical Science, which is an expanding and advancing field globally. The specific aim of the Programme is to produce graduates who are competent in laboratory technology, pre-clinical or medical research, research in biotechnology, and other related areas/fields which can contribute to the advancement of Medical Science Technology. Graduates will be able to seek employment in healthcare and research institutions, insurance companies as well as with the industrial and education sectors. At the end of the Biomedical Science degree programme, graduates will be able to: P01: Be competent in the field of human biology and biomedical science. P02: Use their practical acumen to undertake research or perform diagnostic tests. P03: Display social skills and a sense of responsibility towards the community by contributing towards advancements in the field of biomedical science. P04: Adopt a professional and ethical approach in conducting their research or diagnostic duties. P05: Communicate effectively, possess leadership qualities and be able to work in a team. P06: Apply scientific knowledge in problem-solving and decision-making in the field of biomedical science. P07: Implement continuous learning skills and lifelong management in updating their knowledge. P08: Demonstrate effective management and entrepreneurial skills. Graduates will be able to seek opportunities for commercialisation or contribute towards services in Biomedical Science or Medical Biotechnology.
2012-2013
ACADEMIC PROGRAMME & COURSE STRUCTURE PROGRAMME STRUCTURE
1) Malaysian Students
Courses Level
University Courses
Courses Name
Tamadun Islam dan Tamadun Asia (TITAS)/ Islamic

and Asian Civilisation(University Compulsory Core Course) Hubungan Etnik/ Ethnic Relations Asas Pembudayaan Keusahawanan/ Basics of Entrepreneurship Enculturation Information Skills (University Compulsory Core Course)* English for Communication Programme Co-Curriculum Course (University Compulsory Core Course) Electives courses (out of faculty) Total Core Courses Elective Courses Total 2) International students
b
Academic Credits 2
2 2 1 6 2 6 24 96 19 136
(15%)
Faculty Courses (85%)
Courses Level
University Courses
Courses Name
Tamadun Islam dan Tamadun Asia (TITAS)/ Islamic
Academic Credits 2a 2 2 1 6 2 6 24 96 19 136
(15%)
and Asian Civilisation(University Compulsory Core Course) Pengenalan Kepada Malaysia/ Introduction to Malaysia Asas Pembudayaan Keusahawanan/ Basics of Entrepreneurship Enculturation Information Skills (University Compulsory Core Course) English for Communication Programme Co-Curriculum Course (University Compulsory Core Course) Electives courses (out of faculty) Total Core Courses Elective Coursesb
Faculty Courses (85%) Total
146
2012-2013
Pass: C and above * Graded for S (Satisfactory) or U (Unsatisfactory) a International students may choose to either complete the course or opt for credit exception b Students must enroll and complete at least 19 credit hours of Elective Courses (Maximum credit hours for Year 2 and above are 18 for the semester. Students with GPA of 3 can apply to increase their credit hours to a maximum of 21 each semester.)
147
2012-2013
SOFT SKILLS & PRE-REQUISITES FOR BIOMEDICAL SCIENCE COURSE

COURSE PREREQUISITE(S)/ MINIMUM REQUIREMENT (S) None
COURSE CODE AND TITLE
SOFT SKILLS ELEMENT INDICATOR (KI) CS CT T LL KK EM S YEAR 1 (2012/2013) SEMESTER 1
LS
GXEX 1411 GXEX1413
Hubungan Etnik/Ethnic Relations*
Pengenalan kepada Malaysia/ None Introduction to Malaysia MBEB 1101 Foundational Anatomy: Intermediate None Course MBEB 1102 None Introductory Human Physiology MBEB 1103 None Cell Biology and Introductory Genetics MBEB1104 None Laboratory Mathematics and Statistics MBEB 1105 None Essential Medical Microbiology YEAR 1 (2011/2012)- SEMESTER 2 YEAR 1 (2012/2013) SEMESTER 2 GXEX 1414 Tamadun Islam dan Tamadun Asia None (TITAS)/ Islamic and Asian Civilisation GXEX 1412 Asas Pembudayaan Keusahawanan/ None Basics of Entrepreneurship Enculturation* GTEE 1109/1100 English Communication Programme for None MUET Band 3 GTEE 1111/1112/1113 English Communication Programme for None MUET Band 4 and above GXEX 1401 None Information Skills MBEB 1106 None Biochemistry Must be taken MBEB 1107 concurrently with Analytical Biochemistry MBEB 1106 in the first attempt MBEB1108 None Introductory Course in Biostatistics MBEB 1109 None Basic Parasitology
* Medium of instruction: Bahasa Malaysia
148
2012-2013
COURSE PREREQUISITE(S)/ MINIMUM EQUIREMENT (S)
SOFT SKILLS ELEMENT INDICATOR (KI) CS CT T LL KK EM S YEAR 2 (2013/2014) SEMESTER 1 None MBEB 1106 MBEB 1103 None None None ELECTIVES
LS
MBEB 2101 Principles of Epidemiology and Epidemiological Research Design MBEB 2102 Cellular and Molecular Genetics MBEB 2103 General Pathology MBEB 2104 Techniques in Biomedical Science MBEB 2105 General Principles in Pharmacology and Toxicology MBEB 2401 Phlebotomy MFEB 2401 Microbial Infection MFEB 2402 Introductory Diagnostic Microbiology
None MBEB 1105 MBEB 1105
YEAR 2 (2013/2014)- SEMESTER 2 GTEE 1104 None Effective Presentation Skills MBEB 2106 MBEB 1101 Histology Techniques GTEE 1109/1100 English for Communication Programme for None MUET Band 3 GTEE 1111/1112/1113 English for Communication Programme for None MUET Band 4 and above MBEB 2107 None English for Biomedical Science MBEB 2108 MBEB 1106 Principles of Molecular Biology MBEB 1103 MBEB 2109 None Immunology ELECTIVES MEEB 2402 Medical Physiology MBEB 1102 MBEB 2403 Introduction to Diagnostic Virology MBEB 1105
149
2012-2013
SOFT SKILLS ELEMENT INDICATOR (KI) LL KK EM CS CT T S YEAR 3 (2014/2015) SEMESTER 1 None None None None ELECTIVES
LS
MBEB 3101 Principles and Practice of Management MBEB 3102 Clinical Chemistry MBEB 3103 Application in Clinical Chemistry MBEB 3104 Anatomic Pathology MBEB 3401 Research Methodology for Biomedical Science MFEB 3401 Advance Medical Virology MFEB 3402 Advance Diagnostic Virology MJEB 3401 Basic Course in Diagnostic Parasitology
None None MFEB 2403 MFEB 2404 MBEB 1109
YEAR 3 (2014/2015)- SEMESTER 2 MBEB 3105 Applications and Advances in Molecular None Biology MBEB 3106 None Ethics in Biomedical Science MBEB 3107 Critical Thinking and Communication for None Biomedical Science MEEB 3401 MEEB 1101 Advanced Medical Physiology MEEB 2401 MJEB 3402 Advanced Course in Diagnostic MJEB 3401 Parasitology YEAR 3 (2014/2015)- SEMESTER 3 MBEB 2180 Clinical Laboratory Posting None
150
2012-2013
SOFT SKILLS ELEMENT INDICATOR (KI) LL KK EM CS CT T S YEAR 4 (2015/2016) SEMESTER 1 None None Should have completed at least 65 credit hours ELECTIVES None
LS
MBEB 4101 Haematology MBEB 4102 Principles of Neuroscience MBEB 4180 Research Project in Biomedical Science
MBEB 4401 DNA Cloning Techniques
YEAR 4 (2015/2016)- SEMESTER 2 MBEB 4103 Current Topics in Biomedical Science None MBEB 4104 Quality Control and Laboratory None Management MBEB 4180 Should have Research Project in Biomedical Science completed at least 65 credit hours ELECTIVES MFEB 4401 MBEB 1105 Advanced Medical Microbiology MFEB 2401 MFEB 4402 MFEB 2402 OR Advanced Diagnostic Microbiology with approval of the course coordinator MDEB 4401 MBEB 2105 Advanced Medical Pharmacy CS- COMMUNICATION SKILLS CT- CRITICAL THINKING AND PROBLEM SOLVING SKILLS TS- TEAM WORK SKILLS LL- LIFE LONG LEARNING AND INFORMATION MANAGEMENT KK- ENTREPRENEURIAL SKILLS EM- PROFESSIONAL ETHICS AND MORAL LS- LEADERSHIP SKILLS
151
2012-2013
COURSE STRUCTURE YEAR 1 (2012/2013)
Semester 1 Course Code GXEX 1411 GXEX 1413 MBEB 1101 MBEB 1102 MBEB 1103 MBEB 1104 MBEB 1105
Course Name
Credits 2 2 3 3 3 2 3 16
Hubungan Etnik/Ethnic Relations* Pengenalan kepada Malaysia/Introduction to Malaysia**

Foundational Anatomy: Intermediate Course Introductory Human Physiology Cell Biology and Introductory Genetics Laboratory Mathematics and Statistics Essential Medical Microbiology Total credits
*Malaysian students only; **International students only

Semester 2 Course Code GXEX 1414 GXEX 1412 GTEE 11 GXEX 1401 MBEB 1106 MBEB 1107 MBEB 1108 MBEB 1109
Course Name Islamic and Asian Civilisation/ Tamadun Islam dan Tamadun Asia (TITAS) Basics of Entrepreneurship Enculturation/ Asas Pembudayaan Keusahawanan English for Communication Programme (ECP) Information Skills* Biochemistry Analytical Biochemistry Introductory Course in Biostatistics Basic Parasitology Total credits
Credits 2 2 3 1 3 1 2 2 16
Malaysian & International students

ECP Pathway course based on MUET Band score or an equivalent qualification.
152
2012-2013
YEAR 2 (2013/2014)
Semester 1 Course Code MBEB 2101 MBEB 2102 MBEB 2103 MBEB 2104 MBEB 2105 Credit s 1 3 3 3 3
Course Name Principles of Epidemiology and Epidemiological Research Design Cellular and Molecular Genetics General Pathology Techniques in Biomedical Science General Principles in Pharmacology and Toxicology Electives
MBEB 2401 MFEB 2401 MFEB 2402
Phlebotomy Microbial Infection Introductory Diagnostic Microbiology Total credits
3 2 3 16
Semester 2 Course Code GTEE 11
Course Name English for Communication Programme (ECP) Histological Techniques English for Biomedical Science Principles of Molecular Biology Immunology Electives
Credit s 3 3 4 3 3
MBEB 2106 MBEB 2107 MBEB 2108 MBEB 2109
MEEB 2402 MFEB 2403
Medical Physiology Introduction to Diagnostic Virology Total credits
3 3 19
ECP Pathway course based on MUET Band score or an equivalent qualification.
153
2012-2013
YEAR 3 (2014/2015)
Semester 1 Course Code Co-Curriculum Electives from Other Faculties MBEB 3101 MBEB 3102 MBEB 3103 MBEB 3104 Principles and Practice of Management Clinical Chemistry Application in Clinical Chemistry Anatomic Pathology Electives MBEB 3401 MFEB 3401 MFEB 3402 MJEB 3401 Research Methodology for Biomedical Science Advance Medical Virology Advance Diagnostic Virology Basic Course in Diagnostic Parasitology Total credits Semester 2 Course Code Co-Curriculum Electives from Other Faculties MBEB 3105 MBEB 3106 MBEB 3107 Applications and Advances in Molecular Biology Ethics in Biomedical Science Critical Thinking and Communication for Biomedical Science Electives MEEB 3401 MJEB 3402 Advanced Medical Physiology Advanced Course in Diagnostic Parasitology Total credits 3 3 17 Credit s 2 3 3 3 3 2 2 3 3 17 Credit s 2 3 2 2 2 3
Course Name
Course Name
154
2012-2013
Semester 3 Course Code MBEB 2180 Clinical Laboratory Posting Total credits Course Name Credits 5 5
YEAR 4 (2015/2016)
Semester 1 Course Code MBEB 4101 MBEB 4102 MBEB 4180 Haematology Principles of Neuroscience Research Project in Biomedical Science Electives MBEB 4401 DNA Cloning Techniques Total credits Semester 2 Course Code MBEB 4103 MBEB 4104 MBEB 4180 Current topics in Biomedical Science Quality Control and Laboratory Management Research Project in Biomedical Science Electives MFEB 4401 MFEB 4402 MDEB 4401 Advanced Medical Microbiology Advanced Diagnostic Microbiology Advanced Medical Pharmacology Total credits 2 3 3 15 Course Name Credit s 4 3 6 3 15 Credit s 3 3 6
Course Name
Note: i. Students are allowed a total of 16 credits per semester for the first year. ii. In the event of insufficient enrolment (less than 5 students), the Faculty reserves the right to not offer the course.
2012-2013
iii. Students must fulfill all pre-requisites before registering for a specific course. iv. All information is correct up to time of printing.
CLASS SCHEDULES
Class schedules are available online at the MyUM student portal (http://myum.um.edu.my) and through the Biomedical Science Programme Office, 2nd Floor, Block R, Department of Molecular Medicine, Faculty of Medicine, University of Malaya. Please check the website and Programme notice boards regularly for any announcements or changes in schedules.
MEDIUM OF INSTRUCTION
Medium of instruction for all subjects is English, unless otherwise stated.

Students are advised to be present at all teaching sessions at the scheduled times. Minimum attendance required for each course is 80%, with attendance taken for all scheduled classes. Be aware that students with less than 80% attendance will be barred from sitting the Final examination of the course (http://myum.um.edu.my).
COURSE ASSESSMENT AND GRADING CRITERIA

Students will be assessed at regular intervals to gauge whether they are able to apply knowledge, demonstrate understanding and show an acquisition of skills. Continuous assessment Regular feedback on progress is monitored via continuous assessments made throughout the duration of each course. This allows for sufficient opportunities for the student/department to take remedial action. Continuous assessment includes lab reports, quizzes, tests, short projects, and other types of assessment tools used by individual lecturers. Unless stated in the course outline, continuous assessment accounts for 40% of the total marks. Examinations Examinations are held at the end of each semester for each course. Unless stated in the course outline, final examination accounts for 60% of the total marks.
156
2012-2013
Grading scheme The examination assessment for the Bachelor Degree of Biomedical Science is based on the University Marking Scheme: Marks 80-100 75-79 70-74 65-69 60-64 55-59 50-54 45-49 40-44 35-39 00-34 Grade A AB+ B BC+ C CD+ D F Grade Point 4.0 3.7 3.3 3.0 2.7 2.3 2.0 1.7 1.3 1.0 0.0 Meaning Distinction Distinction Credit Credit Credit Pass Pass Fail * Fail Fail Fail
* Grade may be redeemed to a C. Application to redeem is permitted for only one (1) course for that particular semester.
157
2012-2013
ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS LOCAL STUDENTS
i) STPM Obtained a combination of at least 2 Grade B (NGMP 3.00) and 1 Grade C (NGMP 2.00) in the subjects: Mathematics, Chemistry, Biology, Physics and Additional Mathematics and; obtained at least a credit at SPM level in these 3 subjects: Biology, Physics & Chemistry.
(Grade B [CGPA 3.00] in the above subjects at STPM level can be accepted as a substitute for credit in SPM level in the same subjects.)
ii) Matriculation Level Obtained a combination of at least Grade B (NGMP 3.00) in 2 of the following subjects and Grade C (NGMP 2.00) in 1 of these subjects at Matriculation level: Mathematics/Mathematical Engineering, Chemistry/Chemical Engineering, Biology & Physics/Physical Engineering and; Obtained at least a credit at SPM level in these 3 subjects: Biology, Physics and Chemistry.
(Grade B [CGPA 3.00] in the above subjects at STPM level can be accepted as a substitute for credit in SPM level in the same subjects.)
iii) Diploma Level Possess an Advanced Certificate/Diploma in Medical Laboratory Technology with at least an overall score of 60% or at least a CGPA of 3.00 or pass STPM (which not within the same year) which fulfill these requirement: Obtained a combination of at least 2 Grade B (NGMP 3.00) and 1 Grade C (NGMP 2.00) in these subjects: Mathematics, Chemistry, Biology, Physics & Additional Mathematics and ; Obtained at least a credit at SPM level in these 3 subjects: Biology, Physics & Chemistry.
(Grade B [CGPA 3.00] in the above subjects at STPM level can be accepted as a substitute for credit in SPM level in the same subjects.) or;
Pass Matriculation (which not in the same year) which fulfill these requirement: Obtained a combination of at least Grade B (NGMP 3.00) in 2 of the following subjects and Grade C (NGMP 2.00) in one of these subjects at Matriculation level: Biology, Chemistry, Physics & Mathematics and; obtained at least a credit at SPM level in these 3 subjects: Biology, Physics & Chemistry.
(Grade B [CGPA 3.00] in the above subjects at Matriculation level can be accepted as a substitute for credit in SPM level in the same subjects.)
INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS
Possess an equivalent certificate recognised by the Malaysian government and endorsed by the University of Malaya Senate.
158
2012-2013
ENGLISH FOR COMMUNICATION PROGRAMME
In order to graduate, all students must complete 6 credit hours of English under the English for Communication Programme (ECP) offered by the Faculty of Language and Linguistics, University of Malaya. Registration for English courses is dependent on the MUET Band score, or an equivalent qualification.
MUET BAND 3
Students with MUET Band 3 must complete these two courses under Pathway 1 of the ECP: 1. GTEE 1109 Speaking Skills in English 2. GTEE 1110 Writing Skills in English
MUET BAND 4 AND ABOVE

Students with MUET Band 4/5/6 must complete two of the following three courses under Pathway 2 of the ECP: 1. GTEE 1111 Presentation Skills at the Workplace 2. GTEE 1112 Introduction to Critical Reading in English 3. GTEE 1113 Technical Writing
INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS
Students must complete two of the three Pathway 2 courses of the ECP: 1. GTEE 1111 Presentation Skills at the Workplace 2. GTEE 1112 Introduction to Critical Reading in English 3. GTEE 1113 Technical Writing
EXAMINATION RULES
Examination schedules shall be distributed to students in advance and students are required to be present at the exam hall at least 15 minutes before the examination starts. For late arrivals: students will not be allowed into the examination hall after 30 minutes of commencement of the examination. Students will not be allowed to leave the examination hall during the last 15 minutes. Mobile phones/other electronic devices: Students are prohibited from possessing any of these items during the examination. For more details on the University's General Examinations Instructions, students may refer to or contact the Examination Section of the Academic Division at the following address: Examination Section, Examination Building, University of Malaya 50603 Kuala Lumpur; Tel: +603-7967 3266/3450/3401/3585/7018; Fax: +603-7967 3581; Email: exam@um.edu.my
159
2012-2013
STUDENT AWARDS
Students who achieve a GPA of 3.7 and above in a semester, and adhering to the terms and conditions stipulated in the Handbook for Semester System, University of Malaya, will be recorded as Pass with Distinction for that semester and their names will be entered into Deans List. In addition to student awards conferred by the university, Biomedical Science students with outstanding academic results in the fields of Biomedical Science and who have noteworthy co-curricular contributions may also be eligible for various awards. Further details can be found at: http://myum.um.edu.my.
STUDENT RESPONSIBILITIES AND DRESS CODE

Students shall conduct themselves in a professional manner at all times. During class and working hours, students are to be attired according to the faculty dress code. Students must follow the Dress Etiquette: clearly display the Student Tag at all times; dress neatly and presentably; hair must be neatly combed or covered with a head scarf (tudung); and shoes must be worn at all times. Students are not allowed to wear sleeveless t-shirts; t-shirts with pictures and/or text that conflict with the constitutional beliefs of Malaysia; short pants; or provocative and indecent attire. Male students are not allowed to have hair exceeding shoulder length. Students who do not abide by these restrictions face disciplinary action, as stated under the UM Methods (Student Behaviour) 1999. For more details on rules & regulations of the University, student can contact the Student Affairs & Alumni Department at the following address: Student Affairs & Alumni Department, Level 2, Block E, Perdanasiswa Complex, and University of Malaya 50603 Kuala Lumpur; Tel: +603-7967 3201; Fax: +603-7957 2314; Email: hep@um.edu.my
MENTOR SYSTEM
Every student (mentee) registered with the Biomedical Science Programme will be assigned a mentor who is a full-time academic staff of the department. The mentor and mentee are required to meet for discussions at least once a semester whereupon the time of the meeting and the issues discussed will be noted. The mentors are responsible for advising the students on course selections and registrations and other academic matters, and may be the first point of contact should the student encounter problems during their time at the faculty.
APPLICATION TO APPEAL
Appeal to Continue with Programme of Study: In the event that a student has been terminated from the Biomedical Science Programme, the student may submit an appeal to continue with his studies. The appellant must submit his/her appeal to the Faculty Registrar who shall then obtain the recommendation of the Faculty and the Appeal Committee in relation to the appeal concerned. The recommendation of the Faculty and the Appeal Committee is then submitted to the Senate for approval.
2012-2013
Appeal for Extension of Period of Study: In the event that a student is facing expiry for period of study with the Biomedical Science Programme, an appeal for an extension of period of study may be submitted directly to the Dean of the Faculty of Medicine for comments and recommendation. Thereafter, the Faculty Registrar shall act to obtain the consideration and recommendation of the relevant Deputy Vice-Chancellor for the Senates approval. For details on Appeal for review of unofficial examination results and Appeal for review of official examination results, students can refer to the student portal: http://myum.um.edu.my
PLAGIARISM
Plagiarism is a serious offence. Plagiarism includes: a) The act of taking an idea, a piece of writing, artwork, data, or invention created by others and claiming that idea, writing, data or invention as ones own; or b) An attempt to highlight or feature an act in a way that suggests he or she is the original source or author of an idea, piece of writing, artwork, data or invention, when such an idea, piece of writing, artwork, data or invention was actually used without permission from the resources of others. For detailed information on this issue, please refer to Lampiran A Kaedah-Kaedah Universiti Malaya (Tatatertib Appendix A- Rules of the University of Malaya (Disiplin Pelajar) 1999, Kaedah 6 (pp17341735). Students) Act 1999, Rules (pp1734-1735).
IMPORTANT INFORMATION & WEBSITES
Student portal: http://myum.um.edu.my Faculty website: http://medicine.um.edu.my Online info centre: http://www.um.edu.my/index.php Admission requirements to the University of Malaya: Undergraduate Admissions for Local Student: Admission & Records Section, Examination Building, University of Malaya 50603 Kuala Lumpur, MALAYSIA: Tel: +603-7967 3279 / 3440 / 3441 / 3502: Fax: +603-7967 3449; Email: skr@um.edu.my
Undergraduate Admissions for International Students: International Student Centre (ISC), Level 1, Block D, Perdana Siswa Complex, University of Malaya, 50603 Kuala Lumpur, Tel: +603-7967 7711 Fax : +603 -7967 7710; Email: isc@um.edu.my
Additional facilities and services: http://www.um.edu.my
161
2012-2013
COURSE OUTLINE / INTRODUCTION YEAR 1 SEMESTER 1 (2012/2013)
MBEB 1101: Foundational Anatomy: Intermediate Course (3 credit hours)
Learning Outcomes
1. 2. 3. Identify and describe the microscopic structures of a cell, basic body tissues and organs, and state their functions. Describe the basic organisation of each organ system of the human body and state their functions. Describe the events that take place during pre-embryonic period, embryonic and foetal development.
Course Synopsis
Introduction to anatomy. The language of anatomy, structure of cell, tissues and membranes. Integumentary system, skeletal system, muscular system, nervous system, sensory system, endocrine system, blood, heart, blood vessels and circulatory pathways. Lymphatic system, respiratory system, digestive system, reproductive system and urinary system. The Pre-embryonic period, embryonic & fetal development.
Reference Text
1.
Appelgate EJ. (2006). The Anatomy and Physiology Learning System. WB Saunders Company, 3rd edition. Frank H. Netter (2010) Atlas of Human Anatomy: with Student Consult Access (Netter Basic Science). Saunders, 5th edition. Waugh A and Grant A. (2006). Ross and Wilson Anatomy and Physiology in Health and Illness. Churchill Livingstone, 10th edition. Cohen BJ and Wood DL. (2000) Memmiers Structure and Function of the Human Body. Lippincott, 7th edition.
Additional Texts/Reading Materials

1. 2. 3.
Course Coordinator
Dr. Wong Kah Hwi (03-79674729) wkahhui@um.edu.my
Course Assessment
Course will be assessed by Continuous Assessment (40%) and a Final Exam (60%)
162
2012-2013
MBEB 1102: Introductory Human Physiology (3 credit hours)
Learning Outcomes
1. 2. 3. Describe the concept of homeostasis and its relationship to diseases. Explain the integration of structures and the respective functions. Apply basic cell physiology mechanisms to pathophysiological situations.
Course Synopsis
This course introduces physiology of the cell, principles of homeostasis, musculoskeletal system, nervous system, cardiovascular system, haemodynamics and respiratory system. Reference Text 1. Widmaier E.P. (2011) Vanders Human Physiology: The Mechanisms of Body Functions. McGraw-Hill, New York; 12th edition. 2. Rosnah Ismail, Raji Subramanian, Lam Sau Kuen and Ruby Husain, eds, (2006) Learning Physiology Through Practicals. University of Malaya Press.
1. Costanzo L. S. (2006) Physiology. Saunders Elsevier, Philadephia; 3rd edition. 2. Sherwood L. (2010) Human Physiology. From Cells to Systems Thomson Brooks/Cole. Belmont 7th edition. 3. Raman A, Ruby H. dan Afandi M. (1995) Fisiologi Manusia, (Edisi Kedua), Penerbit Fajar Bakti, Kuala Lumpur
Course Coordinator
Dr. Hoe See Ziau (03-79674919) hoesz@um.edu.my
Course Assessment
163
2012-2013
MBEB 1103: Cell Biology and Introductory Genetics (3 credit hours)
Learning Outcomes
1. Describe the origin of life, structure and function of prokaryotes & eukaryotes. 2. Identify DNA components and function, replication, translation and transcription. 3. Describe the process of mitosis and meiosis.
Course Synopsis
This course is designed to extend student knowledge and understanding of cell origin and evolution, cellular components (organelles) and functions, detail process of mitosis and meiosis, nuclear function, chromosomes and genetics.
Reference Texts
1. 2. 1. 2. 3. Alberts B., et al. (2009) Essential Cell Biology. Garland Science Publishing, 5th edition. Snustad D. P. and Simmons M. J. (2011) Principles of Genetics. Wiley, 6th edition. Clark D. P. and Russell L. D. (2010) Molecular Biology Made Simple and Fun. Cache River Pr; 4th edition. Alberts B., et al. (2007) Molecular Biology of the Cell. Garland Science Publishing, 5th edition. Klug W. S., et al. (2009) Concepts of Genetics. Benjamin Cummings, 9th edition.
Course Coordinator
Dr. Suzita Mohd Noor (03-79674901) suzita@ummc.edu.my
Course Assessment
164
2012-2013
MBEB 1104: Laboratory Mathematics and Statistics (2 credit hours)
Learning Outcomes
1.
2.
Describe basic laboratory mathematics and statistics List the applications of laboratory mathematics and statistics
Course Synopsis
Instruction is provided on basic mathematics relevant to laboratory technology and sciences, including units and their prefixes, conversions between units of measurement, determinations of dilution and concentration, and calculation of molarity. Students are introduced to frequency distributions, the concept of measures of central tendency and of variations for normal distributions, the application of these measures in quality control, the predictive value theory, and reference range analysis. Simple statistical techniques for the comparison of performance of laboratory instrumentation and analytical methods are also covered.
Reference Text
1. Doucette, Lorraine J. (2010) Mathematics for the Clinical Laboratory. WB Saunders Company.
1. Joel R. Helms (2009) Mathematics for Health Sciences: A Comprehensive Approach. Nelson Education Ltd. 2. Wayne W. Daniel (2009) Biostatistics, Student Solutions Manual: A Foundation for Analysis in the Health Sciences (Wiley Series in Probability and Statistics). Wiley, 9th edition. 3. Dany Spencer Adams (2003) Lab Math: A Handbook of Measurements, Calculations, and Other Quantitative Skills for Use at the Bench. Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, New York, USA.
Course Coordinator
Dr. Nur Ain Salehen (03-79674902) nurain_36@um.edu.my
Course Assessment
165
2012-2013
MBEB 1105: Essential Medical Microbiology (3 credit hours)
Learning Outcomes
1. 2. 3. Describe pathogenic micro-organisms and their relationship to diseases. Identify pathogenic micro-organisms using specific laboratory techniques. Identify specific diagnostic tests for confirmation of pathogenic micro-organisms.
Course Synopsis
This course introduces the applications of microbiology in the laboratory diagnosis of pathogenic microorganisms: bacteria, fungi and viruses. Emphasis is given on the important key features of microorganisms, growth characteristics, virulent factors and laboratory identification.
Reference Text
1. Geo F. Brooks, Karen C. Carroll, Janet Butel, Stephen Morse (2007) Jawetz, Melnick, & Adelberg's Medical Microbiology. McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., 24th edition.
1. David Greenwood, Richard Slack, John Peutherer, Michael Barer (2007) Medical Microbiology. Churchill Livingston, 17th edition. 2. Richard Goering (2007) Mims' Medical Microbiology. Elsevier, 4th edition.
Course Coordinator
Professor Dr. Mary Anne Tan Jin Ai (03-79674903) maryanne@um.edu.my
Course Assessment
166
2012-2013
YEAR 1 SEMESTER 2 (2012/2013)

MBEB 1106: Biochemistry (3 credit hours)
Learning Outcomes
1. 2. 3. 4. Identify characteristics and reactions of biomolecules such as carbohydrates, lipids and proteins and enzymes. Describe the steps involved in the breakdown of macromolecules/ biomolecules by the cell to obtain energy. Describe the concept of integration of metabolism. Describe roles of the main tissues and organs in the body in metabolic regulation and homeostasis.
Course Synopsis
This course introduces and illustrates the cell structure and function and importance of various macromolecules such as nucleic acid, carbohydrate, lipid and protein as well as their derivatives. This course will also introduce basic bioenergertics and illustrate the metabolism of various molecules such as carbohydrate, lipid, protein and nucleic acid. This will be followed by discussions on energy yielding processes, integration of metabolism as well as regulation of hormones and second messengers.
Reference Text
1. Nelson DL and Cox MM.(2004) Lehninger Principles of Biochemistry WH Freeman, 2nd edition
1. Philip Kuchel, Simon Easterbrook-Smith, Vanessa Gysbers, and J. Mitchell Guss (2010) Schaum's Outline of Biochemistry (Schaum's Outline Series). McGraw-Hill, 3rd edition. 2. Berg.JM, Tymoczko JL, Stryer L. (2006) Biochemistry. W.H.Freeman. 6th edition. 3. Murray RK, Granner DK, Mayers PA and Rodwell VW (2006) Harpers Biochemistry McGraw-Hill Medical, 27th edition. 4. Voet D. (2005) Biochemistry. John Wiley & Sons. 3rd Rev edition.
Course Coordinator
Professor Dr. Umah Rani Kuppusamy (03-79674900) umah@um.edu.my
Course Assessment
167
2012-2013
MBEB 1107: Analytical Biochemistry (1 credit hour)
Learning Outcomes
1. 2. Describe the basic techniques in biochemical analysis. Analyse biochemical data.
Course Synopsis
Basic concepts on acid, base and buffer, simple calculations and several analytical techniques will be introduced.
Reference Text
1. David N. Livingstone (2010) A Practical Guide to Scientific Data Analysis. Wiley; 1st edition.

1. 2.
3. 4.
Berg.JM, Tymoczko JL, Stryer L. (2006) Biochemistry. W.H.Freeman, 6th edition. Murray RK, Granner DK, Mayers PA and Rodwell VW (2006) Harpers Biochemistry. McGraw-Hill Medical, 27th edition. Voet D. (2005) Biochemistry. John Wiley & Sons, 3rd rev edition. Nelson DL and Cox MM. (2004) Lehninger Principles of Biochemistry. WH Freeman, 2nd edition.
Course Coordinator
Course Assessment
168
2012-2013
MBEB 1108: Introductory Course in Biostatistics (2 credit hours)
Learning Outcomes
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Analysis the statistical methods commonly employed and present the data in Biomedical Science research. Perform the basics of descriptive statistics. Perform estimation and hypothesis testing. Perform the basic parametric statistical methods. Perform correlation and simple linear regression. Statistically analyse biomedical science data using appropriate methods.
Course Synopsis
This will cover basic statistical techniques that are important for analyzing data arising from biomedical science research. Major topics include descriptive analysis, elements of probability, introduction to estimation and hypothesis testing, analytical techniques for categorical and continuous data and regression analysis. The concept and applications of statistical methods are stressed. At the end of the module the student will acquire skills in their practical implementation and have an understanding of the underlying theory. Practical application exercises are used to illustrate and reinforce theoretical concepts.
Reference Text
1. Wayne W. Daniel (2009) Biostatistics, Student Solutions Manual: A Foundation for Analysis in the Health Sciences (Wiley Series in Probability and Statistics). Wiley, 9th edition.
1. Norman, Geoffrey Norman, and David Streiner (2008) Biostatistics: The Bare Essentials 3/e (with SPSS). BC Decker Inc, 3rd edition. 2. Glantz SA. (2005) Primers of Biostatistics. McGraw Hill Medical, 6th edition. 3. David M. Lane HyperStat Online Statistics Textbook:@1993-2007): http://davidmlane.com/hyperstat/
Course Coordinator
Dr. Claire Choo Wan Yuen claire@um.edu.my
Course Assessment
169
2012-2013
MBEB 1109: Basic Parasitology (2 credit hours)
Learning Outcomes
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Describe fundamental concepts of Parasitology. Identify major groups of endo- and ecto-parasites of man. Describe the control of parasites and vectors. Explain the morphologies, life cycles and modes of transmission of selected parasites Describe the pathogenesis of selected parasite related diseases. Identify arthropods and their significance as vectors of disease.
Course Synopsis
This course introduces the terminology and classification. Protozoology. Helminthology. Arthropods. Poisonous and venomous animals.
Reference Text
1. Larry Roberts and Jr. John Janovy (2008) Foundations of Parasitology. McGraw-Hill Science/ Engineering/Math, 8th edition.
1. Gerald D. Schmidt & Larry, (2000). S. Roberts Foundations of Parasitology. McGraw-Hill International Editions, 6th edition. 2. Jack Chernin (2000). Parasitology. Taylor & Francis Inc., New York, USA.
Course Coordinator
Professor Dr. Jamaiah Ibrahim (03-79674752) jamaiahibrahim@um.edu.my
Course Assessment
170
2012-2013
MBEB 2101: Principles of Epidemiology and Epidemiological Research Design (1 credit hour)
Learning Outcomes
1. 2. 3. Define basic concepts of epidemiology. Recognise the applications of epidemiology in the field of biomedical sciences. Demonstrate the study designs used in epidemiological research.
Course Synopsis
Basic concepts of epidemiology, patterns of diseases and transmission of disease. Measurement of disease and health. Morbidity and mortality rates and ratios. Principles of screening, prevention and control, surveillance of diseases. Purpose of different epidemiological studies and their designs.
Reference Text
1. Robert Friis and Thomas Sellers (2008) Epidemiology for Public Health Practice. Jones & Bartlett Publishers, 4th edition.
1. Gordis D. (2004). Epidemiology, 3rd edition. W. B. Saunders Company. 2. Chin A. (2000) Control of Communicable Diseases Manual. APHA. Washington, 17th edition.
Course Coordinators
Dr. NurAin Salehen (03-79674902) nurain_36@um.edu.my Helen Tee Guat Hiong (016-2776028) ghiong88@yahoo.com
Course Assessment
171
2012-2013
MBEB 2102: Cellular and Molecular Genetics (3 credit hours)
Learning Outcomes
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Describe the nature, organization and specific characteristics of human chromosomes in the human genome. Identify the salient features of the human genome. Differentiate the mechanisms underlying gene replication, rearrangement and mutation in prokaryotic and eukaryotic cells. Describe in detail the mechanism of gene expression. Interpret the steps in cell cycle control and DNA damage and correlate their misregulation with the development of cancer.
Course Synopsis
Current knowledge of chromosomal and molecular basis of inheritance will be explored. Specific examples to illustrate processes will include cell division, replication, gene expression and the dynamics of the genome. The course will also allow the students to identify the key mechanism underlying cell cycle control and apply this knowledge to cancer development.
Reference Text
1. Tom Strachan and Andrew Read (2010) Human Molecular Genetics. Garland Science Publishing, 4th edition.
1. Bruce Alberts, Alexander Johnson, Julian Lewis, Martin Raff, Keith Roberts, Peter Walter (2007) Molecular Biology of the Cell. Garland Science Publishing, 5th edition. 2. James D. Watson, Tania A. Baker, Stephen P. Bell, Alexander Gann, Michael Levine and Richard Losick (2007) Molecular Biology of the Gene, Benjamin Cummings Publishing, 6th edition. 3. Benjamin Lewin (2007) Genes IX. Jones & Bartlett Publishers; 9th edition. 4. Phil Turner, Alexander McLennan (2005) Instant Notes in Molecular Biology. Taylor & Francis; 3th edition.
Course Coordinator
Dr. Azlina Ahmad Annuar (03-79674948) azlina_aa@um.edu.my
Course Assessment
172
2012-2013
MBEB 2103: General Pathology (3 credit hours)
Learning Outcomes
1. 2. 3. Demonstrate understanding of basic facts, concepts and theories in the field of pathology. Describe characteristic morphological features of common pathological conditions. Recognize pathological changes at macroscopic and microscopic levels.
Course Synopsis
This course covers basic pathological processes including (1) Cellular responses to injury; (2) Inflammation, healing and repair; (3) Disorders of body fluids, homeostasis and blood flow; (4) Nutritional disorders; (5) Metabolic disorders; (6) Disorders of growth; (7) Neoplasia; (8) Disorders of the immune system. Relevant structural changes associated with respective pathological conditions, demonstrable at light microscopy level, will form an essential component of this course.
Reference Text
1. Edward C. Klatt and Vinay Kumar (2009) Robbins and Cotran Review of Pathology (Robbins & Cotran Review of Pathology). Saunders, 3rd edition.
1. Sunil R Lakhani, Susan A Dilly, and Caroline J Finalyson (2009) Basic Patholgy. Oxford University Press, USA, 4th edition. 2. Vinay Kumar, Abul K. Abbas, Nelson Fausto, and Richard Mitchell (2007) Robbins Basic Pathology. W.B. Saunders/Elsevier, 8th edition. 3. Richard Mitchell, Vinay Kumar, Nelson Fausto & Abul Abbas (2006) Robbins and Cotran Pathologic Basis of Disease. Elsevier, 7th edition.
Course Coordinator
Dr. Patricia Ann Chandran (03-79494906) patricia@um.edu.my
Course Assessment
173
2012-2013
MBEB 2104: Techniques in Biomedical Science (3 credit hours)
Learning Outcomes
1. Describe basic techniques in biomedical science. 2. Recognize equipments used in biomedical science. 3. Apply simple biomedical science techniques.
Course Synopsis
This course covers the scientific principles on which common biomedical science techniques are based. The techniques include spectrophotometry, chromatography, histological techniques, molecular techniques, and immunoassays. Practical classes provide hands-on experience on the use of selective techniques and demonstrate the principles underlying these techniques.
Reference Text
1. Pitt, S. J. & Cunningham, J. (2009) An Introduction to Biomedical Science in Professoressional and Clinical Practice. Wiley Blackwell, 1st edition.
1. Skoog, D. A., West, D. M., Holler, F. J. & Crouch, S. R. (2004) Fundamentals of Analytical Chemistry. 8th edition. Canada: Thomson Brooks/Cole. 2. Christian, G. D. (2003) Analytical Chemistry. 6th edition. Wiley.
Course Coordinator
Dr. Anwar Norazit (03-79676649) anwar.norazit@um.edu.my
Course Assessment
174
2012-2013
MBEB 2105: General Principles in Pharmacology and Toxicology (3 credit hours)
Learning Outcomes
1. 2. 3. Describe concept of pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics. Describe how drugs affect the parasympathetic & the sympathetic nervous systems, their pharmacological actions, possible adverse effects and the basis for their therapeutic uses. Describe and understand the principles of toxicology; tissue responses to toxicants; general and specific mechanisms of actions of toxic substances; metallic and non-metallic toxicants, and evaluation of toxicity.
Course Synopsis
This course focuses on the: General principles of pharmacokinetics & pharmacodynamics; Pharmacological basis for the use of drugs (affecting the parasympathomimetic, sympathomimetic and neuromuscular systems) in diseases and other conditions; Factors affecting drug response. iv) General principles of toxicology; Various clinical manifestations to different toxic compounds; General mechanisms of toxicity; The toxic actions of metals & non-metals and Evaluation of toxicity.
Reference Text
1. Bertram G. Katzung, Susan B. Masters, Anthony J. Trevor (2009) Basic & Clinical Pharmacology. McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. 11th edition.
1.

2.
Humphrey P. Rang, Maureen M. Dale, James M. Ritter, and Rod Flower (2007) Rang, Dale, Ritter & Flower, Rang and Dales Pharmacology. 6th edition. Casarelte & Doulls Toxicology (2001) The Basic Science of Poisons. 4th Edition, Pergamm Press.
Course Coordinator
Dr. Dharmani Devi A/P Murugan (03-79677566) dharmani@um.edu.my
Course Assessment
175
2012-2013
MBEB 2401: Phlebotomy (3 credit hours)
Learning Outcomes
Upon completion of the Phlebotomy Course, students will be able to: 1. Describe the tasks required for entry-level phlebotomists. 2. Properly handle and label specimens. 3. Follow safety and control procedures. 4. Apply scientific techniques and methods when learning new techniques and procedures.
Course Synopsis
The student will be introduced to basic theories and practice of phlebotomy. The student will learn anatomy and physiology appropriate to drawing a blood specimen, and the requirements and procedures involved with specimen collection, including of other bodily fluids. The student will also appreciate the need for Professoressionalism and communication when interacting with patients and donors.
Reference Text
1. McCall, R.E. (2011) Phlebotomy Essentials. Lippincott Williams & Wilkins; 5th edition
Additional Reading
1. Netter, F.H. (2010) Atlas of Human Anatomy: with Student Consult Access (Netter Basic Science). Saunders; 5th edition. 2. Applegate, E. (2010) The Anatomy and Physiology Learning System - Text and Study Guide Package. Saunders; 4th edition. 3. Hoffbrand, V. (2011) Essential Haematology. Wiley-Blackwell; 6th edition. 4. Strasinger, S. (2008) Urinalysis and Body Fluids. F.A. Davis Company; 5th edition
Course Coordinator
Dr. Suzita Mohd Noor (03-79674901) suzita@um.edu.my
Course Assessment
176
2012-2013
MFEB 2401: Microbial Infection (2 credit hours)
Learning Outcomes
1. 2. Describe the fundamentals in clinical microbiology. Outline information on clinical manifestation, diagnosis, treatment and prevention of microbial infections.
Course Synopsis
The course will cover various aspects of bacteriology, mycology and virology, with respect to: general characterization of microbes, method of identification; diseases, epidemiology, pathogenesis, management, outbreak investigation and preventive measures of microbial infections.
Reference Text
1. Geo. Brooks, Karen C. Carroll, Janet Butel, and Stephen Morse (2010) Jawetz, Melnick, & Adelberg's Medical Microbiology (LANGE Basic Science). McGraw-Hill Medical, 25th edition.

1.
Paul G. Engelkirk and Janet Duben-Engelkirk (2007) Laboratory Diagnosis of Infectious Diseases: Essentials of Diagnostic Microbiology. Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, 1st edition.
Course Coordinator
Associate Professor Dr. Tay Sun Tee tayst@um.edu.my
Course Assessment
177
2012-2013
MFEB 2402: Introductory Diagnostic Microbiology (3 credit hours)
Learning Outcomes
1. 2. Understand and describe the basic principles of diagnostic medical microbiology Describe and perform the basic tests and procedures relating to diagnostic medical microbiology
Course Synopsis
This course will cover various aspects of medical microbiology: diagnostic microbiology, bacterial media preparation, sterilization and disinfection facilities, general bacteriology, hospital acquired infection, respiratory infection and tuberculosis, anaerobic infection and sexually transmitted diseases
Reference Text
1.

2. 3.
Paul G. Engelkirk and Janet Duben-Engelkirk (2007) Laboratory Diagnosis of Infectious Diseases: Essentials of Diagnostic Microbiology. Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, 1st edition. Morag C. Timbury, A. Christine McCartney, Bishan Thakker, and Katherine N (2002) Ward Notes on Medical Microbiology. Churchill Livingstone. Medical Microbiology SOP book provided by the laboratory manager.
Course Coordinator
Dr. Maria Kahar Bador (0379492581) mariakb@um.edu.my
Course Assessment
178
2012-2013

MBEB 2106: Histological Techniques (3 credit hours)
Learning Outcomes
1. 2. 3. Understand the principles underlying basic histological techniques. Perform practical training in basic histological techniques. Select suitable method for the staining of particular tissue sections.
Course Synopsis
This course introduces the basic principles underlying the processes involved in (1) the preparation of histological sections and (2) staining of tissue sections to demonstrate the normal histology of epithelial and connective tissues. Students are given elementary practical instruction on the processing of tissue specimens and preparation of stained histological sections.
Reference Text
1. J. A. Kiernan ( 2008) Histological and Histochemical Methods: Theory and Practice. Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, 4th edition.

1. 2.
John D. Bancroft and Marilyn Gamble (2007) Theory and Practice of Histological Techniques. Churchill Livingstone, 6th edition. Practical handbook prepared by the Department of Molecular Medicine.
Course Coordinator
Professor Dr. Mahmood Ameen Abdulla (03-79676604) ammeen@um.edu.my
Course Assessment
179
2012-2013
MBEB 2107: English for Biomedical Science (4 credit hours)
Learning Outcomes
1. 2. 3. Communicate in intelligible English in academic and social situations i.e. presentations, group discussions, forums Write a paper on a researched topic for class presentation applying public speaking skills Make inferences when reading academic texts in English and guess the meaning of unfamiliar words from recognizing word parts
Course Synopsis
This course aims to teach students basic grammar and communication skills to enable them to interact in academic and social situations. Students learn reading skills such as scanning, inferencing and guessing the meaning of unfamiliar words from recognizing word parts. They are taught writing skills and are required to submit a written paper on a researched topic for subsequent class presentation applying public speaking skills.
Reference Text
Lorraine Beitler and Barbara McDonald. Instrumental English: English for the Medical Professoressions. McGraw-Hill Education.
New Scientist science & technology news magazine (http://www.newscientist.com/)
Course Coordinator
Dr.Cecilia Tong Siu Ming ceciliatng2@gmail.com
Course Assessment
180
2012-2013
MBEB 2108: Principles of Molecular Biology (3 credit hours)
Learning Outcomes
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Describe the basic steps in generation of recombinant molecules Interpret experimental data to draw sound conclusions Perform basic laboratory calculations and experimental procedures to investigate gene structure and function. Identify and culture micro-organisms using specific laboratory techniques. Use of laboratory techniques to culture microorganism.
Course Synopsis
This course addresses developments that have led to the New Genetics. Focus will be placed on terminology, tools and techniques that are essential in the study and creation of recombinant molecules and organisms with emphasis on biomedical applications. Components linked to occupational safety and health will also be covered. Practical and basic techniques ranging from plasmid preparations to PCR will be covered.
Reference Text
1. Joseph Sambrook (2006). The Condensed Protocols from Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, New York, USA.
1.

2. 3.
David Micklos, Greg A. Freyer (2003) DNA Science: A First Course. Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, New York, USA; 2nd edition. Sandy B. Primrose, Richard M. Twyman (2002) Principles of Gene Manipulation. Wiley-Blackwell; 6th edition. Frederick M. Ausubel, Roger Brent (2002) Short Protocols in Molecular Biology. Current Protocols.
Course Coordinator
Associate Professor Dr. Chua Kek Heng (03-79676607) khchua@um.edu.my
Course Assessment
181
2012-2013
MBEB 2109: Immunology (3 credit hours)
Learning Outcomes
1. Differentiate different types of immune responses. 2. Recognize different types of immunological techniques. 3. Select suitable tests for immunological diagnosis.
Course Synopsis
The course provides an introduction to the human immune system and the basic principles in immunology. Topics covered include the structure and functions of the immune system, the innate and acquired immune responses, the humoral and cell-mediated immune responses, cells of the immune system, immunoglobulins, and complements.
Reference Text
1. Paul WE. (2008). Fundamental Immunology. Wolters Kluwer/Lippincott Williams & Wilkins.
1. Abbas AK. (2007). Cellular and Molecular Immunology. Saunders Elsevier. 2. Roitt IM. (2006) Essential Immunology. Blackwell Scientific Publications, 11th edition. 3. Rao. CV. (2006). Immunology. Alpha Science.
Course Coordinator
Associate Professor Dr. Chua Kek Heng (03-79676607) khchua@um.edu.my
Course Assessment
182
2012-2013
MEEB 2402: Medical Physiology (3 credit hours)
Learning Outcomes
1. 2. Explain basic concepts in Physiology as applied to organ systems. Integrate physiological structures/functions as applied to organ systems.
Course Synopsis
This course covers gastrointestinal tract, renal system, body fluids, acid base equilibrium, endocrine system and reproductive system.
Reference Texts
1. Widmaier E.P. (2011) Vanders Human Physiology: The Mechanisms of Body Functions. McGraw-Hill, New York; 12th edition.Rosnah Ismail, Raji Subramanian, Lam Sau Kuen and Ruby Husain, eds, (2006) Learning Physiology Through Practicals. University of Malaya Press. 1. Costanzo L. S. (2006) Physiology. Saunders Elsevier, Philadephia; 3rd edition. 2. Sherwood L. (2010) Human Physiology. From Cells to Systems Thomson Brooks/Cole. Belmont 7th edition. 3. Sircar S. (2008) Principles of Medical Physiology. Thieme, New York. 4. Raman A, Ruby H. dan Afandi M. (1995) Fisiologi Manusia, (Edisi Kedua), Penerbit Fajar Bakti, Kuala Lumpur
Course Coordinator
Dr. Hoe See Ziau (03-79674919) hoesz@um.edu.my
Course Assessment
183
2012-2013
MFEB 2403: Introductory Diagnostic Virology (3 credit hours)
Learning Outcomes
1. 2. 3. Explain the basic principles of diagnotic virology, microbiology and serology. Apply routine techniques and procedures used in the diagnostic laboratories. Explain the routine techniques and procedures used in the diagnostic laboratories.
Course Synopsis
Laboratory training and discussion covers the following subjects: General virology methods, laboratory diagnosis of arboviruses, hepatitis virus, AIDS, fungal infections and general serology methods.
Reference Text
1. B.W.J. Mahy and Marc H.V. van Regenmortel (2008) Encyclopedia of Virology. Academic Press, 3rd edition.
1. 2.
Kayie PM, Howley PM (2007). Fields Virology. Lippincot Wiliams Wilkins, 5th edition. U. Desselberger (1995) Medical Virology: A Practical Approach (The Practical Approach Series). Oxford University Press, USA, 1st edition.
Course Coordinator
Dr. Chan Yoke Fun (03-79676677) chanyf@um.edu.my
Course Assessment
184
2012-2013

MBEB 3101: Principles and Practice of Management (2 credit hours)
Learning Outcomes
1. 2. 3. Apply selected aspects of management theories and practices Relate to the reality of organization life at work Demonstrate soft skills needed in the work place
Course Synopsis
Students will be thought about the Organisation, Basic Management Processes, Human Resource Management and Financial Management.
Reference Texts
Journals or reading materials relevant to the syllabus.
Course Coordinators
Dr. NurAin Salehan (03-79674902) nurain_36@um.edu.my Mr. Saravana Kumar Kuppusamy (012-3056510) saravana.kuppusamy@gmail.com
Course Assessment
185
2012-2013
MBEB 3102: Clinical Chemistry (2 credit hours)
Learning Outcomes
1. 2. Identify fundamental Biochemical effects of metabolic disease. Describe the disorders and the clinical laboratory investigations of major organ systems.
Course Synopsis
This course shall emphasis on the nutritional aspects of Biochemistry and Clinical Chemistry and the importance of laboratory evaluation. Fundamentals of Biochemistry relevant to the effects of metabolic disease will be discussed.
Reference Text
1. Michael L Bishop, Edward P Fody, and Larry E Schoeff (2009) Clinical Chemistry, North American Edition: Techniques, Principles, Correlations (Bishop, Clinical Chemistry). Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, 6th edition.
1. 2. 3.
4.
Wu A.(2006) Tietz Clinical Guide to Laboratory tests Saunders, 4th edition. Burtis CA, Ashwood ER, Bruns DE (2005) Tietz Textbook of Clinical Diagnostics Saunders, 4th edition. Bishop ML, Fody EP, Schoef LE (2004) Clinical Chemistry: Principles, Procedures, Correlations. Lippincott Williams & Wilkins. Strasinger SK and Di Lorenzo MS (2001).Urinalysis and Body Fluids FA Davis Company, 4th edition.
Course Coordinator
Dr. Rozaida Poh Yuen Ying (03-79676650) rozaiday@um.edu.my
Course Assessment
186
2012-2013
MBEB 3103: Applications in Clinical Chemistry (2 credit hours)
Learning Outcomes
1. 2. 3. Interpret laboratory test results. Identify techniques and methods for laboratory and equipment evaluation. Apply the principles and techniques in organisation and laboratory management.
Course Synopsis
This course will provide practical exposure for selection and evaluation of methods and laboratory equipment as well as emphasize on the principles of organization and laboratory management- Quality control, work flow, information management, cost management and resource management. This course will also introduce suitable laboratory assessment methods for the clinical diagnosis of several pathological conditions. Reference Text 1. McPherson R.A. and Pincus M.R.(2006) Henrys Clinical Diagnosis and Management by Laboratory Methods. Saunders, 21st edition.

1. 2. 3.
Harmening D.M. (2006) Laboratory Management: Principles and Processes D.H. Pub & Consulting, 2nd edition. Wu A. (2006) Tietz Clinical Guide to Laboratory tests. Saunders, 4th edition. Burtis C.A. Ashwood E.R. Bruns D.E. (2005) Tietz Textbook of Clinical Chemistry and Molecular Diagnostics Saunders.
Course Coordinator
Course Assessment
187
2012-2013
MBEB 3104: Anatomic Pathology (3 credit hours)
Learning Outcomes
1. 2. 3. Demonstrate understanding of basic principles of a broad spectrum of techniques employed in Anatomic Pathology. Produce consistent staining slides for diagnosis. Evaluate new technologies implement by department.
Course Synopsis
Students will be thought the scientific basis of standard tissue processing methods and staining techniques and the common artifacts encountered due to inappropriate handling of tissues and tissue sections. Practical sessions provide hands-on experience as well as allow the study of the effects of improper tissue handling and processing; Special stains techniques; Immunohistochemistry, In situ hybridization, microwave technology, morphometery and Computerized Image Analysis. Electron Microscopy; Special Post-mortem Techniques; Application of new technologies in Anatomic Pathology.
Reference Text
1. Edward C. Klatt and Vinay Kumar (2009) Robbins and Cotran Review of Pathology (Robbins & Cotran Review of Pathology). Saunders, 3rd edition.

1. 2.
Sunil R Lakhani, Susan A Dilly, and Caroline J Finalyson (2009) Basic Pathology. Oxford University Press, USA, 4th edition. Robert B Tallitsch PhD and Ron Guastaferri BA MAMS (2008) Histology: An Identification Manual: With Student Consult Online Access. Mosby; 1 Pap/Psc edition.
Course Coordinator
Dr. Ong Kien Chai (03-79676614) kcong@um.edu.my
Course Assessment
188
2012-2013
MBEB 3401: Research Methodology for Biomedical Science (2 credit hours)
Learning Outcomes
Upon completion of the Essential Research Methodology Course, students will be able to: 1. Describe the ethics of biomedical science research. 2. Write a comprehensive literature review with appropriate referencing. 3. Analyse and present quantitative and qualitative data.
Course Synopsis
The student will be introduced to the world of biomedical science research and the various tools available to analyse and present the data obtained in a systematic and Professoressional manner. The student will learn the use of reference, document, presentation, and statistical software in biomedical science research.
Reference Text
1. Holmes, D., Moody, P. & Dine, D. (2006). Research Methods for the Biosciences. Oxford Press, 1st edition.
1. Kumar, R. (2011). Research Methodology: A Step-by-Step Guide for Beginners. SAGE Publications, 3rd edition
Course Coordinator
Dr. Anwar Norazit (03-79676649) anwar.norazit@um.edu.my
Course Assessment
Course will be assessed by Continuous Assessment (100%). No final exam.
189
2012-2013
MFEB 3401: Advanced Medical Virology (2 credit hours)
Learning Outcomes
1. 2. 3. List the basic features of common pathogenic human viruses Recall how viruses replicate and transmitted to human. List the concept for treatment, prevention and control of virus infection.
Course Synopsis
The course consists of lectures which cover the following topics: Classification, structure, and replication of viruses; Pathogenesis of viral infection; Host defenses against viral infection; Interventions and Chemotherapy; Viral oncogenicity; Emerging viral diseases; Viral vaccines.
Reference Text
1. B.W.J. Mahy and Marc H.V. van Regenmortel (2008) Encyclopedia of Virology. Academic Press, 3rd edition.

1. 2.
Ryan, K.J. and Ray C.G. (2003) Sherris Medical Microbiology: An Introduction to Infectious Diseases. McGraw-Hill Medical, 4th edition. Fieldset B.N., Knipe, D.M. and Howley, P.M. eds. (1996). Fundamental Virology. Lippincott-Raven Publishers, 3rd edition.
Course Coordinator
Dr. Chan Yoke Fun (03-79676677) chanyf@um.edu.my
Course Assessment
190
2012-2013
MFEB 3402: Advanced Diagnostic Virology (3 credit hours)
Learning Outcomes
1. 2. 3. Identify pathogenic viruses using specific laboratory techniques. Select suitable laboratory tests for the diagnosis of pathogenic viruses. Interpret laboratory results for the diagnosis of pathogenic viruses.
Course Synopsis
The course consists of laboratory postings to specific microbiology diagnostic units, i.e. General Virology & Serology, Hepatitis/HIV, and Molecular Diagnostics. Emphasis will be placed on laboratory diagnostic methods, and their relevance to clinical practice.
Reference Text
1. Paul G. Engelkirk and Janet Duben-Engelkirk (2007) Laboratory Diagnosis of Infectious Diseases: Essentials of Diagnostic Microbiology. Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, 1st edition.
Additional Reading
Course Coordinator
Dr. Chang Li Yen (03-79675761) changliyen@um.edu.my
Course Assessment
191
2012-2013
MJEB 3401: Basic Course in Diagnostic Parasitology (3 credit hours)
Learning Outcomes
1. 2. 3. Explain the basic concepts and principles of diagnostic Parasitology Describe the basic methods in the diagnosis of parasites in both faeces and blood. Identify the challenges (sensitivity and specificity) faced by the respective diagnostic method for each parasite introduced and to compare with the available conventional diagnostic tools.
Course Synopsis
The course covers various basic aspects of diagnostic techniques of protozoa and helminths. Faecal examination includes direct smear, concentration techniques, egg count, faecal culture and staining methods. Blood examination includes staining and serological diagnosis
Reference Text
1. Vjayamma Thomas, Parasitologi Perubatan. Dewan Bahasa san Pustaka, Malaysia, 1983
1. Brown H.W and Neva (1994). Basic Clinical Parasitology. Appleton-century-Crofts, New York, USA. 6th edition 2. Gerald D. Schmidt & Larry, S. (2000) Roberts Foundation of Parasitology. Mc Graw-Hill International Editions, 6th edition. 3. Beaver P.C. and Jung R.C. (1986) Animal Agents and Vectors of Human Diseases. Lea & Febiger Philadelphia. 5th edition. 4. Goldsmith R. and Heyneman D. (1989) Tropical Medicine and Parasitology. Prenticehall International Edition. 5. Beaver, Jung & Cupp (1984). Clinical Parasitology. Lea & Febiger, Philadephia. 9th edition.
Course Coordinator
Professor Dr. Jamaiah Ibrahim (0379674752) jamaiahibrahim@um.edu.my
Course Assessment
192
2012-2013

MBEB 3105: Applications and Advances in Molecular Biology (3 credit hours)
Learning Outcomes
1. 2. Evaluate the various applications of molecular biology at a more advanced level. Appraise the current applications/research programmes in specialized aspects of biological and medical interest.
Course Synopsis
This course expands the students current knowledge of molecular biology and genetics, and addresses the applications of this knowledge in the actual laboratory. The student will be expected to integrate their theoretical knowledge with a more practical approach to biological problems. The course also allows the student to interact with researchers and discuss perspectives of biomedical research.
Reference Text
1. Tom Strachan and Andrew Read (2010) Human Molecular Genetics. Garland Science Publishing, 4th edition.

1. 2. 3.
Bruce Alberts, Alexander Johnson, Julian Lewis, Martin Raff, Keith Roberts, Peter Walter (2007) Molecular Biology of the Cell. Garland Science Publishing, 5th edition. James D. Watson, Tania A. Baker, Stephen P. Bell, Alexander Gann, Michael Levine and Richard Losick (2007) Molecular Biology of the Gene, Benjamin Cummings Publishing, 6th edition. Peter Turnpenny and Sian Ellard (2007) Emery's Elements of Medical Genetics: With Student CONSULT Online Access. Churchill Livingstone, 13th edition.
Course Coordinator
Course Assessment
193
2012-2013
MBEB 3106 Ethics in Biomedical Science (3 credit hours)
Learning Outcomes
1. 2. 3. 4. Identify the basic ethical principles underpinning biomedical research Elaborate on these basic ethical principles Identify ethical issues inherent in the conduct of biomedical research, scientific publications, clinical trials and other related developments. Address ethical issues inherent in the conduct of biomedical research, scientific publications, clinical trails and other related developments.
Course Synopsis
This course is designed to give an overview of ethical principles and the application of ethics in Biomedical Science. The course will cover aspects of the philosophy behind ethics as well as the rules of Professoressional conduct. This will include the study of ethics in the context of scientific research. The student will also have the opportunity to analyse and debate the ethical concerns of eugnenics, stem cell research, cloning, assisted reproductive technology, genetic screening, plagiarism and intellectual property.
Reference Text
1.
DRJ Macer (2006) A Cross-cultural Introduction to Bioethics. Eubios Ethics Institute. Tom L. Beauchamp and James F. Childress (2008) Principles of Biomedical Ethics (Principles of Biomedical Ethics (Beauchamp)). Oxford University Press, USA, 6th edition. Newspaper articles, current scientific papers.

1. 2.
Course Coordinator
To Be Announced.
Course Assessment
194
2012-2013
MBEB 3107: Critical Thinking and Communication for Biomedical Science (3 credit hours)
Learning Outcomes
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Evaluate the strengths and relevance of arguments on a particular question or issue or problem. Clarify an idea/problem of a specific situation. Carefully interpret evidence, statements, graphics, questions etc. Construct well-reasoned and supported arguments. Determine whether certain conclusions or consequences are supported by the information provided. Justify conclusions based on well-supported arguments. Discriminate among degrees of credibility, accuracy, and reliability of inferences drawn from given data. Solve problem by using critical thinking components in the mini project.
Course Synopsis
This course allows students to gain skills in critical thinking and communication aspects which is cover the following topics: Clarification & Interpretation of Ideas; Analyzing and Evaluating Arguments; Reasoning; Identifying Persuasive Language; Detecting Fallacies; Judgment and Decision Making; Problem Solving; Communication skills.
Reference Texts
1. Linda Elder and Richard W. Paul (2010) 25 Days to Better Thinking & Better Living. Prentice Hall, 1st edition. LearningExpress Editors (2004) Critical Thinking (Skill Builders). LearningExpress, LLC, 1st edition. Richard W. Paul and Linda Elder (2002) Critical Thinking: Tools for Taking Charge of Your Professoressional and Personal Life FT Press.

1. 2.
Course Coordinator
To Be Announced
Course Assessment
195
2012-2013
MEEB 3401: Advanced Medical Physiology (3 credit hours)
Learning Outcomes
1. 2. 3. 4. Apply knowledge of physiology and its functions in a mini research project. Plan the mini research project. Conduct the mini research project. Identify presentation techniques and data analysis.
Course Synopsis
Current information and research regarding: hearing and balance, vision, neuropeptides, pain, movement, physiological exercise, control of blood pressure/volume, hormone receptors, mechanism behind the physiology of continuous ions, EEG, neurotransmission and endocrine functions, high altitude and fall physiology.
Reference Text
1. Sherwood L. (2010) Human Physiology. From Cells to Systems Thomson Brooks/Cole. Belmont 7th edition.

1. 2.
Costanzo L. S. (2007) Physiology. Lippincott & Williams, Philadephia;.Magazine articles from the lecturers, 4th edition. Vander A., Sherman J. & Luciano D. (2001) Human Physiology (Eighth edition) McGraw Hill.
Course Coordinator
Associate Professor Dr. Kim Kah Hwi (03-79674923) kimkh@um.edu.my
Course Assessment
196
2012-2013
MJEB 3402: Advanced Course in Diagnostic Parasitology (3 credit hours)
Learning Outcomes
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Identify strategies in diagnosis of parasitic infection. Describe newer emerging concepts in Parasitology. To apply principles and fundamentals in Parasitology to real life problems pertaining to parasitic infections. Identify the dynamics of the role of environment in facilitating transmission of parasites to humans. To apply, correlate and interpret experimental data pertaining to parasites or parasitic infection. Describe epidemiological tools in prediction of parasitic infection in the community.
Course Synopsis
The course covers aspects of maintenance of protozoa and helminth in vivo and cultivation of protozoa and helminth in vitro. Included are various diagnostic techniques as in culture of parasites, immunodiagnostic tests and techniques in molecular parasitology.
Reference Text
1. Nucleic Acid Hybridization: A Practical Approach. Hanes and Higgins. IRL.
1. Application of genetic engineering to research on tropical disease pathogens with special reference to Plasmodia. S Panyin, P Wilarat, Yuthavong. UNDP/World Bank/WHO Special Program for Research and Training in Tropical Diseases, and Mahidol University, Bangkok, Thailand. 2. A Guide to Medical Entomology. Service. MacMillan. 3. Parasites: A guide to laboratory procedures and identification. Ash and Orihel. ASCP.
Course Coordinator
Professor Dr. Jamaiah Ibrahim (0379674752) jamaiahibrahim@um.edu.my
Course Assessment
197
2012-2013

MBEB 2180: Clinical Laboratory Posting (5 credit hours)
Learning Outcomes
1. 2. 3. 4. Identify the work flow in a clinical or research laboratory. Identify the essential tests required in a specific clinical or research laboratory. Perform duties in an assigned laboratory. Recognize important safety measures and precautions essential for a clinical or research laboratory.
Course Synopsis
The student will be assigned to a specific laboratory for six weeks. He/she will observe the workflow and duties in the laboratory and carry out laboratory tests and research as determined by the laboratory supervisor. The student will learn how a specific laboratory is effectively managed.
Reference Text
As advised by the laboratory supervisor/laboratory manager.

-
Course Coordinator
Course Assessment
Course will be assessed by submission of a book report.
198
2012-2013

MBEB 4101: Haematology (3 credit hours)
Learning Outcomes
1. 2. Recognize and apply basic concepts of haematology, immunology and molecular medicine in understanding common haematological disorders and techniques in transfusion medicine Apply theoretical and practical knowledge in formulating approach to routine haematological and transfusion investigations.
Course Synopsis
Biology of the red and white blood cell series; Disorders of red and white blood cells laboratory investigations of these disorders. Haemostasis and pathogenesis of bleeding disorders. Investigation of bleeding disorders. Basic concepts and principles pertaining to blood transfusion and aphaeresis services including blood collection component processing and quality assurance. Blood group antigens and antibodies basic theory, techniques. ABO discrepancies and their resolution; Blood component production. The practical component of this course focuses on basic techniques used in routine haematological and blood transfusion laboratories.
Reference Text
1. Hoffbrand V., Moss P. and Pettit J. (2006) Essential Haematology. Blackwell Publishing Limited, 5th edition.
Additional Texts/Reading Material

1. Toby L. Simon, Edward L. Snyder, Christopher P. Stowell, and Ronald G. Strauss (2009) Rossi's Principles of Transfusion Medicine (Simon, Rossi's Principles of Transfusion Medicine). WileyBlackwell; 4th edition. 2. Lewis S., Bain B. and Bates I. Dacie and Lewis (2006) Practical Haematology. Churchill Livingstone, 10th edition.
Course Coordinator
Dr. Suzita Mohd Noor (03-79674901) suzita@ummc.edu.my
Course Assessment
199
2012-2013
MBEB 4102: Principles of Neuroscience (3 credit hours)
Learning Outcomes
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Explain the field of neurosciences ranging from neuroanatomy to neurogenetics. Describe the complexities of the human nervous system. Correlate the structure and function of the nervous system. Interpret the integrative and molecular mechanisms underlying the different brain functions Assess potential research areas in neuroscience.
Course Synopsis
This course offers the opportunity to the students to learn more about the nervous system, beyond the basic anatomy and physiology. Students will learn about the different systems that control thought and behaviour, the senses and movement. There will be an emphasis on experimental approaches taken to understand the various functions.
Reference Text
1. John G. Nicholls, Bruce G. Wallace, A. Robert Martin (2001) From Neuron to Brain: A Cellular and Molecular Approach to the Function of the Nervous System. Sinauer Associates, 4th edition.
Additional texts/reading material

1. 2. Eric R. Kandel, J.H. Schwartz, et Thomas M. Jessell (2000) Principles of Neural Science. McGraw-Hill Medical, dition, 4th Revised edition. Latest scientific papers and reviews
Course Coordinator
Course Assessment
200
2012-2013
MBEB 4180: Research Project in Biomedical Science (12 credit hours)
Learning Outcomes
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Apply research methods and protocol in a scientific project. Apply research knowledge from the initial preparation of the research proposal till the completion of the project. Demonstrate the use of relevant scientific protocols. Interpret results from the research project with current relevant publications. Produce a written dissertation.
Course Synopsis
This course exposes the students to scientific research techniques. Students are given the opportunity to conduct research independently from a selection of fields. This course trains the students to collect and collate data, interpret
the results and put their results into context of what is currently known in the published literature. An oral presentation and submission of a written thesis are compulsory examined components of the course.
Reference Text
As recommended by the individual supervisor.
As recommended by the individual supervisor.
Course Coordinator
Course Assessment
Course will be assessed by supervisors evaluation (30%), an oral presentation (30%) and a written thesis (40%).
201
2012-2013
MBEB 4104: Quality Control and Laboratory Management (3 credit hours)
Learning Outcomes
1. 2. 3. Describe the stages of Quality Management required in diagnostic laboratories Evaluate quality assurance procedures performed in a diagnostic laboratory Identity principles of quality control
Course Synopsis
The course will begin the description of the stages of quality control, quality assurance, quality system and quality management with examples of total quality framework which includes quality planning, quality laboratory process, quality control, quality assurance and quality improvement. Identification and evaluation of the quality components in quality framework will be emphasized.
Reference Text
1. Denise M. Harmening (2006) Laboratory Management: Principles And Processes. D.H. Pub. & Consulting, 2nd edition.

1. 2.
McPerson R.A. and Pincus M.R. eds.(2006) Henrys Clinical Diagnosis and Management by Laboratory Methods. Saunders, 21st edition. Harmening D.M (2006) Laboratory Management: Principles and Processes D.H. Pub & Consulting, 2nd edition.
Course Coordinator
To Be Announced
Course Assessment
202
2012-2013
MBEB 4401: DNA Cloning Techniques (3 credit hours)
Learning Outcomes
1. 2. 3. Analyze data obtained from experiments Identified molecular engineering techniques and methods. Practice in handling, operating and monitoring the DNA cloning techniques, procedure and equipment in the lab.
Course Synopsis
This is a practical approach course to allow students to gain skills in molecular cloning techniques in creating potential recombinant clones for the purpose of vaccines and drugs production. It includes the techniques of isolating genomic DNA especially from bacteria, partially genomic RE techniques, competent cells preparation, techniques in direct selection of positive recombinant clones and their characterization.
Reference Text
1. Terry A. Brown (2010) Gene Cloning and DNA Analysis: An Introduction (Brown,Gene Cloning and DNA Analysis). Wiley-Blackwell, 6 edition.

1. 2. 3. 4.
Salmah Ismail (2009). Molecular Analysis of Virulence Gene ABA392 of P.multocida. VDM-Publishing House Ltd, Germany (ISBN: 978-3-639-18522-5; 13th August) Lab Ref, Volume 2: A Handbook of Recipes, and Other Reference Tools for Use at the Bench (2006) Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, New York, USA; 1st edition. Kathy Barker (2005) At the Bench: A Laboratory Navigator. Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, New York, USA; 2nd edition. Dany Spencer Adams (2003) Lab Math: A Handbook of Measurements, Calculations, and Other Quantitative Skills for Use at the Bench. Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, New York, USA.
Course Coordinator
To Be Announced
Course Assessment
Continuous assessments (exams), lab reports, paper assignment, project presentation. No final exam.
203
2012-2013

MBEB 4103: Current Topics in Biomedical Science (4 credit hours)
Learning Outcomes
1. 2. 3. 4. Identify the different areas of current and up-and-coming research in Malaysia and internationally. Explain the scientific aspects of the topics presented. Interact with experts in their respective fields. Discuss aspects of the topics for their impact on science and humanity.
Course Synopsis
This course aims to introduce the students to the latest issues in biomedical sciences, new technologies and new fields of research, as well as highlighting potential fields of future research. It also serves as a platform on which the students can meet and interact with various guest scientists and Professoressionals who are involved in a range of biomedical fields.
Reference Texts
Newspaper articles, current scientific papers, internet sources.
Additional Texts/Reading Materials Course Coordinator

Course Assessment
204
2012-2013
MFEB 4401: Advanced Medical Microbiology (Bacteriology) (2 credit hours)
Learning Outcomes
1. 2. 3. Provide latest information on principles and research in bacteriology. Introduce applications translation of knowledge to research. Equip students with the knowledge and skills to carry out diagnosis in bacteriology.
Course Synopsis
The course will consists of lectures on bacterial classification, physiology, growth, virulence factors, bacterial pathogenesis, and mechanisms of resistance to antibiotics, vaccines, recombinant DNA technology and industrial microbiology.
Reference Text
1. Brooks, Butel & Ornston. (2004) Jawetz, Melnick & Adelbergs Medical Microbiology. 23rd edition McGraw Hill.

Professor Dr. Shamala Devi (03-79675759) shamala@um.edu.my
Course Assessment
205
2012-2013
MFEB 4402: Advanced Diagnostic Microbiology (3 credit hours)
Learning Outcomes
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Identify common pathogens encountered in the MMB laboratory by using standard tests such as biochemical, sensitivity and serology tests. Practice to pick out pathogens from normal flora in specimens where normal flora is usually encountered. Correlate the organisms isolated in relation to the common pathogens involved in infection for the respective system.(eg: respiratory, urine, etc), and state basic facts about the infection it causes. Apply principles of quality control in the Diagnostic Laboratory. List the principles of a PCR test (as a method of non-cultural diagnosis) and how it is conducted and able to interpret a PCR gel.
Course Synopsis
The course consists of laboratory training on practical skills, postings to specific microbiology diagnostic units and tutorials/discussion. Conass will be given, and may consist of a practical test +/- viva or term paper or laboratory report
Reference Text
1. Colle, J.G., Marmion, B.P. and Simmons, A., eds (1996) Mackie & McCartney Practical Medical Microbiology. Churchill Livingstone. 14th editions.

Dr. Rukumani Devi a/p Velayuthan (03-79493083) rukumani@um.edu.my
Course Assessment
206
2012-2013
MDEB 4401: Advanced Medical Pharmacology (3 credit hours)
Learning Outcomes
1. 2. 3. Describe mechanisms of actions of drugs, their pharmacokinetics, adverse effects. Identify and relate the pharmacological actions of drugs to their uses in specific diseases. List the concept and techniques of classical pharmacology research techniques; GCMS (gas chromatography mass spectrophotometer); HPLC (high performance liquid chromatography); design & evaluation of clinical trials; techniques in pharmacoequivalent studies and pharmacogenomics; & the use of Students T test in research
Course Synopsis
The course focuses on Time course of drug effects; Techniques in GCMS, HPLC, bioequivalent studies and pharmacogenomics, Introduction to antisense and gene therapy design & evaluation of clinical trials, The pharmacology of drugs acting on the gastrointestinal, respiratory, cardiovascular and central nervous systems; Experiments on drugs with analgesic properties, drugs affecting respiratory system and general evaluation of toxicity of drugs /substances in animals.
Reference Text.
1. Bertram G. Katzung, Susan B. Masters, and Anthony J. Trevor (2009) Basic and Clinical Pharmacology (Lange Basic Science). McGraw-Hill Medical, 11th edition.
1.
Humphrey P. Rang, Maureen M. Dale, James M. Ritter, and Rod Flower (2007) Rang and Dales Pharmacology. Churchill Livingstone, 6th edition.
Course Coordinator
To Be Announced
Course Assessment
Course will be assessed by Continuous Assessment (40%) and a Final Exam (60%).
207
Bachelor of Nursing Science
Undergraduate
Guidebook
2012/2013
Session
2012-2013
MESSAGE FACULTY OF MEDICINE
FROM HEAD OF DEPARTMENT
Congratulations and Welcome ,

to the Bachelor in Nursing Sciences program, offered by the Department of Nursing Sciences, Faculty of Medicine, University of Malaya. You have chosen a career with extraordinary potential and rewards. The current shortage of nurses has brought public awareness that there is simply no substitute for a nurse. Nurses are now recognized and prioritized as an essential part of the healthcare system in ensuring health and wellbeing of the society worldwide. And you have chosen a department where nurse education is at its best. At the Department, we prepare students to become nursing leaders contributing to the advancement of health care and nursing profession. The research-intensive environment in University of Malaya with its full range of academic disciplines provides an exceptional environment for tertiary education in nursing. We hope your educational experience here will be personally satisfying, as well as professionally stimulating and challenging. This handbook was created to assist you with your transition to graduate studies by providing a quick source of information that previous students have found to be useful. It will provide guidance in the aims, academic structure and contents, academic services and what is expected of you. We realize that the choice to seek graduate study represents a significant commitment on your part and we hope that your experience here will meet your expectations. I encourage you to optimize the learning potentials provided by your mentors, peers, academic staff of other discipline and the rich resources available to you through the University. The academic advisor will assist you with your academic planning, but the entire Department and staff stands ready to answer your questions and cheer you on, as well. We look forward to a great team effort! Aini Ahmad Department Head Nursing Science Programme
208
2012-2013
ACADEMIC CALENDAR SESSION 2012/2013

SEMESTER I Orientation Programme Lectures Mid-Semester Break Lectures Revision Examination Semester Break Total : 1 week 8 weeks * 1 weeks* 6 weeks 1 week** 3 weeks 3 weeks*** 23 weeks
SEMESTER II Lectures Mid Semester Break Lectures Revision Examination Total : 7 weeks 1 week+ 7 weeks 1 week 3 weeks 19 weeks
SEMESTER III (SPECIAL SEMESTER) Break Lectures and Examination 11 weeks 8 weeks
*will be updated and informed annually
* ** *** +
** Hari Malaysia () Deepavali Celebration () Hari Raya Aidil Adha () Christmas () Chinese New Year Celebration ()
209
2012-2013
ADMINISTRATION STAFF
HEAD DEPARTMENT
Ms. Aini Ahmad SRN, SCM, PHN, Adv. Nursing Cert (Teaching) (Mal), Emergency.Nsg (Can), BSc(UK), BNSc (Mal), MEd.(Mal).
aini57@um.edu.my Tel: +603-7949 2028
ASSOC.PROFESOR
Tel: +603-7949 3732

SENIOR LECTURER
Assoc. Prof. Dr. Khatijah Lim Abdullah RN, RM, BSc (Hons) Nursing, MSc in HSM, PhD (Nursing) Email: khtijah@um.edu.my
Dr.Pathmawati Subramaniam SRN, CCN, BNSc (Hons)(Mal), MEd,DHSCi (UK), Email: pathmawati@um.edu.my
Tel: +603-7949 3646
210
UNDERGRADUATE GUIDEBOOK LECTURER Ms. Chong Mei Chan SRN, SCM, BNSc (Hons)(Mal), MSc (Health Com.)(Mal)
2012-2013
Email : mcchong@um.edu.my Tel: +603-7949 3675
Ms. Norsiah Rahmat SRN, SCM, Dip. Adv. Nsg(Teaching), BNSc (Hons)(Mal), MMedSc(PH)(Mal) Email: norsiahr@um.edu.my Tel: +603-7949 3644 Ms. Rasnah Abdul Rahman SRN, SCM, Dip. Adv. Nsg(Teaching), BNSc (Hons)(Mal), MN(Midwifery)(AU) Email: rasnah@um.edu.my Tel: +603-7949 3680 Ms. Vimala Ramoo SRN, CCN, BNSc (Hons)(Mal), MEd(Planning & Admin.)(Mal) Email: vimala@ummc.edu.my Tel: +603-7949 3677
Ms. Surindar Kaur a/p Surat Singh SRN, SCM, Dip. Adv. Nsg(Teaching), BNSc (Hons)(Mal), MN(Midwifery)(AU) Email: surindar@um.edu.my Tel: +603-7949 3806 Ms. Tang Li Yoong SRN, CCN, BNSc (Hons)(Mal), MN(Renal)(Aust) Email: lytang@ummc.edu.my Tel: +603-7949 3677 Ms. Chui Ping Lei SRN, BNSc (Hons)(Mal), MMedSc(Mal) Email: plchui@ummc.edu.my Tel: +603-7949 3677 NURSE TUTOR Ms. Pok Moon Chen SRN, SCM , Paeds, BNSc (Hons)(Mal), MSc in Medical Sciences(Mal). Email: pokmc@um.edu.my
Ms. Lee Wan Ling SRN, CCN, BNSc (Hons)(Mal), MNSc (Mal) Email: wllee@ummc.edu.my +603-7949 3751
Tel: +603-7949 3749
Ms. Kavitha Rasaiah SRN, CCN, BNSc (Hons)(Mal), MEd. (Curriculum Development), (Ma)l Email: lashia@um.edu.my
Tel: +603-79493645
211
2012-2013
INTRODUCTION
The Bachelor of Nursing Sciences programme is offered by the Department of Nursing Sciences, Faculty of Medicine. Department of Nursing Science was first established in 1993 as a Nursing Science unit under the Department of Allied Health Sciences. It was the first nursing unit to recognize the importance of baccalaureate education in nursing and became the pioneer in the transition in the nursing education program by upgrading nursing education from a diploma to a graduate program, Bachelor of Nursing Sciences in Malaysia. Ever since its formation, the unit has been involved in the undergraduate teaching leading to Bachelor in Nursing Sciences. The unit was established as a clinical department: Department of Nursing Science in Faculty of Medicine, University of Malaya on the 1st July 2007. The Vision of the Department is to be a center of excellence in nursing education by producing registered nurses that are competent, safe, has good moral values and critical thinking ability, caring and interact with clients, families and communities in providing care in various health services in the country. With this vision our mission is to be excellent in educating and producing graduates at tertiary level in line with changes in technology and services in the field of nursing in Malaysia through teaching and learning and evidence based practice. Bachelor of Nursing Sciences Programme covers eight semesters and one special semester within 4 years and is specially designed to prepare nursing students with relevant knowledge, competencies and professionalism at undergraduate level. The aim of this course is to produce nursing graduates with in-depth knowledge in nursing and medical sciences. Upon completion, graduates are expected to practice nursing critically and ethically by applying scientific nursing foundation in health care delivery.
212
2012-2013
PROGRAMME OBJECTIVES
The aim of the programme is to: i. Produce knowledgeable graduate nurses who will apply effective, ethical and safe nursing knowledge in providing nursing care to patient. ii. Produce graduate nurses with research culture and practice evidence based nursing.
EDUCATIONAL OUTCOMES
At the end of Bachelor of Nursing Science Programme, graduates are able to: PO1 Competent in knowledge and skills necessary in the education and practive related to nursing. PO2 Apply scientific nursing foundation in assessing, planning, implementing and evaluating the care of patients, families and community. PO3 Apply approriate social skills and be responsible in meeting the needs of the patients. PO4 - Demonstrate professional behavior and personal values in accordance to the nursing ethics and code of conduct in delivering health care. PO5 - Communicate and collaborate effectively with patients, families, societies and other healthcare professionals as a team. PO6 - Conduct nursing research and solve patients health problems scientifically using critical nursing skills. PO7 - Apply management of information technology towards lifelong learning in nursing. PO8 - Utilize managerial and entrepreneur skills while giving consultation services in patients care.
ACADEMIC PROGRAMME & COURSE STRUCTURE

The academic year consists of two semesters. Two are normal semesters and one special semester. Each normal semester consists of: 1. Lectures 14 weeks 2. Vacation (During Mid Semester ) 1 week 3. Examination 3 weeks. Meanwhile the special semester consists of 8 weeks of lectures and examination. Each student is given 3 weeks off within the 2 normal semesters. Course offered is categorized under: I. University Courses II. Faculty Courses (Core and Electives) Students are required to register and pass all courses. The courses will be conducted via lectures, tutorials, discussion and practical sessions in University Malaya Medical Centre and other health organization.
213
2012-2013
PROGRAMME STRUCTURE
Courses Level University Courses GXEX 1414 GXEX 1411 GXEX 1412 GXEX 1401 GTEE 11051113 Courses Name Islamic and Asian Civilisation (TITAS)
Academic Credits 2a
Tamadun Islam dan Tamadun Asia Ethnic Relations Hubungan Etnik Asas Pembudayaan Keusahawanan
Information Skills English for Communication Programme Co-Curriculum Course Basics of Entrepreneurship Culture
2 2 1 6 2 6 21 115 4
Elective courses (outside faculty)

Total
Kursus Elektif Luar Fakulti (KELF)
Faculty Courses
Core Courses*
Elective Courses Total

140
Kursus Elektif (Pilihan Jabatan)
214
UNDERGRADUATE GUIDEBOOK -SOFT
2012-2013
SKLILLS & PRE-REQUISITEFOR BACHELOR OF NURSING SCIENCE
SOFT SKILLS ELEMENT INDICATOR (KI) CS CT TS LL KK EM LS
YEAR 1 (2012/2013) SEMESTER 1 MTEJ1111 Basic Medical Science I MTEJ1113 Nursing Process MTEJ1114 Nursing Skills I MTEJ1117 Effective Communication in Nursing MTEJ1118 Health Psychology MTEJ1171 Nursing Practice I GXEX1401 Information Skill GXEX 1414 Tamadun Islam dan Tamadun Asia (TITAS)/Islamic and Asian Civilisation* YEAR 1 (2012/2013) SEMESTER 2 MTEJ1112 Basic Medical Science II MTEJ1115 Nursing Skills II MTEJ1116 Pharmacology & Handling of Medication MTEJ1119 Sociology in Nursing MTEJ1120 Parasitology and Microbiology MTEJ1172 Nursing Practice II GXEX 1411 Ethnic Relationship GXEX1412 Basic Entrepreneurship Culture
215
2012-2013
YEAR 2 (2012/2013) SEMESTER 1 MTEJ2111 Basic Medical Science III MTEJ2113 Primary Health Care & Public Health MTEJ2115 Medical Nursing I MTEJ2117 Surgical Nursing I MTEJ2119 Nursing Concepts MTEJ2171 Nursing Practice III GTEE 1105 1113 (according to MUET results) English for Communication Program (ECP) YEAR 2 (2012/2013) SEMESTER 2 MTEJ2112 Basic Medical Science IV MTEJ2114 Family Health and Community Health Nursing I MTEJ2116 Medical Nursing II MTEJ2118 Surgical Nursing II MTEJ2172 Nursing Practice IV MTE2301 Moral and Ethics in Nursing Profession GTEE 1105 - 1113(according to MUET results) English for Communication program
216
2012-2013
YEAR 3 (2013/2014) SEMESTER 1 MTEJ3111 Family Health and Community Health Nursing II MTEJ3113 Obstetrics & Gynecology Nursing MTEJ3114 Pediatric Nursing MTEJ3115 Critical Thinking in Nursing MTEJ3116 Nursing Research MTEJ3171 Nursing Practice V YEAR 3 (2013/2014) SEMESTER 2 MTEJ3112 Family Health and Community Health Nursing III MTEJ3117 Statistics in Nursing Research MTEJ3118 Mental Health Nursing MTEJ3119 Counseling Skills for Nurses MTEJ3120 Management and Leadership in Nursing MTEJ3172 Nursing Practice VI MTEJ3301 Information Technology in Nursing
217
2012-2013
YEAR 4 (2014/2015) SEMESTER 1 MTEJ4111 Emergency, Intensive and Perioperative Nursing MTEJ4112 Gerontology Nursing MTEJ4180 Nursing Research Project MTEJ4171 Nursing Practice VII MTEJ4173 Internship I MTEJ4113 Management Strategies YEAR 4 (2014/2015) SEMESTER 2 MTEJ4114 Transcultural Nursing MTEJ4115 Teaching Functions for Nurses MTEJ4116 Professionalism & Legal Aspects in Nursing MTEJ4172 Nursing Practice VIII MTEJ4174 Internship II YEAR 4 (2014/2015) SEMESTER 3 MTEJ4175 Internship III CS-COMMUNICATION SKILLS CT-CRITICAL THINKING AND PROBLEM SOLVING SKILLS TS-TEAM WORK SKILLS LL-LIFE LONG LEARNING AND INFORMATION MANAGEMENT KK-ENTREPRENEURIAL SKILLS EM-PROFESSIONAL ETHICS AND MORAL LS-LEADERSHIP SKILLS
218
2012-2013
COURSE STRUCTURE
YEAR 1 (2011/2012)
Semester 1 Course Code Core Courses Core Course Core Course Core Course Core Course Core Course University Course University Course MTEJ1111 MTEJ1113 MTEJ1114 MTEJ1117 MTEJ1118 MTEJ1171 GXEX1401 GXEX1414 Course Name Basic Medical Science I Nursing Process Nursing Skills I Effective Communication in Nursing Health Psychology Nursing Practice I Information Skills Islamic and Asian Civilisation/Tamadun Islam Credits 3 2 2 2 2 2 1 2
dan Tamadun Asia (TITAS)*

Total credits
16
Semester 2 Course Code Core Courses Core Courses Core Courses Core Courses Core Courses Core Courses University Course University Course MTEJ1112 MTEJ1115 MTEJ1116 MTEJ1119 MTEJ1120 MTEJ1172 GXEX1411 GXEX1412 Course Name Basic Medical Science II Nursing Skills II Pharmacology and Handling of Medication Sociology in Nursing Parasitology and Microbiology Nursing Practice II Ethnic Relationship Basics of Entrepreneurship Culture /Asas Credits 2 4 2 2 2 2 2 2
Pembudayaan Keusahawanan*
Total credits 18
219
2012-2013
YEAR 2 (2012/2013)
Semester 1 Course code Core Course Core Course Core Course Core Course Core Course Core Course University Course MTEJ2111 MTEJ2113 MTEJ2115 MTEJ2117 MTEJ2119 MTEJ2171 GTEE 1105 - 1113 Total credits 18 Course Name Basic Medical Science III Primary Health Care & Public Health Medical Nursing I Surgical Nursing I Nursing Concepts Nursing Practice III English for Communication Program (ECP) Credits 3 2 2 2 2 4 3
Semester 2 Course Code Core Course Core Course Core Course Core Course Core Course Elective Course University Course MTEJ2112 MTEJ2114 MTEJ2116 MTEJ2118 MTEJ2172 MTEJ2301 GTEE 1105 - 1113 Total credits 18 Course Name Basic Medical Science IV Family Health & Community Health Nursing I Medical Nursing II Surgical Nursing II Nursing Practice IV Moral and Ethics in Nursing Profession English for Communication Program (ECP) 2 2 4 2 3 Credits 3 2
220
2012-2013
YEAR 3 (2013/2014)
Semester 1 Course Code Core Course Core Course Core Course Core Course Core Course Core Course University Course MTEJ3111 MTEJ3113 MTEJ3114 MTEJ3115 MTEJ3176 MTEJ3171 Course Name Family Health & Community Health Nursing II Obstetrics and Gynecology Nursing Paediatrics Nursing Critical Thinking in Nursing Nursing Research Nursing Practice V Electives from Other Faculties (KELF) Total credits Semester 2 Course Code Core Course Core Course Core Course Core Course Core Course Core Course Elective Course University Course MTEJ3112 MTEJ3117 MTEJ3118 MTEJ3119 MTEJ3120 MTEJ3172 MTEJ3301 Course Name Family Health and Community Health Nursing III Statistics in Nursing Research Mental Health Nursing Counseling Skills for Nurses Management and Leadership in Nursing Nursing Practice VI Information Technology in Nursing Electives from Other Faculties (KELF) Total credits 2 2 2 2 4 2 3 19 Credits 2 3 2 2 2 4 3 18 Credits 2
221
2012-2013
YEAR 4 (2014/2015)
Semester 1 Course Code Core Course Core Course Core Course Core Course Core Course Core Course Co-Curriculum MTEJ4111 MTEJ4112 MTEJ4113 MTEJ4180 MTEJ4171 MTEJ4173 Course Name Emergency, Intensive and Perioperative Nursing Gerontology Nursing Management Strategies Nursing Research Project Nursing Practice VII Internship I Co-Curriculum Total credits Semester 2 Course Code Core Course Core Course Core Course Core Course Core Course MTEJ4114 MTEJ4115 MTEJ4116 MTEJ4172 MTEJ4174 Course Name Transcultural Nursing Teaching Function for Nurses Professionalism & Legal Aspects in Nursing Nursing Practice VIII Internship II Total credits Special Semester Course Code Core Course MTEJ4175 Course Name Internship III Total credits Credits 4 4 Credits 2 2 2 4 2 12 2 2 3 3 2 2 17 Credits 3
Note i. Students are only allowed a total of 18 credits in Semester 1 Year 1. ii. Students are allowed to register maximum 20 credit hours during normal semester and 9 credit hours in special semester. iii. Information is subjected to changes according to Universitys ruling.
222
UNDERGRADUATE GUIDEBOOK FACULTY OF MEDICINE
2012-2013
LIST OF COURSES BACHELOR OF NURSING SCIENCE PROGRAMME YEAR 1

YEAR 1
COMPONENTS University core courses
CODE GXEX 1414 GXEX 1401 MTEJ 1111 MTEJ 1113
SEMESTER I COURSES Islamic and Asian Civilization Information Skills Basic Medical Science I Nursing Process Nursing Skills I Effective Communication Nursing Health Psychology Nursing Practice 1 TOTAL CREDITS in
CREDITS 2 1 3 2 2 2 2 2 16
CODE GXEX 1411 GXEX 1412 MTEJ 1112 MTEJ 1115 MTEJ 1116 MTEJ 1119 MTEJ 1120 MTEJ 1172
SEMESTER II COURSES Ethnic Relationship Basic of Entrepreneurship Culture Basic Medical Science II Nursing Skills II Pharmacology and Handling of Medication Sociology in Nursing Parasitology and Microbiology Nursing Practice 1I TOTAL CREDITS
CREDITS 2 2 2 4 2 2 2 2 18
TOTAL CREDITS 7
Compulsory Department Core Courses
MTEJ 1114 MTEJ 1117 MTEJ 1118 MTEJ 1171
27
34
223
2012-2013
YEAR 2
YEAR 2 COMPONENTS University core courses SEMESTER I CODE GTEE 1105-1113 MTEJ 2111 MTEJ 2113 Compulsory Department Core Courses MTEJ 2115 MTEJ 2117 MTEJ 2119 MTEJ 2171 Department Elective Courses TOTAL CREDITS 18 COURSES English for Communication Programme Basic Medical Science III Primary Health Care and Public Health Medical Nursing I Surgical Nursing I Nursing Concepts Nursing Practice III CREDITS 3 3 2 2 2 2 4 CODE GTEE 1105-1113 MTEJ 2112 MTEJ 2114 MTEJ 2116 MTEJ 2118 MTEJ 2172 MTEJ 2301 SEMESTER II COURSES English for Communication Programme Basic Medical Science IV Family Health and Community Health Nursing I Medical Nursing II Surgical Nursing II Nursing Practice IV Moral and Ethics in Nursing Profession TOTAL CREDITS CREDITS 3 3 2 2 28 2 4 2 18 2 36 TOTAL CREDITS 6
224
2012-2013
YEAR 3
YEAR 3 CODE Elective courses (outside faculty) Compulsory Department Core Courses MTEJ 3111 MTEJ 3113 MTEJ 3114 MTEJ 3115 MTEJ 3116 MTEJ 3171 Department Elective Courses KELF Family Health and Community Health Nursing II Obstetric and Gynaecology Nursing Paediatrics Nursing Critical Thinking in Nursing Nursing Research Nursing Practice V TOTAL CREDITS SEMESTER I COURSES CREDITS 3 2 3 2 2 2 4 18 CODE KELF MTEJ 3112 MTEJ 3117 MTEJ 3118 MTEJ 3119 MTEJ 3120 MTEJ 3172 MTEJ 3301 Family Health and Community Health Nursing III Statistics in Nursing Research Mental Health Nursing Counseling Skills for Nurses Management and Leadership in Nursing Nursing Practice VI Information Technology in Nursing TOTAL CREDITS SEMESTER II COURSES CREDITS 3 2 2 2 2 2 4 2 19
COMPONENTS
TOTAL CREDITS 6 29
2 37
225
2012-2013
YEAR 4
YEAR 4 COMPONENTS CODE University core courses Compulsory Department Core Courses MTEJ 4111 MTEJ 4112 MTEJ 4113 MTEJ 4180 MTEJ 4171 MTEJ 4173 SEMESTER I COURSES Co-curiculum Emergency, Intensive and Perioperative Nursing Gerontology Nursing Management Strategies Nursing Research Project Nursing Practice VII Internship I TOTAL CREDITS CREDITS 2 3 2 2 3 3 2 17 CODE MTEJ 4114 MTEJ 4115 MTEJ 4116 MTEJ 4172 MTEJ 4174 SEMESTER II COURSES Transcultural Nursing Teaching Functions for Nurses Professionalism and Legal Aspects in Nursing Nursing Practice VIII Internship II TOTAL CREDITS 4 2 12 29 CREDITS 2 2 2 27 TOTAL CREDITS 2
226
2012-2013
YEAR 4 (SPECIAL SEMESTER)
COMPONENTS CODE University core courses Compulsory Core Courses Department MTEJ 4175
YEAR 4 SPECIAL SEMESTER COURSES Internship III TOTAL CREDITS
CREDITS 4 4
TOTAL CREDITS 4 4
OVERALL TOTAL CREDITS: 140 CREDITS * 1 credit of theory = 14 hours 1 credit of clinical practice = 40 notional hours (MQA / 2 weeks according to MNB
227
2012-2013
ADMISSION REQUIREMENT
a) STPM Obtained at least Grade B (NGMP 3.00 ) at Sijil Ting gi Persekolahan Malaysia (STPM) in the subjects: Biology, Chemistry/Physics and; Obtained at least Grade 6C at Sijil Pelajaran Malaysia (SPM) level in Mathematics/additional Mathematics subjects. OR b) Matriculation Level Obtained at least Grade B (NGMP 3 .00) at Matriculation level in 2 of these subjec ts, Biology & Physics/Chemistry and; Obtained at least Grad e 6C at SPM lev el in these 2 subjects Mathematics / Additional Mathematics.
CLASS SCHEDULES
Class schedules are available at the Faculty of Medicine, University of Malaya. It is also available online at the student portal of UMISISWEB of University of Malaya: http://umisisweb.um.edu.my). Students are expected to check th e website and notice boards regularly for any announcements or changes in schedules.
ACADEMIC ADVISER
Every student shall be assigned a full time academic staff of the department as his/her academic adviser. The role of the Academic Adviser will be of guiding and planning of the program instruction such as: i. Assisting students in selection of courses and the number of credit hours to register before the start of the semester. ii. Guiding students to overcome any academic problems encountered or anticipated throughout the period of study. Students have the responsibility to understand and meet the requirements of the curriculum under which they are studying and should seek advice as appropriate. Students and their advisers confer at least two times for each semester where the time of meeting and issues discussed will be noted.
MEDIUM OF INSTRUCTION
Medium of instruction for all subjects is English or Bahasa Melayu, unless otherwise stated.

Students are required to be present at all teachi ng and practical sessions at the schedul ed times. Attendance will be taken at all scheduled classes. Minimum attendance required is 80%. Students with less than 80% attendance will be barred fr om taking the final examination of a c ourse. (http://umisisweb.um.edu.my)
228
2012-2013
TEACHING LEARNING METHOD

Theory Lectures Discussion Project Presentation Group Work Problem Based Learning Tutorial E-Learning
Practicum Demonstration Group Discussion Presentation Reflective Session Practical session Supervision in Clinical areas Educational visit Bedside teaching and Nursing rounds Case study Clinical Conference Supervision in Health Education E-Learning
COURSE ASSESSMENT AND GRADING CRITERIA

Students are assessed at regular intervals during each course to gauge whether they are able to apply knowledge, demonstrate understanding and show an acquisition of skills. Continuous assessment Regular feedback on progress is monitored via continuous assessments made throughout the duration of each c ourse. This allows for sufficient opportunities for the student/department to take remedial action. Continuous assessment includes oral presentation, group assignment s, short projects, and other types of as sessment tools used by individual lecturers. Unless stated in the course outline, continuous assessment accounts for 40%. Examinations Examinations are held at the end of each sem ester for each course. Unl ess stated in the course outline, final examination accounts for 60%. Examination shall consist of written examination, practical (s), evaluation of Research Project and such other tests as may be determined by the instructor (s). Practicum Assessment Students will undergo practical sessions in the cl inical areas which have been identified by the department. In this identified clinical areas, studen ts will carry out supervi sed clinical practise on clients. Clinical assessments will be conducted in the form of Objective Structured Clinical Examination (OSCE), running assessment, case study and reflective writing.
229
2012-2013
Grading scheme The examination assessment for the Bachelor Degree of Nursing Sciences shall be based on the Marking Scheme as follows: MARKS 80-100 75-79 70-74 65-69 60-64 55-59 50-54 45-49 40-44 35-39 00-34 GRADE A AB+ B BC+ C CD+ D F GRADE POINT 4.0 3.7 3.3 3.0 2.7 2.3 2.0 1.7 1.3 1.0 0.0 Distinction Distinction Credit Credit Credit Pass Pass Borderline Pass Fail Fail Fail MEANING
For further grading and calculati on of CGPA, students are to refer to University of Malaya Rules and Regulations (Undergraduate Studies) 2010.
EXAMINATION RULES
Identity of Examin ation Candidates: A candidate shall only enter his/her index number an d not his name on his/her answers scripts. Names of candidates shall not be revealed t o examiners except at the Board of Examinations Meetings. Examination schedules shall be dist ributed to stud ents in advance and stud ents are required to be present at least 15 minutes before th e examination starts. Stu dents will not be allowed into the examination hall after 30 minutes of commencement of the examination. Students will not be allowed to leave the examination hall during the last 15 minutes. Mobile Phones/Other Electronic Devices are prohibited items during the examination. For more details on the University's General Examinations Instructions, students can refer/contact the Examination Section of the Academic Division at the following address: Examination Section, Examination Building, University of Malaya, 50603 Kuala Lumpur, or can be contacted via Tel: +6037967 3266/3450/3401/3585/7018; Fax: +603-7967 3581; Email: exam@um.edu.my
STUDENT AWARDS
Students who achieve a GPA of 3.7 and above in a semester and following the terms and conditions stipulated in the Handb ook for Semester System , University of Malaya will be recorded as Pass with
2012-2013
Distinction for that semester and their names will be entered in to the D eans List. Besides student awards conferred by the university , nursing students with outstanding academic results in the various subjects of n ursing science as well as active co-c urricular involvement will be eligible for various student awards. Further detail can be found at: http://umisisweb.um.edu.my
STUDENT RESPONSIBILITIES AND DRESS CODE

Students shall conduct th emselves in a professional manner at all times. Du ring class an d working hours, they are required to be attired according to the faculty dress code. Students must follow the Dress Etiquettes: clearly display the Student Tag at all times, dress neatly and presentably, hair neatly combed or covered with a head scarf (Tudung) and shoes worn at all times. Students are not allowed to wear sleeveless T-Sh irts, T-Shirts with pict ures or writin gs that are conflicting with the constitutional beliefs of Malaysia, short pants, hair exceeding shoulder length (male students only) and provocative and indecent attire. Students who do not abide by these re strictions can be disciplined as stated under the UM Methods (Student Behaviour) 1999. For more d etails on rules & regul ations of th e University, student can contact the Student Affairs & Alumni D epartment at the following address: Student Affairs & Alumni Department, Level 2, Block E, Perdanasiswa C omplex, University of Malaya 50603 Kuala Lumpur. Or can be contacted via Tel: +603-7967 3201; Fax: +603-7957 2314; Email : hep@um.edu.my
APPEAL
Appeal to continue with Programme of Study: A student who h as been terminated from the programme of study, may submit an appeal to c ontinue with her/his studies. The appeal concerned must be submitted to the Registrar who shall then obtain the recommendation of the Faculty and the Appeal Committee in rel ation to the appeal conc erned. The recommendation of the Faculty and the Appeal Committee is then submitted to the Senate for approval. Appeal for Extension of Period of Study: An appeal for an extension of period of study for a case of expiry of period of study may be submitted directly to the D ean of the Faculty of the relevant programme of study for comments and recommendation. Thereafter, the Registrar shall act to obtain the consideration and recommendation of th e relevant Deputy Vice-Chancellor for the Senates approval. For more detail of Appeal for review of unofficial examination results and Appeal for review of official examination results, student can refer to the followi ng online info/website:http://umisisweb.um.edu.my
PLAGIARISM
Plagiarism includes: a) The act of taking an idea, writing , or the creations of others and claims that idea, writin g, data or invention; is the result of the findings or its own creation; or b) An attempt to highlight or featured act in any way, that he is the original source or author an idea, writing, data or invention is actually taken from some resources of others. For more detailed information about any student deemed to have committed plagarisme, please refer to Lampiran A Kaedah-kaedah Universiti Malaya (Tatatertib Appendix A - Rules of the University of Malaya (Discipline Pelajar)1999, Kaed ah 6 ( pp1734-1735). Students) Act 1999, Rules 6 (pp17341735).
231
2012-2013
IMPORTANT INFORMATION / WEBSITES

The faculty website is: http://medicine.edu.my Online info center: http://www.um.edu.my/index.php For information about admission requirements to University of Malaya: Undergraduate Admissions for Local Student: Admission & Records Section, Examination Building, University of Malaya 50603 Kuala Lu mpur, MALAYSIA; Tel: +603-7967 3279/3440/3441 /3502; Fax: +603-7967 3449; Email: skr@um.edu.my Undergraduate Admissions for International Student: International Student Centre, Level 1, Block D, Perdana Siswa Complex, University of Malaya 50603 Kuala Lumpur; Tel: +603-7967 7711; Fax : +603 -7967 7710; Email : isc@um.edu.my International Student Centre (ISC): Level 1, Block D, Perdana Siswa Complex, University of Malaya 50603 Kuala Lumpur, MALAYSIA; Tel : 603 7967 7711 / 7712 / 7713; Fax : 603 7967 7710; Email : isc@um.edu.my Facilities and services information can be found at: http://www.um.edu.my
232
2012-2013
COURSE SUMMARY YEAR 1 SEMESTER 1 (2011/2012)

MTEJ 1111: Basic Medical Science I 3 credits
Learning Outcomes:
At the end of this course, students are able to: 1. Identify the general principles and basic terminology for anatomy physiology and biochemistry. 2. Explain the structure, function and chemical reactions in the human cell. 3. Describe the main macro molecule and its function in the human cell. 4. Explain the relationship between macro molecule in carbohydrate li pid and pr otein metabolism. 5. Discuss the importance of the relationship of bodily changes and alterations in body systems that occur due to diseases.
Course Synopsis
The course includes the anatomy, physiology and biochemistry of the c ell, tissues, muscles, glands and the following systems: - Musculoskeletal - Circulatory - Respiratory - Digestive - Renal and - Integumentary 1. Applegate, E.J. (2010 ). Study guide for the Anatomy & Physi ology Learning System, (4th Ed.) London : W.B. Saunders Co. 2. Barret, K. E. (2010) Ganongs. Review of Medical Physiology (23th ed.) New York: McG raw Hill Medical. 3. Carola, R., Harley , J.P & Norback, C.R. (1992). Human Anatomy & Physiology. New Cork : McGraw-Hill Inc. 4. Marieb, E.N. (2008). Anatomy & Physiology (9th Ed). San Francisco: Pearson Benjamin Cummings. 5. Thibodeau, G.A (2003). Anthonys Textbook of Anatomy & Physiology (17th ed.). St. Louis : Mosby 6. Tortora, G. J. (2009). Principles of Anatomy and Physiology (12th Ed.). Hoboken, NJ: John Wiley & Sons.
Reference Texts
Course Coordinator:
Course will be assessed by Continuous Assessment 40% and a Final Exam 60%.
Course Assessment
233
2012-2013
MTEJ 1113: Nursing Process
Learning Outcomes:
At the end of this course, students are able to: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
2 credits
Identify the purpose of theories and models in nursing education and clinical practice. Describe clearly the steps and activities of the nursing process when providing care to patients. Prepare an individualized and systematic nursing care plan for patients. Plan a standard and individualized care plan based on nursing process. Explain the importance of the use of nursing process when m anaging patients in heal th care services.
Course Synopsis
This course consists of n ursing theories and mod els as well as th e required skills of th e nursing process: assessment, planning, implementation and evaluation.
Reference Texts
1. Alfaro, R. (2 009). Applying Nursing Pr ocess: A Tool for Critical Thinking (7th Ed.) Lippincott Williams & Wilkins Philadelphia. 2. Cox, C. L., (2010). Physical Assessment For Nurses, Wiley-Blackwell Pub., Ames, Iowa 3. Iyer, P. W., Taptich, B. J. & Bernocchilosey, D (1995). Nursing Process and Nursing Diagnosis W.B .Saunders Co. Philadelphia. 4. Kemp, N. (1994).The Nursing Process and Quality Care San Diego, California. 5. Riehl, J.P. & Roy, S .C. (1980). Conceptual Models For Nursing Practice, (2 nd Ed.) AppletonCentury Crofts, New York. 6. Rorden , J.W. & Taft, E. (1990). Discharge Planning Guide For Nurses W.B Saunders Co. Philadelphia. 7. Thompson, J. M., McFarland, G.., Hirsh, J. E. & Tucker, S. M. (2002). Mosbys Clinical N ursing (5th. Ed.) Mosby Co., St Louis. 8. Wilkinson, J. M. (2007 ) Nursing Process and Critical Thinking (4th Ed). New Jersey : Pearson Prentice Hall.
Course coordinator: Course Assessment

234
UNDERGRADUATE GUIDEBOOK MTEJ 1114: Nursing Skills I
2012-2013
Learning Outcomes:
At the end of the course the students are able to: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
2 credits
Explain the concepts of health and nursing process Explain the nursing skills performed for effective care of patient using nursing process. Perform the basic nursing procedures and body mechanic while providing nursing care. Write report and basic reflective writing. Discuss the importance of nursing process in improving holistic nursing care to patients.
Course Synopsis
The course includes topics regarding: - Nursing Process - Report writing and reflective report - Body mechanics and positions in nursing - Comfort and safety needs of patient - Handling of patients for ward admission and discharge
Reference Texts
1. 2. 3. 4. Berman, A J. (2010) Kozier & Erb's Fundamentals of Nursing Concepts, Process And Practice (9th Ed.) New York. Prentice-Hall. Grodner, M., Roth, S.L ., Walkingshaw, B.C. (2012) Nutritional Foundations and Clinical Applications: A Nursing Approach (5th Ed.) Elsevier Mosby. Potter & Perry (2010) Basic Nursing Theory And Practice (7th Ed.) New York : Mosby Taylor C. Lillis, C,LeMone, P. Lynn P. (2011) Fundamentals Of Nursing. The Art And Scienc e of Nursing Care (7th Ed.) China: Lippincott Williams & Wilkins.

235
UNDERGRADUATE GUIDEBOOK MTEJ 1117: Effective Communication in Nursing
2012-2013
Learning Outcomes:
At the end of the course the students are able to:
2 credits
1. Explain effective communication styles. 2. Communicate effectively when taking history and when providing nursing care. 3. Demonstrate listening and questioning skills during clinical interaction with patient, family and health care personnel. 4. Analyze critically the outcome of interaction that assists in nursing care of patients. 5. Discuss the importance of communication styles, the use of verbal and body language.
Course Synopsis
This course includes: - Communication style and behavior. - The use of verbal and body language which is appropriate in patient care. - Listening skills and becoming effective listener. - Questioning skills in an interview. - Students involvement in role play and interaction activity using scenario in the clinical area.
Reference Texts
1. Arnold, E. & Boggo, K.U. (2003) Interpersonal Relationship : Professional Communication Skills For Nurses (4th Ed.) W.B. Saunders Company: St. Louis. 2. Balzer-Riley, J. W. (2007) Communication in nursing (6th Ed.) Mosby :St. Louis. 3. Berglund, C. & Saltm an, D. (2002) Communication For Health Care (1st Ed.) Oxford Uni versity Press, UK. 4. Morrison, P. & Burnard, P. (1997) Caring And Communicating : The Interpersonal Relationship In Nursing (2nd Ed.) Palgrave, New York.

Course will be assessed by Continuous Assessment 40% and a Final Exam 60%
236
UNDERGRADUATE GUIDEBOOK MTEJ 1118: Health Psychology
2012-2013
2 credits
Learning Outcomes:
At the end of the course students are able to : 1. Identify the psychological, psychosocial and psychobiological aspects that have impacts on a healthy and sick individual. 2. Explain the relationship of developmetal theories in cognitive, p sychosocial and morals when perfoming assessment on patient. 3. Describe the trastition of life and crisis from conception to adulthood. 4. Enhance positive self developmet and confidence when communicating with others. 5. Discuss the ecological, environmental and cultural influence in developing health behaviours.
Course Synopsis
This course aims at identifying se veral important i ssues on psychological health and psychological conception to adulth ood. This cour se consists of developmental development from theories on cognition, psychosocial and morals. The focus i s in on the concept of self -development to help students enhance their confidence when communicating with others.
Reference Texts
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Berk, L. E. (2010). Development through the lifespan (5th Ed.) Boston: Allyn & Bacon Nurses And Other Health Care Niven, N (1 994), Health Psychology : An Introduction For Professionals (2nd Ed.) Churchill Livingstone. Papalia, D.E, Olds, S.W., Feldman, R (2009) Human Development,:McGraw Hill :New York Boston Sarafino, E.P. (2006). Health psychology: biopsychosocial interactions (5th Ed.) John Wil ey & Sons. New Jersey. Taylor, S.E. (2006). Health psychology (6th Ed.). NY:McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Woolfolk, A. (2010). Educational Psychology. (11th Ed.). Pearson Education Inc. New Jersey.

237
UNDERGRADUATE GUIDEBOOK MTEJ 1171: Nursing Practice I
2012-2013
Learning Outcomes:
At the end of the course students are able to :
2 credits
Peform nursing care based on the principles, and theories in nursing practice. Use nursing process in giving basic nursing care to patient. Perform individualized and systematic nursing care based on nursing process. Practice nursing procedures using princi ples of body mechanics when giving nursing care to patients. 5. Write effective nursing report. 6. Provide nursing care with the importance of patients cleanliness and environment. 1. 2. 3. 4.
Course Synopsis
The course includes aspects of clinical practices regarding: - Principles, theory and nursing practice - Nursing process in nursing - Application of knowledge on health sciences, behavior and nursing in practice. - Personal hygiene - Principles of body mechanics and - Nursing report
Reference Texts
1. Berman, A J. (2010). Kozi er & Erb's Fundamentals of Nursing Concepts, Process and Practi ce (9th Ed.) New York. Prentice-Hall 2. Black, J.M. and Hawks J.H, (2008) Medical Surgical Nursing Clinical Management for Positive Outciome (8th Ed.) St. Louis Saunders Elsevier 3. Ingnativicus, D.D. and B ayne M.V. (2002) Medical Surgical Nu rsing critical thinking f or collaborative care Philadelphia : W.B. Saunders 4. Potter & Perry (2010) Basic Nursing Theory And Practice (7th Ed.) New York : Mosby 5. Taylor C. Lillis, C,LeMone, P. Lynn P. (2011) Fundamentals Of Nursing. The Art And Science Of Nursing Care (7th Ed.) China: Lippincott Williams & Wilkins. 6. Williams, L & Hopper P.D., (2008). Understanding Medical Surgical Nursing (3th Ed.) Philadelphia: F.A. Davis Co.

Continuous assessment 100% (Clinical).
238
2012-2013

MTEJ 1112: Basic Medical Sciences II 2 credits
Learning Outcomes:
1. Describe the macroscopic and microscopic structu re of nerv ous, endocrine, sensory reproductive system. 2. Explain the structure, function and physiology of nervous , endocrine, sensory reproductive system. 3. Explain the knowledge of organ structure an d function in disease develop ment and rationale of the nursing care given. 4. Identify the characteristics of malfunctions in the nervous system, endocrine, sensory reproductive system. 5. Discuss the integration of bioscience knowledge in understanding of disease process.
and and the and
Course Synopsis
This course covers the teaching of: - nervous system - endocrine system - sensory system - reproductive system
Reference Texts
1. Applegate, E.J. (2010). Study guide for the Anatomy & Physiology Learning System, (4th Ed.) London : W.B. Saunders Co. 2. Marieb, E.N. (2008). Anatomy & Ph ysiology (9th Ed.) San Francisco: Pearson Benjamin Cummings. 3. Marieb, E.N., Wilhelm P.B., & Mallat J.B. (2010) Human Anatomy (6th Ed.) Pearson Education. 4. Thibodeau, G.A. & P aton, K.T. (201 0). Anatomy & Physiology (7th Ed.)St. Louis: Mosby Elsevier. 5. Waugh, A & .Grant A., (20 10). Ross and Wilson An atomy & Phy siology in Health and Illness (11th Ed.). China: Churchill Livingstone. 6. Martini, F.H., Timmons, M.J., Tallitsch, R.B., (2008) Human Anatomy, (6th Ed.) San Francisco: Pearson Benjamin Cummings.

239
UNDERGRADUATE GUIDEBOOK MTEJ 1115: Nursing Skills II
2012-2013
Learning Outcomes:
4 credits
Explain the basic principles of observations, nutrition, elimination and specimens collection. Explain accurate assessment and planning of care before carrying out procedures on patients. Perform basic procedures on patients safely. Perform surgical procedures on patients safely. Explain the nursing care of patient with oxygen therapy, urinary catheter, intravenous therapy and blood transfusion. 6. Demonstrate skills and caring attitudes when providing care to clients and managing the deceased.
1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
Course Synopsis
This course consists of teaching on: - principles of observation - basic nursing procedures (oxygen, nasogastric tube and urinary catheter) - Nursing patients with oxygen therapy, nasogastric tube and urinary catheter. - general pre and post operative nursing care - surgical asepsis and procedures - fulfilling elimination needs - specimens collection - management of deceased patients 1. Berman, A. & Synder, S . (2012). Kozier & Erbs Fundamental of Nursing: Concepts, Process and Practice. (5th Ed.) Pearson Education Inc. United States. 2. Berman, A., Snyder, S.J., Kozier, B., & Erb, G (2008) Kozier & Erb's Fundamentals of Nursing Concepts, Process and Practice (8th Ed.) Upper Saddle River, N.J.: Pearson Prentice Hall. 3. De Laune, S .C. & Ladner , P.K. (2011). Nursing Fundamentasl: Standards & P ractice. Cengage Learning Asia Pte. Ltd. Singapore. 4. Potter, P.A., & Perry, A.G., (2007) Basic Nursing: Essential for Practice. (6th Ed.) St. Louis, Mosby Elsevier. 5. Potter, P.A., & Perry, A.G., (2008). Fundamentals of Nursing (7th Ed.) St. Louis, London: Mosby. 6. Rasnah A. R, Salizar M.L , (2005). Prosedur Kejururawatan mengg unakan Proses Kejururawatan , Petaling Jaya, Pearson Prentice Hall. 7. Taylor C. Lilli s, C,LeMone, P. Lynn P . (2011) Fundamentals of Nursing. The Art And Sci ence Of Nursing Care (7th Ed.) China: Lippincott Williams & Wilkins 8. Walsh. M., Crumbie. A. & Watson J.E., J.A. (2007) Watsons Clinical Nursing And Related Sciences (7th Ed.) Edinburgh; New York: Baillire Tindall/Elsevier.
Reference Texts

240
UNDERGRADUATE GUIDEBOOK MTEJ 1116: Pharmacology and Handling of Medication
2012-2013
Learning Outcomes:
2 credits
At the end of the course students are able to : 1. Identify knowledge, prin ciples and b asic pharmacology terminologies and classification of drugs. 2. Explain 6 main principles in administering topical, oral medication and injection. 3. Calculate the dosage of oral drugs, injections, dilution of solution safely and effectively. 4. Explain the preparation of parenteral drugs from ampoules and vial without violating the principles. 5. Explain the side effects or complications that arise.
Course Synopsis
This course includes teaching on: - pharmacological terminology and drugs classification - calculation of oral medications and injections - procedures on administration of medications orally, topical and injections - nurses responsibilities during administration of medication
Reference Texts
1. Berman, A., Snyder, S.J., Kozier, B., & Erb, G (2008) Kozier & Erb's Fundamentals of Nursing Concepts, Process and Practice (8th Ed.) Upper Saddle River, N.J.: Pearson Prentice Hall. 2. Black, J.M. and Hawks J.H, (2008) Medical Surgical Nursing Clinical Man agement for P ositive Outciome (8th Ed.) St. Louis Saunders Elsevier. 3. Broyles B.E.; Reiss, B.S. & Evans M.E. (2007) Pharmcological Aspects of Nursing Care (7th Ed) New York: Thomson Delmar Learning. 4. Holland jr, L.N. & Adams, M.P. (2012). Cores concepts in Pharmacology. (3rd Ed.) Pearson Education Inc. United States. 5. Kee, J.L.; Hayes, E.R. & McCuistion , L.E. (2005) Pharmacology: A Nursing Process Approach (5th Ed) Philadelphia: W.B. Saunders Co. 6. Lilley, L.L., Harrington, S., & Synder, J.S. (2005). Pharmacology and the Nursing Process. (4th Ed.) Mosby Inc. Philadelphia. 7. Lilley, L.L.; Harrington, S. & Snyder, J.S. (2005) Pharmacology and the Nursing Process (4th Ed.) St. Louis: Mosby Elsevier. 8. Philips, L.D. (2010) Manual of I.V. Therapeutics: Evidence-Based Practice for Infusion Therapy (5th Ed) Philadelphia: F.A. Davis Co. 9. Potter, P.A., & Perry, A.G., (2008). Fundamentals of Nursing (7th Ed.) St. Louis, London: Mosby. 10. Weinstein S,M. (2006) Plumer's Principles and Pr actice of Intravenous Therapy (8th Ed.) Philadelphia: Lippincott Williams & Wilkins.

241
UNDERGRADUATE GUIDEBOOK MTEJ 1119: Sociology in Nursing
2012-2013
Learning Outcomes:
2 credits
1. Explain basic concepts in sociology in relation to culture, community, norms and values. 2. Identify human as a socio-culture being which ha s cultural ch aracteristics, beliefs, n orms, values and unique roles in community. 3. Discuss the relationship between sociology and individual health behaviour in perceptions toward disease and rehabilitation. 4. Identify the impacts of h ealth behaviour in Ma laysia based on belief pattern and health practices. 5. Discuss the hospital as a social institution that play a role in providing services to patient. 6. Discuss the impacts of social change, social and cultural imbalance on health and disease.
Course Synopsis
The course is planned to include topic such as intr oduction and scope in sociology, human as a social cultural being, cultural characteristics, beliefs, norms, role, status, socialization. It also includes social, economical and political ef fects in Malaysian community and soci al factors that influence h ealth and diseases.
Reference Texts 1. Cockerham, W.C. (2010). Medical Sociology. (11th Ed.) Pearson Education Inc. New Jersey. 2. Ember, C. An d Ember, M. (1988) Culture Anthropology (5th Ed.) Prentice-Hall Internation al 3. Hashim Awang (1994) Antropologi Perubatan DBP. Kuala Lumpur. 4. Helman, C. (1990) Culture, Health and Illness: An In troduction for Health Professionals (2nd 5. Scrambler, G. And P atrick, D. (1991) Sociology As Applied To Medicine Bailliere Tindall.
London. Ed.) Butterworth Heinemann Ltd. London. Edition. Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey.

242
UNDERGRADUATE GUIDEBOOK MTEJ 1120: Parasitology and Microbiology
2012-2013
Learning Outcomes:
2 credits
1. Explain the etiology , pathogenesis and clinical characteristics of bacteria, virus, fungi , spirochete, protozoa, parasites and filariasis. 2. Explain the purpose for classification and identification of organism. 3. Discuss the epidemiology and prevention of communicable disease. 4. Discuss safety practices, c ompetency and current skills in the safety need s in hospital an d community. 5. Discuss the positive behaviour towards the effective roles in the c ommunity in prevention of communicable diseases.
Course Synopsis
The objective of thi s course is to expose students to knowl edge on microbiology , parasitology, immunology and inf ectious control. Student will be abl e to demonstrate management and communication skills in control of communicable disease in hospital and community.
Reference Texts
1.
Pustaka. 3. Inglis, T.J.J., Speers, D., Leung, and M.J. (2002). Microbiology and Infection Edinburgh: New York: Churchill Livingstone. 4. Levinson, W., (2008) Review of medical microbiol ogy and immunology (10th Ed.) New York: McGraw-Hill Medical. 5. Peters, W., & Pasvol, G (2002) Topical Medicine & Parasitology (5th Ed.) St. Louis: Mosby. 6. Ryan, Kenneth J., Ray C.G., Ahmad, N, Drew, W.L., Plorde, J.J. (2010) Sherris medical microbiology (5th Ed.). New York: Mc Graw Hill Medical. 7. Stucke, V.A (1993). Microbiology For Nurses (7th Ed.) ELBS. 8. Wan Omar A bdullah (1996). Imunoparasitologi Perubatan. Kuala Lumpur : Dewan Bahasa & Pustaka.
Abbas, A., Lichtman, A. (2011) Basic immunology : functi ons and disorders of the immune system Philadelphia, PA : Saunders/Elsevier. 2. Brock, D.T. et. Al (1993). Asas mikrobiologi & penggunaannya. Kuala Lumpur : Dewan Bahasa &

243
UNDERGRADUATE GUIDEBOOK MTEJ 1172: Nursing Practice II
2012-2013
Learning Outcomes:
At the end of the course students able to :
2 credits
1. Perform observations on the patient accurately and safely. 2. Provide general nursing care to patients using oxygen, nasogastric tube feeding, intraven ous therapy and urinary catheter. 3. Administer medication accurately and safely based on 6R principles. 4. Provide nursing care to patients who have undergone surgery. 5. Demonstrate safe nursing care on patients and management of the deceased person.
Course Synopsis
This course includes clinical practice aspects on: - Principles of on observation. - Basic procedures and nursing pati ents on ox ygen, nasogastric tube feeding and urinar catheter. Nursing patients undergoing surgery and surgical asepsis. - Provide elimination needs, collect specimens and management of the deceased person.
Reference Texts
1. Berman, A J. (2010) Kozier & Erb's Fundamentals of Nursing Concepts, Process and Practice (9th Ed.) New York. Prentice-Hall. 2. Berman, A. & Synder, S . (2012). Kozier & Erbs Fu ndamental of Nursing: Concepts, Process and Practice. (5th Ed.) Pearson Education Inc. United States. 3. Berman, A., Snyder, S.J., Kozier, B., & Erb, G (2008) Kozier & Erb's Fundamentals of Nursing Concepts, Process and Practice (8th Ed.) Upper Saddle River, N.J.: Pearson Prentice Hall. 4. Black, J.M. and Hawks J.H, (2008) Medical Surgical Nursing Clinical Management for P ositive Outciome (8th Ed.) St. Louis Saunders Elsevier. 5. De Laune, S.C. & Ladn er, P.K. (2011). Nursing Fundamentasl: Standards & Practice. Cengage Learning Asia Pte. Ltd. Singapore. 6. Potter & Perry (2010) Basic Nursing Theory And Practice (7th Ed.) New York : Mosby. 7. Taylor C. Lillis, C ,LeMone, P. Lynn P. (2011) Fundamentals Of N ursing. The Art And Science of Nursing Care (7th Ed.) China: Lippincott Williams & Wilkins.

244
2012-2013

MTEJ 2111: Basic Medical Science III 3 credits
Learning Outcomes:
At the end of the course students are able to : 1. Explain the etiology of disease and the effects of pathophysiology on the b ody structure and function. 2. Explain basic and genetic development in the human body. 3. Compare chemotherapy used in virus, bacterial and fungal infection. 4. Describe the clinical manifestation in altered body system and effect of shock. 5. Discuss the nursing c are and reh abilitation process in patient with alterations in musculoskeletal system.
Course Synopsis
The course includes teaching of: - Effects of pathophysiology on body structures and functions. - Clinical manifestations of alterations in cardiac function, pulmonary, muscular skeletal , renal, neurology, and gastro intestinal system. - Management of hemorrhage, shock, fluid and electrolyte imbalance.
Reference Texts
1. Applegate, E.J., & Thomas, P. (1995). The Anatomy & Physiology Learning System Textbook. Philadelphia: W.B.Saunders Co. 2. Black, J.M. and Hawks J.H, (2008) Medical Surgical Nursing Clinical Management for Positive Outciome (8th Ed.) St. Louis Saunders Elsevier. 3. Chabner, B. & Longo,D.L. (2011) Cancer Chemotherapy and Biotherapy : principles and practice (5th Ed.) Philadelphia: Wolters Kluwer/Lippincott Williams & Wilkins Health. 4. Ganong, W.F. (1995). Review of Medi cal Physiology (17th Ed.). Connecticut: Appleton & Lange. 5. McQuillan, K.A., Von Rued en, K.T., Robbi Lynn Hartsock, R.L. & F lynn, M.B (2002). Trauma Nursing From Resuscitation Through Rehabilitation (3rd Ed.). St. Louis: Mosby. 6. Ryan, Kenneth J., Ray C.G., Ahm ad, N, Drew, W.L., Plorde, J.J. (2010) Sherris medical microbiology (5th Ed.). New York: Mc Graw Hill Medical. 7. Schoen, D. C. (2000) Adult orthopaedic nursing Philadelphia: Lippincott. 8. Walsh. M., C rumbie. A. & Watson J.E., J.A. (2007) Watsons Clinical Nursing And Rel ated Sciences (7th Ed.). Edinburgh: Baillire Tindall Elsevier. 9. Wilson, K.J.W. (2002). Ross and Wilson Anatomy & Physiology in Health and Illness (9th Ed.). Hong Kong: Longman Group. 10. Yarbro, C. H., Wujcik , D. & Gobel, B.H. (2011). Cancer nursing: principles and practice (7th Ed.). Sudbury, MA: Jones and Bartlett Publishers.

245
UNDERGRADUATE GUIDEBOOK MTEJ 2113: Primary Health Care & Public Health
2012-2013
2 credits
Learning Outcomes:
At the end of the course students are able to : 1. Explain basic concepts and elements in primary health care. 2. Explain the roles of health care staff in the family and community health program under the Ministry of Health 3. Describe factors that influence primary health care from health promotion a nd prevention perspective. 4. Discuss issues in primary health care and health care system in Malaysia. 5. Discuss the promotion and prevention health care activities at hospital, clinic and community level.
Course Synopsis
This course includes: - Concepts and elements of health and primary health. - Health promotion and nursing roles in health promotion. - Level of prevention. - Issues in health care.
Reference Texts
1. Coles, L. & Porter, E. (2008) Public health skills: a practical guide for nurses and public health practitioners. Oxford: Blackwell Pub. 2. Francis, K., & McFarlane, J. M. (2008). Community as partner : theory and practice in nursing, Australian and New Zeal and adaptation. 2008. Broadway, N.S.W: Lippincott William s and Wilkins. 3. Lundy, K.S. & Janes, S. (2010). Community Health Nursing: Caring for the Publics Health (2nd Ed.) Sudbury, Massachusetts: Jones and Bartlett Publishers. 4. McMurray, A & Clendon, J. (2011), Community Health and Wellness: Prim ary Health Care in Practice (4th Ed.).Churchill Livingston Elsevier. 5. S.K Sharma & Monika Tomar (2005). Principles of Growth and Development: Gyan Publishing House. 6. Salleh, H. M. (2000). Keluarga dan K esihatan. Kuala Lumpur: Dewan Bahasa dan Pu saka. Stanhope, M., & Lanc aster, J. (2004 ). Community and Public Health Nursing (4th Ed.). St Louis: Mosby. 7. Sines, D., Saunders, M. & Forbes-Burford, J. (2009). Community Health Care Nursing. (4th Ed.) Singapore: Blackwell Science, London. 8. Smith C.M.,& Maur er F.A. (2009). Community/Public Health Nursing Practi ce: Health f or Families and Populations. (4th Ed.) St.Louis Missouri: Saunders Elsevier. 9. Stanhope, M., & Lanc aster, J. (2004 ). Community and Public Health Nursing (4th Ed.). St Louis: Mosby. 10. Susan Clemen-Stone, Sandra L. McGuire, & Eigsti, D. G. (2002). Comprehensive community health nursing: family, aggregate & community practice. Mosby: St Louis.

246
UNDERGRADUATE GUIDEBOOK MTEJ 2115: Medical Nursing I
2012-2013
2 credits
Learning Outcomes:
At the end of the course students are able to : 1. Explain the health concepts from the perspectives of individual, family and community. 2. Explain the difference between acute and chronic disease. 3. Perform health assessment for the purpose of confirming diagnosis, therapeutic and palliative care. 4. Identify principles of b arrier nursing when prov iding nursing care to patients with communicable disease. 5. Discuss the i mportance of health educ ation in prevention and s pread of dise ase via vec tor, touch, air and sexual contact.
Course Synopsis
This course includes aspects of: Concepts of health promotion. Ways in disease prevention and health rehabilitation. health education Individual and family care in communicable disease.
1. Alexander, M. F, Fawcett, J.N & Runciman P.J. (2006) Nursing Practice Hospital And Hom e The Adult (3rd Ed.)Edinburgh: Churchill Livingstone Elsevier. 2. Black, J.M. and Hawks J.H, (2008) Medical Surgical Nursing Clinical Management for Positive Outciome (8th Ed.) St. Louis Saunders Elsevier. 3. Daniels, R. & Nicoll, L .H. (2011). Contemporary Medical Surgical Nursi ng. International Edition. (2nd Ed.) Canada Nelson Education Ltd. Public Health, Preventive Medicine And Social Servi ces (6th Ed.) 4. Devies, B.M. (1995) California : Arnold Publishers. 5. Eric Lim, L oke, Y.K., & Thompson, A. (2007). Medicine & Surgery : An integrat ed textbook. Churchill Livingstone Elsevier. Philadelphia. 6. Ignativicius, D.D & Workman M.L. (2009). Medical-surgical nursing: critical thinking for collaborative care. (6th Ed.). St.Louis: Saunders Elsevier. 7. Ingnativicus, D.D & Bay ne, M.V. (2 001).Medical Surgical Nursing A Nursing Process Approach Philadelphia: W.B. Saunder. 8. LeMone, P. & Burke, K. M. (2008) Medical-surgical nursing care: Critical Th inking in Clie nt Care (4th Ed.) New Jersey: Pearson Prentice Hall. 9. LeMone, P., Burke, K. & Bauldoff, G. (2011). Medical Surgical Nursing: Critical Thinking in Patient care. (5th Ed). Person. Us. 10. Royle, J.A.M. (2002) Watsons Clinical Nursing and Related Sci ences 6th ed . Philadelphia: Bailliere Tindall Publishing. 11. Walsh, M.& Crumbie, A, (2007) Watsons Clinical Nursing And Related Sci ences 7th ed. Philadelphia : Bailliere Tindall Publishing. 12. Williams, L. S. & Hopper, P.D. (2008). Understanding medical surgical nu rsing (3rd Ed.). Philadelphia: F.A. Davis Co. Final Exam 60%.
Reference Texts
Course coordinator: Course AssessmentCourse will be assessed by Continuous Assessment 40% and a
247
UNDERGRADUATE GUIDEBOOK MTEJ 2117: Surgical Nursing I
2012-2013
Learning Outcomes:
2 credits
1. Explain the basic pre and post operative care for surgical patients. 2. Describe type of anesthetics drugs which is given to patients. 3. Identify the early sign s of post operative complications through assessments, observations of vital signs and impending shock. 4. Describe immediate and continuous post operative care for patient after surgery. 5. Discuss nursing care of patients with fluid and electrolyte and acid-base imbalance.
Course Synopsis
The course includes: - Basic nursing care of pre and post operative. - Post operative complications and discomfort - Care of patient with fluid, electrolyte and acid base imbalances.
Reference Texts
1. Berman, A J. & Snyder,S. (2011) Kozier & Erb's Fundamentals Of Nursing Concepts, Process And Practice (9th ed.) New York. Prentice-Hall. 2. Black, J.M. and Hawks J.H, (2008) Medical Surgical Nursing Clinical Management for Positive Outciome (8th Ed.) St. Louis Saunders Elsevier. 3. Daniels, R. & Nicoll, L .H. (2012). Contemporary Medical Surgical Nursi ng. International Edition. (2nd Ed.) Canada Nelson Education Ltd. 4. Eric Lim, L oke, Y.K., & Thompson, A. (2007). Medicine & Surgery : An integrat ed textbook. Churchill Livingstone Elsevier. Philadelphia 5. Ignativicius, D.D & Workman M.L. (2005).Medical Surgical Nursing A Nursing Process Approach Philadelphia: Saunders. 6. Ingnativicus, D.D & Bayne, M.V. (2001). Medical Surgical Nu rsing A Nursing Process Approach Philadelphia: W.B. Saunders. 7. LeMone, P. & Burke, K. M. (2008) Medical-surgical nursing car e: Critical Th inking in Client Care (4th Ed.) New Jersey: Pearson Prentice Hall. 8. LeMone, P., Burke, K. & Bauldoff, G. (2011). Medical Surgical Nursing: Critical thinking in Patient care. (5th Ed.)Pearson. US. 9. Potter, P. A ., Perry, G., Hall, A. & Stockert P.A. (2009) Fundamentals of nursing (7th. Ed.). St. Louis: Mosby. 10. Walsh, M.& Crumbie, A, (2007) Watsons Clinical Nursing And Related Sciences (7th Ed.) Philadelphia : Bailliere Tindall Pub. 11. Watson, J. E. & Royle, J. A. (2002) Watsons Clinical 1 Nursing & Related Sciences (6th Ed.) London: W.B. Saunders. 12. Williams, L. S. & Hopper, P.D. (2008). Understanding medical surgical nursing (3rd Ed.) Philadelphia: F.A. Davis Co.

248
UNDERGRADUATE GUIDEBOOK MTEJ 2119: Nursing Concepts
2012-2013
2 credits
Learning Outcomes:
At the end of the course students are able to : 1. Explain the concept ofhealth and wellness based on specific health model. 2. Explain the relationship of relevant nursing concepts in the care of patient, family and community. 3. Explain the effect of diseases and sensory deprivation towards individual and the role of family in patients rehabilitation. 4. Discuss appropriate nursing concepts in primary and clinical care.
Course Synopsis
This course covers main topic and the analysis of main concepts related to patient care. The students will be aware of th e most recent development and change in rehabilitation, therapeutic relationship, health and pain manag ement, death and dying, sensory deprivation, stress, crisis and crisis management. Through the knowledge of these co ncepts, the nurse will understand and apply the concepts in the care of patients, family and community.
Reference Texts
1. Argoff, C. E. & McCleane, G. (2009). Pain management secrets (3rd Ed.). Philadelphia, PA: Mosby/Elsevier. 2. Berman, A J. (2011) Kozier & Erb' s Fundamentals of Nursing Concepts, Process and Practice (9th Ed.) New York. Prentice-Hall 3. Black, J.M. and Hawks J.H, (2008) Medical Surgical Nursing Clinical Management for Positive Outcome (8th Ed.) St. Louis Saunders Elsevier. 4. Chitty, K. K. & Black, B.P. (2011 ). Professional Nursing: concepts & challenges. (6th Ed.) Maryland: Saunders Elsevier. 5. Leininger, M. (2002) Transcultural nursing: concepts, theories, research and practice (3rd rev. Ed.) New York: McGraw-Hill Medical. 6. Thompson, I.E., Melia K .M., Boyd, K.M. & Horsburgh, D. (2006) Nursing Ethics. (5th Ed.). London: Churchill Livingstone. 7. Watson, J. (2009). Assessing and Measuring Caring in Nursing and Health Science : (2nd Ed.). New York: Springer Publishing Co.

249
UNDERGRADUATE GUIDEBOOK MTEJ 2171: Nursing Practice III
2012-2013
4 credits
Learning Outcomes:
At the end of the course students are able to : 1. Provide nursing care to patient in medical and surgical wards. 2. Give basic and specific c are of patient with c ommunicable disease and acute and chr onic medical problem. 3. Give basic and specific nursing care to patient during pre-operative and pos-operative period. 4. Identify the role of nurse in health promoti on and prevention of communicable and noncommunicable disease.
Course Synopsis
This course covers the aspect of clinic al practice, treatment of p atient with communicable disease, general and specific care of medical and surgical prob lem. This course also includes the role of nurse in health promotion in pr evention of communicable and non communicable disease using strategies based on the patients need.
Reference Texts
1. Berman, A J. & Snyder, S . (2011) Kozier & Erb's Funda mentals Of Nursing Concepts, Process And Practice (9th Ed.). New York. Prentice-Hall. 2. Black, J.M. and Hawks J.H, (2008) Medical Surgical Nursing Clinical Management for Positive Outciome (8th Ed.) St. Louis Saunders Elsevier. 3. Corner, J. & Bailey,C. (2008) Cancer nursing : care in context (2nd Ed.). Oxford: Blackwell Pub. 4. Ingnativicus, D.D & Bayne, M.V. (2001). Medical Surgical Nu rsing A Nursing Process Approach Philadelphia: W.B. Saunders. 5. Lundy, K.S. & Janes, S. (2010). Community Health Nursing: Caring for the Publics Health (2nd Ed.). Sudbury, Mass: Jones and Bartlett Publishes. 6. Schoen, D. C., (2000) Adult orthopedic nursing. Philadelphia: Lippincott. 7. Stanhope, M., & Lancaster, J. (2004). Community and Public Health Nursing (4th Ed.) St Louis: Mosby. 8. Walsh, M.& Crumbie, A, (2007) Watsons Clinical Nursing And Related Sciences (7th Ed.) Philadelphia : Bailliere Tindall Publishing. 9. Watson, J.E. & Royle, J.A . (2002) Watsons Clinical 1 Nursing & Related Sciences (6th Ed.) London: W.B. Saunders.

250
2012-2013
YEAR 2 SEMESTER 2 (2013/2014

MTEJ 2112: Basic Medical Sciences IV
Learning Outcomes:
3 credits
1. Explain congenital abnormalities and condition in the nerv ous, immunity, ophthalmology, otorinolaringology and integumentary system. 2. Explain concept and terminology of neoplasia and the spread and effect of neoplasia. 3. Identify clinical investigations and specific assessment for malignancy. 4. Explain medical and surgical management for cancer patients. 5. Discuss the medical and palliative care for cancer patients. 6. Discuss the management of pediatric emergency cases.
Course Synopsis
This course includes: - Pathophysiology effects on structure and function of the body. - Congenital abnormalities, condition, diseases of the nervous system, immunity system, ophthalmology, otorinolaringology and integumentary system. - Pediatric emergencies. - Neoplasm and antineoplastic medication. - Management of patient with cancer. - Palliative care
Reference Texts
1. Black, J.M. and Hawk s J.H, (2008). Medical Surgical Nursing Clinical Man agement for Positive Outcome (8th Ed.) St. Louis Saunders Elsevier. 2. Chabner, B. & Longo,D.L.(2011).Cancer chemotherapy and biotherapy : principles and practice (5th Ed.) Philadelphia: Wolters Kluwer/Lippincott Williams & Wilkins Health. 3. Ingnativicus, D.D & Bayn e, M.V. (2001 ). Medical Surgical Nursing - A Nursin g Process Approach Philadelphia: W.B. Saunders. 4. Le Mone, K & M.Burke. K . (2001). Medical Surgical Nursing C ritical Thinking in Clien t Care London: Addison Wesley. 5. Marieb, E.N. (2008). Anatomy & Physi ology (9th Ed.) San Franci sco: Pearson Benjamin Cummings. 6. Ryan, Kenneth J., Ray C.G., Ahm ad, N, Drew, W.L., Plorde, J.J. (2010) Sherris medical microbiology (5th Ed.). New York: Mc Graw Hill Medical. 7. Schoen, D. C. (2000) Adult orthopaedic nursing Philadelphia: Lippincott. 8. Walsh. M., Crumbie. A. & Watson J.E., J.A . (2007) Watsons Clinical Nursing And Related Sciences (7th Ed.). Edinburgh: Baillire Tindall Elsevier. 9. White,L. & Duncan.G. (2002). Medical-Surgical Nursing: An Integrated Approach (2nd Ed.) United States. 10. Yarbro, C. H., Wujcik, D. & Gobel, B.H. (2011). Cancer nursing: principles and practice (7th Ed.) Sudbury, MA: Jones and Bartlett Publishers.

UNDERGRADUATE GUIDEBOOK MTEJ 2114: Family Health & Community Health Nursing I
2012-2013
2 credits
Learning Outcomes:
At the end of the course students are able to : 1. Explain concepts and objectives of family and community health nursing. 2. Discuss the role of health care personnel in family and community health service program in the Ministry of Health Malaysia. 3. Explain the factors that influence the status of family and community health. 4. Conduct promotion and preventive health care in hospital, clinic and community. 5. Explain the epidemiological concepts and roles of nurses in epidemic research.
Course Synopsis
The course prepares students with basic concepts in variation components in family and c ommunity healthcare. This course enables students to pr ovide comprehensive service to family and community. This course includes: - Concepts of family and community health - Family as a service unit objectives and aims - Activity of family health service - Factors that influence family health and community. - Health environment program. - Epidemiology in the context of family health and community care.
Reference Texts
1. Francis, K., & McFarlane, J. M. (2008). Community as partner : theory and practice in nursing, Australian and New Zealand adaptation. Broadway, N.S.W: Lippincott Williams and Wilkins. 2. S.K Sharma, & Monika Tomar (2005). Principles of Growth and Development: Gyan Publishing House. 3. Salleh, H. M. (2000). Keluarga dan Kesihatan. Kuala Lumpur: Dewan Bahasa dan Pusaka. 4. Stanhope, M., & Lanc aster, J. (2004 ). Community and Public Health Nursing (4th Ed.). St Louis: Mosby. 5. Simes , D. (1995). Community Health Care Nursing Blackwell Science, London 6. Smith, C. M.,& Maurer F . A. (1995). Community Health Nursi ng : Theory And Practice Churchill Livingstone, Longman. 7. Susan Clemen-Stone, Sandra L. McGuire, & Eigsti, D. G. (2002). Comprehensive community health nursing: family, aggregate & community practice. Mosby: St Louis.

252
UNDERGRADUATE GUIDEBOOK MTEJ 2116: Medical Nursing II
2012-2013
2 credits
Learning Outcomes:
At the end of the course students are able to : 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Discuss nursing care and health education to patients with alterations in body system. Perform basic /diagnostic procedure involving alteration in body system. Perform assessment of patients with auto immune and oncological disorders. Discuss medical-legal aspects and its implications in management of patient. Provide nursing care to patients with auto immune and oncological disorders.
Course Synopsis:
The course includes: - nursing care of patients with alterations of system in human body - basic and diagnostic medical procedures - oncology nursing and autoimmune disease
Reference Texts
1. Black,J.M. & Jacobs, E.M. (1999). Luckman & Sorensons Medical Surgical Nursing A Psychophysiologic Approach (4 Ed.) Philadelphia:W.B. Saunders. 2. Ingnativicus, D.D & Bayne, M.V. (2001). Medical Surgical Nu rsing A Nursing Process Approach Philadelphia: W.B. Saunders. 3. Kozier, B., Erb, G & Wilk inson,J.M. (1998). Fundamental of Nursing Concepts, Pr ocess & Practice (5th Ed.) Singapore: AddisonWesley 4. Le Mone, K & M.Burke. K. (2001). Medical Surgical Nursing Critical Thinkin g in Client Care London: Addison Wesley. 5. Potter & Perry (1995). Basic Nursing Theory & Practice (3rd Ed.) Philadelphia: Mosby. 6. Taylor, C., Li llis, C & Le Mone, P. (19 89). Fundamentals of Nursing. The Art & Science of Nursing Care (4th Ed.) Philadelphia: J.B. Lippincott Co. 7. Watson, J.E. & Royle, J.A. (2002 ) Watsons Clinical Nursing & Rel ated Sciences (6th Ed.) London: W.B. Saunders. 8. White,L. & Duncan.G. (2002). Medical-Surgical Nursing: An Integrated Approach (2nd Ed.) United States: Delmar.

253
UNDERGRADUATE GUIDEBOOK MTEJ 2118: Surgical Nursing II
2012-2013
2 credits
Learning Outcomes:
At the end of the course students are able to : 1. Discuss surgical nursing care for patient with alteration of respiratory, cardiovascular, gastrointestinal, genitourinary, endocrine, musculoskeletal and integumentary system 2. Explain the basic/diagnostic surgical procedure of the alteration of body system 3. Discuss the surgical nursing care for patient with cancer. 4. Give health education for surgical patients with alteration of body system and patient with cancer 5. Identify the needs and principles of aseptic practices, communication and safety in surgic al care.
Course Synopsis:
This course comprises teaching regarding: - nursing care of surgical patient with alteration of body system - basic/diagnostic surgical procedure - oncology surgical nursing - health education
Reference Texts
1. Black,J.M. & Jacob s, E .M. (1999). Luckman & Sorensons Medical Surgical Nursing A Psychophysiologic Approach (4th Ed.) Philadelphia : W.B. Saunders. Nursing Process 2. Ingnativicus, D.D & Bay ne, M.V. (2 001). Medical Surgical Nursing - A Approach. Philadelphia: W.B. Saunders. 3. Le Mone, K & M.Burke. K. (2001). Medical Surgical Nursing Critical Thinkin g in Client Care London: Addison Wesley. 4. Kozier, B., Erb, G & Wilk inson,J.M. (1998). Fundamental of Nursing Concepts, Pr ocess & Practice (5th Ed.) Singapore:Addison Wesley. 5. Potter & Perry (1995). Basic Nursing Theory & Practice (3rd Ed.) Philadelphia: Mosby. 6. Royle, J.A. & Walsh,M. (1992). Watsons Medical-Surgical Nursing & Related Physiology (4th Ed.) London: Bailliere Tindall. 7. Taylor, C., Li llis, C & Le Mone, P. (19 89). Fundamentals of Nursing. The Art & Science of Nursing Care (4th Ed.) Philadelphia: J.B.Lipincott Co 8. White,L. & D uncan.G. (2002). Medical-Surgical Nursing: An Integrated Approach (2nd Ed.) United States: Delmar

254
UNDERGRADUATE GUIDEBOOK MTEJ 2172: Nursing Practice IV
2012-2013
4 credits
Learning Outcomes:
At the end of the course students are able to : 1. Provide nursing care to patients with alteration of body systems. 2. Perform nursing procedures and assists in pr eparing patients for diagnostics / special procedures. 3. Provide health education regarding treatment and disease process to patient and family 4. Discuss the medico legal aspects in the management of patient..
Course Synopsis:
This course covers aspects of clinical practice in relation to: - Nursing patients with conditions / disorders of body system and oncology. - Diagnostic / special medical surgical procedures. - Nurses role in handling medico legal cases in nursing.
Reference Texts
1. Black,J.M. & Jacob s, E .M. (1999). Luckman & Sorensons Medical Surgical Nursing A Psychophysiologic Approach (4th Ed.) Philadelphia:W.B. Saunders. Nursing Process 2. Ingnativicus, D.D & Bay ne, M.V. (2 001). Medical Surgical Nursing - A Approach Philadelphia: W.B. Saunders. 3. Kozier, B., Erb, G & Wilk inson,J.M. (1998). Fundamental of Nursing Concepts, Pr ocess & Practice (5th Ed.) Singapore:Addison Wesley. 4. Le Mone, K & M.Burke. K. (2001). Medical Surgical Nursing Critical Thinkin g in Client Care London: Addison Wesley. 5. Potter & Perry (1995). Basic Nursing Theory & Practice (3rd Ed.) Philadelphia: Mosby. 6. Royle, J.A. & Walsh,M. (1992). Watsons Medical-Surgical Nursing & Related Physiology (4th Ed.) London: Bailliere Tindall. 7. Taylor, C., Li llis, C & Le Mone, P. (19 89). Fundamentals of Nursing. The Art & Science of Nursing Care (4th Ed.) Philadelphia: J.B.Lipincott Co. Approach (2nd 8. White,L. & Duncan.G . (2002). Medical-Surgical Nursing: An Integrated Ed.)United States: Delmar.

Course will be assessed by Continuous Assessment 100% (Clinical).
255
UNDERGRADUATE GUIDEBOOK MTEJ 2301: Moral & Ethics in Nursing Profession
2012-2013
2 credits
Learning Outcomes:
At the end of the course students are able to : 1. Identify ethical and moral principles in nursing. 2. Describe the meaning of moral and ethical beha vior accurately i n activities in volving patient care. 3. Practice ethical code that control nursing practice when giving patient care. 4. Discuss ethical issues in clinical nursing practice. 5. Apply ethical principles in nursing practice.
Course Synopsis:
The course includes: - Define moral and ethics. - Meaning roles in community. - Ethical codes that control nursing practice. - Ethical issues that is f aced by nurses in clinical research.
practice, m anagement, education and
Reference Texts
1. Bandman, E.L. & Bandman, B. (2004) Nursing Ethics Through The Life Span.(4rd Ed.). Upper Saddle River, New Jersey : Prentice Hall . 2. Burkhardt, M.A. & Nath aniel A.K. (2009). Ethics & issues in c ontemporary nursing (3rd Ed.). Australia; Albany: Delmar. 3. Burnard, P. & Chapman, C.M. (2004) Professional And Ethics Issue s In N ursing (3rd Ed.). London: Bailliere Tindall. 4. Butts J.B. & Rich, K.L. (2008) Nursing ethics: across the curriculum and into practice (2nd Ed.). Sudbury, MA: Jones and Bartlett Publishers. 5. Chitty, K. K. & Black, B.P. (2011 ). Professional Nursing: concepts & challenges. (6th Ed.) Maryland: Saunders Elsevier. 6. Fry, S.T., Veatch, R.M. & Tayl or, C. (2011). Case Studies In Nursing Ethics .(4th Ed.). Sudbury, MA: Jones & Bartlett Learning. 7. Thompson, I.E., Melia K .M., Boyd, K.M. & Horsburgh, D. (2006) Nursing Ethics. (5th Ed.). London: Churchill Livingston.

256
2012-2013

MTEJ 3111: Family Health & Community Health Nursing II 2 credits
Learning Outcomes:
Explain the aim and activities of family health care and child health care in Malaysia. Explain the growth and development aspect of baby and child from 0-6 years old. Explain the development aspect of normal and abnormal baby and child from 0-6 years old. Explain the purposes and goals in comprehensive health assessment of baby and child from 06 years old. 5. Demonstrate comprehensive assessment on baby and child from 0-6 years old. 6. Discuss the health education according to client needs. 7. Discuss concepts of high risk approach and management of high risk baby and child.
1. 2. 3. 4.
Course Synopsis:
This course teaches basic skills in: - Family health care. - assessment of the baby and child from 0-6 years old - identification of high risk baby and child - family health program in Malaysia and family assessment - child health program and high risk approach in child health
Reference Texts
1. Francis, K., & McFarlane, J. M. (2008 ). Community as partner: theory and practice in nursing, Australian and New Zealand adaptation. Broadway, N.S.W: Lippincott Williams and Wilkins. 2. Hyde, V. (2001). Community Nursing and Health Care, Insights and Innovations. London: 3. Stanhope, M., & Lanc aster, J. (2004 ). Community and Public Health Nursing (4th Ed.). St Louis: Mosby. 4. Sharma, S.K & Tomar M. (2005). Principles of Growth and Development: Gyan Publishing House. 5. Salleh, H. M. (2000). Keluarga dan Kesihatan. Kuala Lumpur: Dewan Bahasa dan Pusaka 6. Stanhope, M., & Lanc aster, J. (2004 ). Community and Public Health Nursing (4th Ed.)St Louis: Mosby. 7. Stone, C., McGuire, S. & Eigstri, D. G. (2002) Comprehensive Community Health Nursing. (6th Ed.) Mosby. 8. Stone, C., Sandra, L. McGuire, & Eig stri, D. G. (2002). Comprehensive community health nursing: family, aggregate & community practice. Mosby: St Louis. 9. Watson, J.E. & Royle, J.A.(2002 ) Watsons Clinical 1 Nursing & Rel ated Sciences (6th Ed.) London: W.B. Saunders.
Course coordinator: Course Assessment:

2012-2013
MTEJ 3113: Obstetric & Gynecologic Nursing 3 credits
Learning Outcomes:
At the end of the course students are able to : 1. Explain the physiology of pregnancy, labour and p uerperium and fetal dev elopment from conceptions to full term. 2. Explain the management of the women during pregnancy, labour and puerperium. 3. Perform comprehensive examination of pregnant woman, during labour and puerperium. 4. Perform comprehensive assessment and care of newborn baby. 5. Explain the pathophysiology, treatment and nur sing care given to p atients with alteration /conditions of female reproductive system.
Course Synopsis:
This course teaches basic knowledge and skills of: - Obstetrics and gynecology nursing - Roles of midwives - Nursing care during antenatal care - Physiology of labour and management of mothers during stages of labour - Physiology and management of puerperium and postnatal care. - Nursing care of new born baby. - Main gynaecologic alteration and problems
Reference Texts
1. Black, J.M. and Hawks J.H, (2008) Medical Surgical Nursing Clinical Management for Positive Outciome (8th Ed.) St. Louis Saunders Elsevier. 2. Hashim, A., Sood, M., & Padubidri, V. (2008). Obstetric Nursing. Shah Alam: Oxford 3. Ingnativicus, D.D & Bayne, M.V. (2001). Medical Surgical Nu rsing A Nursing Process Approach Philadelphia: W.B. Saunders. 4. Kozier, B., Erb, G & Wilk inson,J.M. (1998). Fundamental of Nursing Concepts, Pr ocess & Practice (5th Ed.) Singapore:Addison Wesley. 5. Le Mone, K & M Burke. K . (2001). Medical Surgical Nursing Cr itical Thinking in Client C are London : Addison Wesley. 6. Potter & Perry (1995). Basic Nursing Theory & Practice (3rd Ed.) Philadelphia: Mosby. 7. Watson, J.E. & Royle, J.A .(2002) Watsons Clinical 1 Nursing & Related Sciences (6th Ed.)London: W.B. Saunders.

258
UNDERGRADUATE GUIDEBOOK MTEJ 3114: Paediatrics Nursing
2012-2013
2 credits
Learning Outcomes:
At the end of the course students are able to : 1. Explain the medical surgical conditions related to alteration of body system among babies and children. 2. Discuss the medical and surgical treatment and management of babies and children admitted to hospital. 3. Perform comprehensive assessment for babies and children. 4. Discuss the nursing care of babies and children wi th alteration of cardiovascular, respiratory, hemopoietic and gastrointestinal systems. 5. Provide the health education according to the needs of the babies and children.
Course Synopsis:
This course prepares students with the knowledge of conditions and nursing care of children from the medical and surgical aspect: - general nursing care for children and their family - conditions related to cardiovascular, respiratory, hemopoietic, gastrointestinal system from the medical and surgical aspects - special problems among children
Reference Texts
1. Assuma, B. T. M (2009). Textbook of paediatric nursing. New Delhi: Elsevier 2. Mayers, M. And Jocobson, A. (1995) Clinical Care Plans-Pediatric Nursing New York: McGrawHill, Inc. 3. Parul, D. (2009). Pediatric nursing. New Delhi: Jaypee Brothers Medical Publishers. 4. Rasnah A. R. & Salizar M.L., (2005). Prosedur Kejururawatan menggu nakan Proses Kejururawatan, Petaling Jaya, Pearson Prentice Hall. 5. Taylor C. Lillis, C,LeMone, P. Lynn P. (2011) Fundamentals Of Nursing. The Art and Science of Nursing Care (7th Ed.) China: Lippincott Williams & Wilkins. 6. Whaley & Wong, D.L. (2000). Nursing Care of Infants and Children Philadelphia : Mosby Year Book.

259
UNDERGRADUATE GUIDEBOOK MTEJ 3115: Critical Thinking in Nursing
2012-2013
2 credits
Learning Outcomes:
At the 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. end of the course students are able to : Explain the concepts and importance of critical and creative thinking in problem solving. Discuss the pattern of knowing in nursing. Describe critical thinking in clinical reasoning and decision making. Explain the critical thinking strategies in nursing. Describe interpersonal skills in critical thinking and critical analysis in nursing.
Course Synopsis:
This course prepares students with knowledge and understanding of critical thinking that will influence quality nursing. This course also discusses the role of critical thinking, the process of critical thinking and the requ ired skills to mould nurses who are knowledgeable, proactive, innovative and critical thinkers.
Reference Texts
1. Alfaro-LeFevre, R. (2001) Critical Thinking in Nursin g: A Practic al Approach. (2nd Ed.) W.B. Saunders, Philadelphia. 2. Foteyn, M.E. (2000) Thinking Strategies For Nursing Practice. Lippincott. Philadelphia. 3. Ignatavicius, D.D. (2002). Medical-surgical Nursing: Critical Thinking for Collab orative cares (4th Ed.). Philadelphia: Saunders. 4. Potter & Perry (2010) Basic Nursing Theory And Practice (7th ed.) New York : Mosby 5. Rubenfield, M.G. (2000) Critical Thinking in Nursing An Interactive Approach . (2nd Ed.). Lippincott. Philadelphia.

260
UNDERGRADUATE GUIDEBOOK MTEJ 3116: Nursing Research
2012-2013
2 credits
Learning Outcomes:
At the end of the course students are able to : 1. Explain research process and its application in nursing. 2. Conduct literature review. 3. Discuss research design, data collecti ng method and the use reference to the research questions. 4. Produce a research proposal
of appropriate s tatistics in
Course Synopsis:
In this course student will learn the definition of terminologies in literatures, type of research, research design, data collection, data analysis and research report writing. This course will provide introduction to quantitative and qualit ative research methodology. Other topics cover ed are testing hy pothesis, making inferences, disseminate research findings, ethical issues and meth od of interviewing and respondent survey. Thi s course also provides training to stud ents to critic ally analyze research published in established journal and present their analysis findings.
Reference Texts Understanding Nursing Research (5th Ed.) Elsevier 1. Burns, N an d Grove, S.K. (2010) Saunders: USA. 2. Gerrish, K (2010). The research process in nursing. Wiley-Blackwell: Philadelphia. 3. Houser, J (2007). Nursing research: reading, using, and creating evidence. Jones and Bartlett: USA. 4. Wood, M.J. (2011). Basic steps in planning nursing research: from question to proposal. Jones and Bartlett: USA. Course coordinator: Course Assessment
261
UNDERGRADUATE GUIDEBOOK MTEJ 3171: Nursing Practice V
2012-2013
4 credits
Learning Outcomes:
At the end of the course students are able to : 1. Provide nursing care to pregnant women an d women in var ious stages of labour and puerperium in the hospital and at home. 2. Provide nursing care to w omen / patients with changes and disorders of reproductive syste m using the nursing process. 3. Provide nursing care to n ewborn and children with various med ical, surgical and congenital problems using nursing process. 4. Perform growth health assessment to newborn and pre-school children in community health clinic. 5. Perform health education activities according to the needs of patient, women , /newborn and children.
Course Synopsis:
This course comprises of clinical practice aspect in relation to: - Maternal nursing and patients with changes/alteration of reproductive system. - Nursing newborn and children with various medical and surgical problems. - health care services to children in the community - health promotion and health education in the community
Reference Texts
1. Berman, A J. (2010). Kozier & Erb's Fundamentals Of Nursing Concepts, Process And Practice (9th Ed.) New York. Prentice-Hall 2. Black, J.M. and Hawks J.H, (2008) Medical Surgical Nursing Clinical Management for P ositive Outciome (8th Ed.) St. Louis Saunders Elsevier. 3. Ingnativicus, D.D. and Workman M.L. (2009) Medical Surgical Nursing patient centered collaborative care (6th Ed.). Philadelphia : W.B. Saunders. 4. Potter & Perry (2010) Basic Nursing Theory And Practice (7th Ed.) New York : Mosby. 5. Taylor C. Lilli s, C,LeMone, P. Lynn P . (2011) Fundamentals Of N ursing. The Art And Scie nce Of Nursing Care (7th Ed.) China: Lippincott Williams & Wilkins.

262
2012-2013

MTEJ 3112: Family Health and Community Health Nursing III 2 credits
Learning Outcomes:
At the end of the course students are able to : 1. Explain the purpose of the activities and roles of healthcare program and personal involved in school services. 2. Explain types, sources and rehabilitation concepts in handicapped and children with special needs in the Malaysian community. 3. Explains the concepts, aim and health educational activities in f amily and c ommunity health care. 4. Develop suitable media for health education session in family and community health program. 5. Explain the importance of educational program according to indiv idual, family and community needs in healthcare service.
Course Synopsis: This course will prepare students with knowledg e about the health services provided to the community. It also enables students to participate in the services provided to children, school children, handling of children with special needs at community level. Student also will provide health educ ation and he alth promotion at commu nity to enhance health through various approaches. Reference Texts
1. Francis, K., & McFarlane, J. M. (2008). Community as partner: theory and pr actice in nursing, Australian and New Zealand adaptation. Broadway, N.S.W: Lippincott Williams and Wilkins. 2. Hyde, V. (2001). Community Nursing and Heal th Care, Insights and Innovations . London: Arnold. 3. S.K Sharma, & Monika Tomar (2005). Principles of Growth and Development: Gyan Publishing House. 4. Salleh, H. M. (2000). Keluarga dan Kesihatan. Kuala Lumpur: Dewan Bahasa dan Pusaka 5. Stanhope, M., & Lancaster, J. (2004). Community and Public Health Nursing (4th Ed.). Mosby: St Louis. 6. Stone C McG uire S, Eigstr i D. (2002 ) Comprehensive Community Health Nur sing (6th Ed.), Mosby: St Louis. 7. Susan Clemen-Stone, Sandra L. McGuire, & Eigstri, D. G. (2002). Comprehensive community health nursing: family, aggregate & community practice. Mosby: St Louis.

263
UNDERGRADUATE GUIDEBOOK MTEJ 3117: Statistics in Nursing Research
2012-2013
2 credits
Learning Outcomes:
At the end of the course students are able to : 1. 2. 3. 4. Explain the variable and measurement scales in developing data set, Develop data set for data entry. Perform descriptive and inferential statistical. Develop tables and graphic presentation.
Course Synopsis:
Students will be introduc ed to th e usage of statistics in he alth situation such as b asic concept of descriptive and inferential statistics. Student will al so learn th e process of data collec tion, analysis, data interpretation and presentati on, normal di stribution measurement of variability, central tendency mean, m ode and median, introducti on to standard of error , statistical method for quantitative and qualitative data, regression and correlation
Reference Texts
1. Ananda, K. P. ( 2009). Penyelidikan dan SPSS (PASW). Petaling Jaya: Pearson Malaysia Sdn Bhd. 2. Field, A.P. (2010) Discovering statistics using SPSS. Sage: Los Angeles. 3. George, D (2 010). SPSS for Windows step by step: a simple guide and reference, 17.0 update. Allyn & Bacon: Boston. Plichta, S.B. (2009) Statistics for nursing and allied health. Lippincott Wi lliams & Wil kins: Philadelphia. 4. Polit, D (2010) Statistics and data analysis for nursing research. Pearson: New Jersey.

264
UNDERGRADUATE GUIDEBOOK MTEJ 3118: Mental Health Nursing
2012-2013
2 credits
Learning Outcomes:
At the end of the course students are able to : 1. Explain the relationship between concept of mental and psychiatric nursing. 2. Explain the classification, etiology, pathophysiology and treatment of client with main mental health disorders. 3. Describe the nursing process and critical thinking skills based on the principles of mental health care while nursing patients with mental disorders. 4. Explain the health education of clients and family on the importanc e of compliance to treatment. 5. Explain the importance of positive values in nursing psychiatric patients and their families i n accordance with the Malaysia Mental Health Act.
Course Synopsis:
This course provides students with knowledge and understanding about mental health and the various treatment modalities. Student will also acquire knowledge in rehabilitation in the treatmen t of mental health. The course also includes teaching on p sychiatric law, affective, organic and personality disorders, abnormal sexual behavior, p sychoneurosis, drug addiction, alc oholism, rehabilitation and psycho-pharmacology.
Reference Texts
1. Berman, A J. (2010) Kozier & Erb's Fundamentals of Nursing Concepts, Process and Practice (9th Ed.) New York. Prentice-Hall. 2. Black, J.M. and Hawks J.H, (2008) Medical Surgical Nursing Cl inical Management for Positive Outciome (8th Ed.) St. Louis Saunders Elsevier. 3. Hassan, R. (1990). Penghantar Psikiatrik Dewan Bahasa dan Pustaka : Kuala Lumpur. 4. Kandiah, P. (1991). Buku Panduan Kejururawatan (2nd Ed). Dewan Bahasa dan Pustaka : Kuala Lumpur. 5. Sulaigah, B. (2008). Mental health nursing. Shah Alam: Oxford Fajar.

265
UNDERGRADUATE GUIDEBOOK MTEJ 3119: Counseling Skills for Nurses
2012-2013
2 credits
Learning Outcomes:
At the end of the course students are able to : 1. 2. 3. 4. Explain the concepts, aim and principles of counseling. Explain the theory of counseling and its usage. Perform counseling using main counseling skills. Explain the importance of ethics in counseling during counseling session.
Course Synopsis:
Students will acquire knowledge and basic skills in counseling technique to establish c ounseling session with clients in the clinical, education or during the management of the patient. Topics covered are: - definition / concept of counseling - counseling theory - process of counseling - technique of counseling - issues and ethics in counseling
Reference Texts
1. Burnard, P (1999) Counsellling Skills For Health Professionals (3rd Ed.) Stanley Thornes Publisher Limited. 2. Egan, G. (1992) The Skilled Helper Model Skills And Methods For Effective Helping (2nd Ed.) Brooks / Cole Publishing Company, California. 3. Gibson, R.L. (2007) Introduction to counseling and guidance. (7th Ed.) Pearson: New York 4. Suradi Salim (1996). Bimbingan Dan Kaunseling (Edisi Pert ama) Utusan Publications & Distribution Sdn. Bhd.

266
UNDERGRADUATE GUIDEBOOK MTEJ 3120: Management and Leadership in Nursing
2012-2013
2 credits
Learning Outcomes:
At the end of the course students are able to : 1. 2. 3. 4. Explain the concept and basic management theories in nursing practice Explain the planning and organizing in nursing service. Discuss the concept of leading and controlling in nursing service. Identify leadership styles in nursing management
Course Synopsis:
This course comprises of - Introduction to management - Concept of planning - Concept of organizing (organization) - Concept of leading (leadership) - Concept controlling
Reference Texts
1. Marriner-Tomey, A. (2008). Guide to nursing management and leadership. Mosby: New York. 2. Roussel, L (2009). Management and leadership for nurse administrators. Jones and Bartlett: USA. 3. Samson, R. (2009). Leadership and management in nursing practice and education. Jaypee Brothers Medical: New Delhi.

267
UNDERGRADUATE GUIDEBOOK MTEJ 3172: Nursing Practice IV
2012-2013
Learning Outcomes:
4 credits
1. Provide nursing care to patient with mental disturbances in hospital and community. 2. Perform health service activities to school children. 3. Provide nursing care to while participating in the activities for chil dren with special needs at home and in the community. 4. Provide health education and counseling to patients and their family in the ward , clinic and in the community.
Course Synopsis:
This course comprises of practical aspects related to the care of pati ent with ment al health disturbances, health promotion , mental health prevention and rehabilitation in community and hospital. The student will perform sc hool health services and provide occup ational health care and involve in rehabilitation program for children with special needs in the community.
Reference Texts
1. Berman, A J. (2010) Kozier & Erb's Fundamentals of Nursing Concepts, Process and Practice (9th Ed.) Prentice-Hall. New York. 2. Black, J.M. and Hawks J.H, (2008) Medical Surgical Nursing Clinical Management for Positive Outciome (8th Ed.) St. Louis Saunders Elsevier. 3. Ingnativicus, D.D & Bayne, M.V. (2001). Medical Surgical Nu rsing A Nursing Process Approach Philadelphia: W.B. Saunders. 4. Ingnativicus, D.D. and Workman M.L. (2009) Medical Surgical Nursing patient centered collaborative care (6th Ed.). Philadelphia : W.B. Saunders. 5. Le Mone, K & M.Burke. K. (2001). Medical Surgical Nursing Critical Thinkin g in Client Care London: Addison Wesley. 6. Potter & Perry (2010) Basic Nursing Theory And Practice (7th Ed.) New York : Mosby 7. Taylor C. Lillis, C,LeMone, P. Lynn P. (2011) Fundamentals Of Nursing. The Art And Science Of Nursing Care (7th Ed.) China: Lippincott Williams & Wilkins. 8. Watson, J.E. & Royle, J.A. (2002 ) Watsons Clinical Nursing & Rel ated Sciences (6th Ed.) London: W.B. Saunders. 9. White,L. & Duncan.G. (2002). Medical-Surgical Nursing: An Integrated Approach (2nd Ed.) United States. Delmar.

Course will be assessed by continuous assessment 100% (Clinical).
268
UNDERGRADUATE GUIDEBOOK MTEJ 3301: Information Technology in Nursing
2012-2013
2 credits
Learning Outcomes:
At the end of the course students are able to : 1. 2. 3. 4. Explain the development and importance of information technology in nursing. Explain the type and usage of information technology in nursing. Perform electronic data search for evidence based practice. Use appropriate information technology in nursing and health care services.
Course Synopsis:
The course will prepare students with current an d relevant k nowledge and skills of in formation technology in nursing. Th e course will enable the nurses to apply appropriate information technology in nursing and health services.
Reference Texts
1. Ball. M.J. et al (2011) Nursing Informatics: where technology and caring meet. Springers. 2. Burke, L. & Weill (2004) Information Technology for the Health Professions (2nd Ed). Prentice Hall. 3. Saba, V & McCormick, K. (2005) Essentials of Nursing Informatics (4th Ed.) McGraw Hill.

269
2012-2013

MTEJ 4111: Emergency, Intensive and Preoperative Nursing 3 credits
Learning Outcomes:
1. Explain emergency nursing, assessment during emergency triage system and the role of the nurse during emergencies. 2. Discuss emergency and immediate care in handling medical, surgical, obstetric and other emergencies. 3. Explain intensive care nursing and management of patients who are critically ill and who require long term care. 4. Discuss the patient management from pre-operative, intra-operatively and postoperatively. 5. Perform the specific nursing procedures in emergency, intensive and perioperative nursing.
Course Synopsis:
This course consists of teaching emergency, intensive and perioperative nursing. Emergency nursing covers management of patients during primary and secondary survey, trauma, resuscitation and poisoning. Intensive care nursing covers nursing p atients requiring assisted ventilation and monitoring, cardiac dysarrythmias, cardiac surgery a nd renal nursing. Perioperative nursing covers sterilization methods in operation theatre, asepsis procedures, infection control practices and nurses responsibilities as well as type of medication for patients undergoing surgery.
Reference Texts
1. Ashworth, P.M & Clarke, C. (19 92). Cardiovascular Intensive Care Nursing. London: Churchill Livingstone. 2. Catalana, J.T. (1993) Guide to ECG Analysis, Philadelphia, J.B. Lippincott Co. 3. Clochesy, J, M. (1993) Critical Care Nursing. Philadelphia: W.B. Saunders Co. 4. Curtis, K., Ramsden, C., & Friendship, J. (2007 ). Emergency and Trauma Nursing. Marrickville, N.S.W.:Mosby & Elsevier Australia. 5. Dracup, K. (1995). Meltzers Intensive Coronary Care: a Manual for Nurses, (5th Ed.) Connecticut: Prentice-Hall International, Inc. 6. Fairchild, S., (1994). Perioperative Nursing: Principles and Practice, (3rd Ed.) W.B. Saunders Co., Philadelphia. 7. Fortunato, N.H., (2007). Berry & Kohns Operating Room Technique, (11th Ed)., Mosby, St.Louise. 8. Gruendemann, B.J., Fersebner B., (1995). Comprehensive P erioperative Nursing, Jones and Bartlett Publishers Int., Boston. 9. Howard,P.K., Steinmann,R.A., & Sheehy,S.B. (2010). Sheehy Emergency Nursing:Principles & Practice. 6th Edition. USA: Emergency Nurses Association. St. Louis: Elsevier Mosby.
270
2012-2013
10. Phippen, M.L. ,Ulmer, B.C. & Well, W.P., (2009). Competency for Safe Patient Care During Operative & Invasive Procedures. Denver: Competency & Credentialing Institute. 11. Rosen, P., et.al. (1988) Emergency Medicine: Concepts and clinical practice (2nd Ed), C. V. Mosby Company. St. Louis. 12. Rothrock, J.C. & McEwen D.R.(2011). Alexanders Care of Patient in Surgery, Mosby Inc, St. Louis. 13. Schumacher, L. (2010). Emergency nursing ; Intensive care nursing. In C. C. Chernecky (Ed.), Saunders nursing survival guide : critical care & emergency nursing., Mosby St. Louis. 14. Sole, M.L., Klein, D.G. & Moseley, M.J. (2008). Introduction to Critical Care Nursing. Saunders Elsevier. Philadelphia.

271
UNDERGRADUATE GUIDEBOOK MTEJ 4112: Gerontology Nursing
2012-2013
2 credits
Learning Outcomes:
At the end of the course students are able to : Explain concept and theory of aging. Discuss the alteration in human body system in aging. Explain structural and psychosocial changes among elderly population. Perform physical and psychosocial assessment on elderly. Explain the treatment facilities available to improve quality of life and care of the elderly in the community. 6. Identify appropriate health education to meet individual needs in the elderly population. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
Course Synopsis:
This course prepares students with the knowledge on elderly from physiological aspects of ageing and care of elderly. This course includes: - elderly process - health promotion for the elderly - nursing care of elderly patient - rehabilitative program - nursing roles
Reference Texts
1. Cress,C.(2001).Handbook of Geriatic Care Management.Gaithersburg: Aspen. 2. Eliopoulos, C. (2010). Gerontolgical Nursing. (7th Ed). Philadelphia. Wolters Kluwer Lippincott. Williams & Wilkins. 3. Golla,J., Bogner, H.R., Fulmer, T., Pavesa, G.J. (2006). Handbook of Geriatic Assessment. (4th Ed.). Sudbury Ma:Jones & Barlett Publisher Inc. 4. Pathy, M.S. J.(2006). Principles and Practices of Geriatic Medicine (4th Ed). London: John Willey & Sons. 5. Roach, S.S. (2000). Introductory Gerontological Nursing. Lippincott Williams & Wilkin s. Philadelphia. 6. Wold, G.H. (2007) Basic Geriatic Nursing.(3rd Ed.) Mosby St Louis. Philadelphia.

272
UNDERGRADUATE GUIDEBOOK MTEJ 4180: Nursing Research Project
2012-2013
3 credits
Learning Outcomes:
At the end of the course students are able to : 1. 2. 3. 4. Conduct a research in nursing education, management and clinical experience. Prepare a write up on the research project and results accordingly to the project guidelines. present the results of the research project orally / poster Discuss the i mportance of nursing research in enh ancing the q uality of nur sing service, education and administration.
Course Synopsis:
This course requires the students to conduct a nursing research study after the research proposal is approved. Students hav e a choice in conducting th e research in nursing education , management or clinical practice as l ong as it benefits delivery of nursing servi ces. Students are also required to produce a research report, present and defend their study findings during discussion
Reference Texts
1. Burns, N. & Grove, S.K.(1993).The Practice of Nur sing Research, Conduct, Critique & Utilization (4th Ed.) Philadelphia: W.B. Saunders. 2. LoBiondo- Wood,G.& Habaer, J.(1994).Nursing Research Method s, Critical Appraisal & Utilization (3rd Ed.) St. Louis: Mosby Book Inc. 3. Polit, D.F. (2010). Statistics & Data Analysis for Nursing Research. Boston: Pearson. 4. Richardson-Tench, N., & Tailor, B.J. (2011). Research in Nursing: Evidence For Best Practice (4th Edition). South Melbourne, Vic:Cengage Learning. 5. Whittaker, A. & William son, G. R. (20 11). Succeeding in Rese arch Project P lan and Liter ature Reviews for Nursing Students. Exeter. U.K. Learning Methods Ltd. 6. Wilson, H. S. (1993).Introducing Research in nursing (2nd Ed.). California: Benjamin/Cummings Publishing Company.

Course will be assessed by Continuous Assessment 100% (Project)
273
UNDERGRADUATE GUIDEBOOK MTEJ 4171: Nursing Practice VII
2012-2013
Learning Outcomes:
At the end of the course students are able to : 1. 2. 3. 4.
3 credits
Provide nursing care to critical patients that requires ventilator support in intensive care. Provide immediate care to emergency cases using triage system. Provide perioperative care.. Conduct health promotion activities, counseling, health education to clients.
Course Synopsis:
This course includes the basic knowledge and skills on: Providing care and practice nursing skills which is acquired in intensive care, trauma unit and operation theatre. Provide health education. Apply positive value and ethics in nursing.
Reference Texts
1. Ashworth, P.M & Clarke, C. (1992). Cardiovascular Intensive Care Nursing. London: Churchill Livingstone. 2. Catalana, J.T. (1993) Guide to ECG Analysis, Philadelphia, J.B. Lippincott Co. 3. Clochesy, J, M. (1993) Critical Care Nursing. Philadelphia: W.B. Saunders Co. 4. Curtis, K., Ramsden, C., & Friendship, J. (2007). Emergency and Trauma Nursing. Marrickville, N.S.W.:Mosby & Elsevier Australia. 5. Dracup, K. (1995). Meltzers Intensive Coronary Care: A Manual For Nurses, (5th Ed.) Connecticut: Prentice-Hall International, Inc. 6. Fairchild, S., (1994). Perioperative Nursing : Principles and Practice, (3rd Ed.), W.B. Saunders Co., Philadelphia. 7. Fortunato, N.H., (2007). Berry & Kohns Operating Room Technique, (11th Ed.) Mosby St.Louise. 8. Gruendemann, B.J., Fersebner B., (1995). Comprehensive Perioperative Nursing, Jones and Bartlett Publishers Int., Boston. 9. Howard,P.K., Steinmann,R.A., & Sheehy,S.B. (2010). Sheehy Emergency Nursing:Principles & Practice. (6th Ed.). USA: Emergency Nurses Association. St. Louis: Elsevier Mosby. 10. Phippen, M.L., Ulmer, B.C. & Well, W.P., (2009). Competency for Safe Patient Care During Operative & Invasive Procedures. Denver: Competency & Credentialing Institute. 11. Rosen, P., et.al. (1988) Emergency Medicine : Concepts and clinical practice (2nd Ed), St. Louis , The C. V. Mosby Company. 12. Rothrock, J.C. & McEwen D.R. (2011). Alexanders Care of Patient in Surgery, Mosby Inc, St. Louis. 13. Sole, M.L., Klein, D.G. & Moseley, M.J. (2008). Introduction to Critical Care Nursing. Philadelphia: Saunders Elsevier. 14. Worsing, R.A., (1990). Basic Rescue and Emergency Care, American Academic of Orthopedic Surgeon

Course will be assessed by continuous assessment 100% (Clinical).
UNDERGRADUATE GUIDEBOOK MTEJ 4173: Internship I
2012-2013
2 credits
Learning Outcomes:
At the end of the course students are able to : Provide nursing care to patient with surgical and medical condition. Perform the duty as the team leader in the nursing team by using management principles. Perform the function as a member of the health care team in patient management. Provide planning and coordination in the management of ward and patient.
1. 2. 3. 4.
Course Synopsis:
The course enables students to practice the knowledge and skills that have been taught with a carin g attitude and prepare oneself to functio n as a c ompetent and safe nurse in medical and surgical nursing.
Reference Texts
1. Burnside, I. (1988). Nursing and the aged: A self-care approach (3rd Ed.). New York: McGraw-Hill Book Co. 2. Maurer, F.A. & Smith, C.M. (2009). Community/Public Health Nursing Practice. (4th Ed). St. Louis : Saunders Elsevier. 3. Schmiat S.K. (1996) Community Health Nursing Delmar Publishing 4. Simes, D., Saunder, M. & Forbes- Burford, J. (2009 ) Community Health Care Nursing . (4th Ed). Singapore Wiley- Blackwell. Mc Millan Publishing. 5. Smith C.M., Maurer F.A. (1995) Community Health Nursing Th eory & Pr actice. Livingstone : Longman

Course will be assessed by Continuous Assessment 100%.
275
UNDERGRADUATE GUIDEBOOK MTEJ 4113: Management Strategies
2012-2013
2 credits
Learning Outcomes:
At the end of the course students are able to : 1. 2. 3. 4. Explain the concept and process of change. Explain the role of a nurse as a change agent. Plan a program for change related to nursing education, management and clinical practice. Explain and highlight the significance of change in nursing.
Course Synopsis:
Content in the course cover the change process and how to manage change in the field of nursing. Students will also learn about the change theory, management of change and action plans. The course will also encompass the changes in the Malaysian Healthcare System implications for practice based on research and the role of a nurse manager, educator and clinical nurse practitioner.
Reference Texts
1. Broome, A. (1997). Managing Change, London, MacMillan Educ. Ltd. 2. Clark,C.C. (2009). Creative nursing leadership & management. Sudbury, Mass:Jones & Bartlett Publisher. 3. Gilles, D.A (1994). Nursing Management: A System Approach, Philadelphia, W.B. Saunders. 4. Huber, D. (2006). Leadership & Nursing Care Management, Philadelphia, W.B. Saunders. 5. Marquis, B.L.., C.J. (2005). Leadership Roles and Management Functions in Nursing (5th. Ed.), California, J.B. Lippincott. 6. Mauksch, I. (1981). Implementing Change In Nursing, St. Louis, C.V. Mosby 7. Sullivan, E.J. & Decker, P .J. (2005). Effective Leadership and Managem ent in Nursing (4th Ed.). Menlo Park, Addison-Wesley. 8. Wright, S.G. (1998). Changing Nursing Practice (2nd Ed), Great Britain, Arnold Publishers.

276
2012-2013

MTEJ 4114: Transcultural Nursing
2 credits
Learning Outcomes:
1. Explain the concepts culture, trans-cultural and multi-culturism in community. 2. Explain the importance and implications of trans-cultural nursing for multi ethnic clients
patients. 3. Explain the elements in trans-cultural in health care delivery and nursing. 4. Discuss the concept of trans-cultural in health care services.
Course Synopsis:
This course prepares students with k nowledge of transcultural nursing. It al so comprises important topics and various current issues in tr anscultural nursing to hel p students u nderstand the various ethnic groups and their culture.
Reference Texts
1. Andrews, M.M. & Boyle, J.S. (2008 ). Transcultural Concepts in Nursing Care. (5 th Ed.) Philadelphia: Lippincott Williams & Wilkins. 2. Giger, J.N. & Davidhizar, R.E., (2003) Trans-cultural Nursing: Assessment and Intervention (4nd Ed.). St. Louis: Mosby. 3. Leininger, M & Mc F arland, M. (2002). Trans-cultural Nursing: Concepts, Theories, Research and Practice (3rd Ed.). New York: Mc Graw-Hill. 4. Purnell, L.D. & Paul anka, B.J. (2008). Transcultural Health C are: A Cultural ly Competence Approach. (3rd Ed.) F.A. Davies Co.

277
UNDERGRADUATE GUIDEBOOK MTEJ 4115: Teaching Functions for Nurses
2012-2013
2 credits
Learning Outcomes:
At the end of the course students are able to : 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Explain factors that influence curriculum development. Explain the usage and importance of learning objectives in teaching. Develop teaching and learning activities for a teaching session (Lesson Plan). Identify the appropriate audio-visual aids for teaching and learning session. Explain the principles that compromise teaching and learning process. Identify evaluation method in teaching and learning.
Course Synopsis:
This course exposes the nurses with the knowledge on teaching and learning process to become an effective educator. Students will be exposed to knowledge on factors influencing the c urriculum, learning objectives, task analysis, preparation for teaching session, teaching method and performing effective evaluation.
Reference Texts
1. Cruickshank, D.R., Bainer, D.L. & Metcalf, K.K. (2006). The act of teaching (2nd Ed.). Boston: McGraw-Hill Co. 2. Gaberson, K.B. & Oerman n, M.H. (200 7). Clinical Teaching Strategies in Nursing . (2nd Ed). New York: Springer Publishing.Sudbury, Mass.: Joanes Bartlett Publisher. 3. Kern, D.E., Thom as, P.A. & Hughes, M.T. (2009 ). Curriculum Development for Medical Education: A Six Step Approach (2nd Ed.). Baltimore: John Hopkins University Press. 4. Ornstein, A.C. & Lasley II , T.J. (2000 ). Strategies for effective teaching (3rd Ed.). Boston: McGraw-Hill Co. 5. Wiles, J. & Bondi, J. (2002). Curriculum development: A guide t o practice (6th Ed.). Ohio: Merril Prentice Hall.

278
UNDERGRADUATE GUIDEBOOK MTEJ 4116: Professionalism & Legal Aspects in Nursing
2012-2013
2 credits
Learning Outcomes:
At the end of the course students are able to : 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Explain professional characteristics and professionalism and nursing as a profession. Explain the factors that influence the status of nursing. Explain the types of law influencing nursing practice and health services. Explain the implications and importance of professionalism towards the nursing career. Discuss legal and ethical issues that involve nursing practice.
Course Synopsis:
This course aims to build students' understanding about legal and ethical i ssues involving nursing practice. This course al so stresses on c ommon law in the delivery of health c are. In addition, it will enhance students' knowledge and understanding on the legal and ethical aspects involvin g nursing practice. This course involves teaching topics on: - Concepts on profession, professional and professionalism. - Characteristics of a profession and factors influencing a profession. - Introduction to legal and ethical procedures. - Legal implications and professional code of ethics in nursing services. - Relevant acts influencing nursing practices. - Relevant ethical issues in nursing practices.
Reference Texts
1. Bandman, E.L. & B andman, B ( 199 5 ) Nursing Ethics Through The Life Span (3rd Ed.) Appleton and Lange. Connecticut. 2. Carson, D. and Montgomery, J ( 1989 ) Nursing And The Law Macmillan, London. 3. Creightion, H ( 1986 ) Law Every Nurse Should Know W.B. Saunders, Philadelphia. 4. Thompson, I.E., et al ( 1994 ) Nursing Ethics (3rd Ed.) Churchill Livingstone, Edinburgh.

279
UNDERGRADUATE GUIDEBOOK MTEJ 4172: Nursing Practice VIII
2012-2013
Learning Outcomes:
4 credits
1. 2. 3. 4.
Provide holistic nursing care to medical and surgical patient. Provide health education, counseling and discharge planning to patients. Functions as a team leader in health care team. Develop plan and nursing intervention according to the need of the patient.
This course enables students to practice the knowledge and skills with caring attitudes and ability to make decisions towards patients care. Students are also required to function as a competent and safe nurse with critical thinking in medical and surgical ward. The course will encompassess clinical aspects that enable students to provide comprehensive health education, counseling, discharge plan and function as a team leader in medical and surgical nursing.
Course Synopsis:
Reference Texts
1. Ashworth, P.M & Clarke, C. (1992). Cardiovascular Intensive Care Nursing. London: Churchill Livingstone. 2. Burke, K.M. (2007). Medical Surgical Nursing Care . (2nd Ed.) . New Jersey: Pearson Prentice Hall. 3. Buschiazzo, L. (1987). The Handbook of Emergency Nursing Managem ent. Rochville : Aspen Publisher. 4. Catalana, J.T. (1993) Guide to ECG Analysis, Philadelphia, J.B. Lippincott Co. 5. Clochesy, J,M. (1993) Critical Care Nursing. Philadelphia: W.B. Saunders Co. 6. Dracup, K. (1995). Meltzers Intensive Coronary Care: A Manual for Nur ses, (5th Ed.) Connecticut: Prentice-Hall International, Inc. 7. Fairchild, S., (1994). Perioperative Nursing: Principles and Pr actice, (3rd Ed.), W.B. Saunders Co., Philadelphia. 8. Fortunato, N.H., (2007). Berry & Kohns Operating Room Technique, (11th E d.), Mosby, St.Louis. 9. Gruendemann, B.J., Fersebner B., (1995). Comprehensive Perioperative Nursing, Jones and Bartlett Publishers Int., Boston. 10. Harris, J.L. & Roussel, L. (2010). Initiating and Subtaining the Clini cal Nurse Leader Role: A Practical Guide. Sudbury Mass. Joannes & Bartlett Publisher. 11. Hartshorn, J., Lamb orn, M. & Noll, M.L. (1993) Introduction to Critical C are Nursing, Philadelphia : W.B. Saunders Co 12. Kitt, S., Selfridge-Thomas, J., A., Proehl, J.A. & Kaiser, J. (1995) Emergency Nursing : A Physiologic and Clinical Perspective, (2nd Ed.) Philadelphia, W.B. Saunders Company. 13. Lowenstein, A.J. , Ford- May, L., & Roman o, J.C. (2009). Teaching Strategies For Health Education and Health Promotion: Working with Patients , Families, Communities. Sudbury. Joannes & Bartlett Publisher. 14. Marquis, B.L. (2009). Leadership Roles and Man agement Functions In Nursing: Theory and Application. (6th Edi). China Wolters Kluwer Lippincott, Williams & Wilkins. 15. Phippen, M.L. and Well, W.P., (1994). Perioperative Nursing Practice, W.B. Saunders Co., Philadelphia.
2012-2013
16. Rosen, P., et.al. (1988) Emergency Medicine: Concepts and clinical practice (2nd Ed), St. Louis: The C. V. Mosby Company. 17. Rothrock, J.C. & McEwen D.R. (2006). Alexanders Care of Patient in Surgery , St. Louis: Mosby Inc,. 18. Worsing, R.A., (1990) Basic Rescue and Emer gency Care, American Academic of Orthopedic Surgeon.

281
UNDERGRADUATE GUIDEBOOK MTEJ 4174: Internship II
2012-2013
2 credits
Learning Outcomes:
At the end of the course students are able to : 1. 2. 3. 4. Provide nursing care to patient with specific care needs. Perform the function as a team leader in nursing team. Develop planning and coordination in the management of ward and patient. Perform analysis and make effective clinical decisions.
Course Synopsis:
This course will provide the opportuni ty to students to perform clinical practices in the specific ward that has been identified by the course coordinator.
Reference Texts
1. Burke, K.M. (2007). Medical Surgical Nursing Care . (2nd Ed.) New Jersey: Pearson Prentice Hall. 2. Harris, J.L. & Roussel, L. (2010). Initiating and Su staining the Clinical Nurse L eader Role: A Practical Guide. Sudbury Mass. Jones & Bartlett Publisher. 3. Lowenstein, A.J. , Ford- May, L., & Romano, J.C. (2009). Teaching Strategies For Health Education and Health Promotion: Working with P atients , Fami lies, Communities. Sudbury Mass. Jones & Bartlett Publisher. 4. Marquis, B.L. (2009). Leadership Roles and Management Functi ons In Nursing: Theory and Application. (6th Ed.). China Wolters Kluwer Lippincott, Williams & Wilkins.

282
2012-2013

MTEJ 4175: Internship III 4 credits
Learning Outcomes:
At the end of the course students are able to : 1. 2. 3. 4. Perform the function as a team leader in nursing team. Perform the function as a registered nurse in the healthcare team. Provide health education to patient and family in the management of patient. Perform planning and coordination with health care team in patient management.
Course Synopsis:
This course enables stud ents to provi de care and practice of nursing skills that has been taught. Students are required to provide health education and function as a team leader by applying teaching and management principles.
Reference Texts
1. Burke, K.M. (2007). Medical Surgical Nursing Care . (2nd Ed.) New Jersey: Pearson Prentice Hall. 2. Harris, J.L. & Roussel, L. (2010). Initiating and Su staining the Clinical Nurse L eader Role: A Practical Guide. Sudbury Mass. Jones & Bartlett Publisher. 3. Lowenstein, A.J. , Ford- May, L., & Romano, J.C. (2009). Teaching Strategies For Health Education and Health Promotion: Working with P atients , Fami lies, Communities. Sudbury Mass. Jones & Bartlett Publisher. 4. Marquis, B.L. (2009). Leadership Roles and Management Functi ons In Nursing: Theory and Application. (6th Ed.) China Wolters Kluwer Lippincott, Williams & Wilkins.

283
Bachelor of Medicine Imaging
Undergraduate
Guidebook
2012/2013
Session
UNDERGRADUATE HANDBOOK
2012-2013
MESSAGE FROM HEAD OF DEPARTMENT
Welcome to the Department of Biomedical Imaging and heartiest congratulations on being accepted into this program. This is a unique program in that learning takes place in a hospital environment, the University Malaya Medical Centre (UMMC). UMMC is, in itself a large teaching hospital equipped with state of the art medical imaging equipment. Imaging examinations and procedures are carried out by experts in their respective field. You will be in an environment where radiologists, medical physicists, biomedical engineers and radiographers contribute actively to teaching and education and are available to guide students. Your learning and training experience will hopefully shape you into a graduate well equipped with knowledge, the necessary skills and competence and who will be able to adapt to the ongoing advances in medical imaging technology. It is hoped that the program will also shape you into proactive individuals and prepare you to serve in any hospital or institutions related to health care facilities and who will contribute to quality healthcare of the country in the future. This guidebook aims to provide you with an overview of the whole 4 year program and assist you in planning your learning activities. Wishing you all the best!
Associate Professor Yang Faridah Abdul Aziz Head of Department of Biomedical Imaging
284
2012-2013
ACADEMIC CALEDAR SESSION 2012-2013
SEMESTER 1
Orientation Programme Lecture Mid-Semester Break Lecture Revision Examination Semester 1 Break 1 week 9 weeks # 1 week* 5 weeks 1 week** 3 weeks 4 weeks+ 24 weeks 3.09.2012 09.09.2012 10.09.2012 09.11.2012 10.11.2012 18.11.2012 19.11.2012 21.12.2012 22.12.2012 01.01.2013 02.01.2013 18.01.2013 19.01.2013 17.02.2013
SEMESTER 2
Lecture Mid Semester Break Lecture Revision Examination 7 weeks 1 week 7 weeks 1 week 3 weeks 19 weeks 18.02.2013 05.04.2013 06.04.2013 14.04.2013 15.04.2013 31.05.2013 01.06.2013 09.06.2013 10.06.2013 28.06.2013
ANNUAL HOLIDAYS / SEMESTER 3 (SPECIAL SEMESTER)

Break Clinical Placement 9 weeks OR 8 weeks 01.07.2013 23.08.2013 29.06.2013 01.09.2013
Hari Raya Aidil Adha (26.10.2012) Deepavali (13.11.2012) Christmas Day (25.12.2012) Chinese New Year (10.2.2013)
* **
+
285
2012-2013
ACADEMIC STAFF
HEAD OF DEPARTMENT A/Prof. Yang Faridah Abdul Aziz yangf@um.edu.my RADIOLOGISTS MEDICAL IMAGING
Prof. Basri J J Abdullah basrij@um.edu.my
Prof. Gnana Kumar gnanak_rad@um .edu.my RADIOLOGISTS
Prof. Sazilah Ahmad Sarji sazilah_rad@um. edu.my
Prof. John George msk_rad@gmail.co m
Khadijah Ramli khadijahramli@u m.edu.my
MEDICAL PHYSICISTS
Prof. Norlisah Mohd Ramli norlisah@um.edu. my
A/Prof. Shaik Ismail Bux sibux_rad@um.e du.my
A/Prof. Roziah Muridan roziah2003@yah oo.com
Prof. Ng Kwan Hoong ngkh@um.edu.my
Dr Azlan Che Ahmad azlanbme@um.ed u.my
A/Prof. Ouzreiah Nawawi ouzrei@yahoo.com
A/Prof. Anushya anushyav@yaho o.com
A/Prof. Kartini Rahmat katt_xr2000@um .edu.my
Dr Jeannie Wong Hsiu Ding jeannie.wong@umm c.edu.my
M. Shahrun Nizam shahrun@um.edu. my
A/Prof. Khairul Azmi khairulazmi@umm c.edu.my
Dr. Gan Gek Choo gangc@um.edu. my
Dr Nur Adura Yaakup nayaakup@um.e du.my
Tan Li Kuo likuo@gmx.net
Mah Yik Hoay yikmah@um.edu. my
Dr. Edward Ho Yu Tat edward.ho@um.edu .my

UNDERGRADUATE HANDBOOK Dr Hazman M Nor hazmannor@um.e du.my Dr Fadhli Mohamed Sani fms80@um.edu. my Dr Mohammad Nazri mnazri@ummc.e du.my
2012-2013
Dr Raja Rizal Azman raja_rizal@um.edu .my
Dr. Caroline Judy westcj@um.edu. my
Dr Farhana Fadzli farhana6@um.ed u.my
INTRODUCTION & PROGRAMME LEARNING OUTCOME INTRODUCTION

The Bachelor Degree programme in Medical Imaging is conducted by Department of Biomedical Imaging, Faculty of Medicine. This programme covers 8 semesters lasting 4 years. This programme is designed to produce graduates who are knowledgeable and highly skilled in the field of Medical Imaging science. The teaching and training techniques used are all rounded, broad based with options for specialization, effectiveness, thinking capability and dynamic in feature. Hopefully this programme will produce radiography practitioners who are proactive, able to face any challenge and future changes in the improvement to the standard of service to society and country.
PROGRAMME LEARNING OUTCOME

At the end of the Bachelor of Medical Imaging programme, the graduate is able to: PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 Dominate knowledge related with Medical Imaging field. Apply technical and clinical skill needed for Medical Imaging field. Show the ability to perform professional responsibility towards patient and public. Show appropriate level of professionalism needed and comitted towards etical practives. Show ability in giving clear, opinion/view, reasonable/credible and professional in every aspect in term of communication and ability to work individually, in group and as a leader. Conduct research in imaging field and solve patients problem critically and scientifically. Show ability to accure knowledge and information management to enhance self thrugh long life learning. Exhibit management and entrepeuner skills in consultation in patient care.
287
2012-2013
PROGRAMME STRUCTURE
COURSE LEVEL
COURSE NAME
Islamic and Asian Civilisation (TITAS) Ethnic Relations
ACADEMIC CREDIT
2 2 1 2 2 6 4 103 4 Total 126
University CourseS (15% of 126 hours)
Information Skill Information Skills Course s Course Co-curriculum Basic Entrepreneurship Culture English Language External Faculty Elective
15.08
Faculty CourseS
Core Courses Department Elective
81.75 3.17
288
2012-2013
SOFT SKILLS ELEMENT INDICATOR (KI)
YEAR 1
Course Code GXEX 1412 GXEX 1414 MPEP 1120 MPEP 1121 MPEP 1122 MPEP 1123 MPEP 1124 GXEX 1411 GTEE 1103 GXEX 1401 MPEP 1101 MPEP 1125 MPEP 1102 MPEP 1103 MPEP 1301 Course Name Basic Entrepreneurship Culture Islamic and Asian Civilisation (TITAS) Human Anatomy Human Physiology General Pathology Applied Physics Basic Patient Management Ethnic Relations Professional Writing In English Information Skills Course Radiation Protection & Radiobiology Advanced Patient Management Principle of Medical Imaging Introduction to Radiographic Practice Malaysian Health System CS Soft Skills Element Indicator (KI) CT TS LL KK EM LS
YEAR 2
Course Code GTEE 1104 MPEP 2120 MPEP 2121 MPEP 2101 MPEP 2122 MPEP 2170 MPEP 2123 MPEP 2102 MPEP 2124 MPEP 2103 MPEP 2171 MPEP 2301 MPEP 2172 Course Name Effective Presentation Skills Basic Radiographic Instrumentation Basic Imaging Process Basic Skeletal Radiography Pharmacology Basic Radiographic Practice Behavioral Science Advance Radiographic Procedure Advanced Radiographic Instrumentation Radiographic Anatomy of Appendicular Skeletal System Advance Radiographic Practice Professionalism in Imaging Basic Clinical Placement Soft Skills Element Indicator (KI) CS CT TS LL KK EM LS
289
2012-2013
YEAR 3
Course Code MPEP 3120 MPEP 3121 MPEP 3101 MPEP 3102 MPEP3122 MPEP 3103 MPEP 3303 MPEP 3104 MPEP 3105 MPEP 3106 MPEP 3123 MPEP 3124 MPEP 3107 MPEP 3170 Course Name Specialized Imaging Instrumentation Advanced Imaging Process Specialized Radiographic Procedure Radiographic Anatomy of Axial Skeletal System Research Methodology Image Assessment Nuclear Medicine Technology Radiography of the Special Needs Digital Imaging Principle Computed Tomography Imaging Ultrasound Bio-statistics Radiological Pathology Correlation Advanced Clinical Placement CS Soft Skills Element Indicator (KI) CT TS LL KK EM LS
YEAR 4
Course Code MPEP 4101 MPEP 4120 MPEP 4121 MPEP 4122 MPEP 4102 MPEP 4103 MPEP 4104 MPEP 4180 MPEP 4170 Course Name Specialized Imaging Modality Principle Magnetic Resonance Imaging Medical Informatics Management in Health Care Comparative Imaging Quality Assurance Sectional Anatomy Research Project Specialized Imaging Practice CS CT-Critical Thinking and Problem Solving Skills LL-Life Long Learning and Information Management EM-Professional Ethics and Moral Soft Skills Element Indicator (KI) CT TS LL KK EM LS
CS-Communication Skills TS-Team Work Skills KK-Entrepreneurial Skills LS-Leadership Skills
290
2012-2013
CORE COURSE YEAR 1

Course Code MPEP1120 MPEP1121 MPEP1122 MPEP1123 MPEP1124 MPEP1101 MPEP1125 MPEP1102 MPEP1103 Human Anatomy Human Physiology General Pathology Applied Physics Basic Patient Management Radiation Protection & Radiobiology Advanced Patient Management Principle of Medical Imaging Introduction to Radiographic Practice Course Name Credit 3 2 2 3 2 3 2 2 3
YEAR 2
Course Code MPEP2120 MPEP2121 MPEP2101 MPEP2122 MPEP2170 MPEP2123 MPEP2102 MPEP2124 MPEP2103 MPEP2171 MPEP2172 Course Name Basic Radiographic Instrumentation Basic Imaging Process Basic Skeletal Radiography Pharmacology Basic Radiographic Practice Behavioural Science Advance Radiographic Practice Advanced Radiographic Instrumentation Radiographic Anatomy of Appendicular Skeletal System Advance Radiographic Practice Basic Clinical Placement Credit 2 2 4 1 3 2 4 2 2 3 4
291
2012-2013
YEAR 3
Course Code MPEP3120 MPEP3121 MPEP3101 MPEP3102 MPEP3122 MPEP3103 MPEP3104 MPEP3105 MPEP3106 MPEP3123 MPEP3124 MPEP3107 MPEP3170 Course Name Specialized Imaging Instrumentation Advanced Imaging Process Specialized Radiographic Procedure Radiographic Anatomy of Axial Skeletal System Research Methodology Image Assessment Radiography of the Special Needs Digital Imaging Principle Computed Tomography Imaging Ultrasound Bio-statistics Radiological Pathology Correlation Advance Clinical Placement Credit 2 2 4 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 4
YEAR 4
Course Code MPEP4101 MPEP4120 MPEP4121 MPEP4122 MPEP4102 MPEP4103 MPEP4104 MPEP4180 MPEP4170 Course Name Specialized Imaging Modality Principle Magnetic Resonance Imaging Medical Informatics Management in Health Care Comparative Imaging Quality Assurance Sectional Anatomy Research Project Specialize Imaging Practice Credit 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 4 4
292
2012-2013
DEPARTMENT ELECTIVE COURSES

Course Code MPEP1301 MPEP2301 MPEP3301 MPEP3302 MPEP3303 MPEP4301 MPEP4302 Malaysian Health System Professionalism in Imaging Scientific Writing Skill Mammography Nuclear Medicine Technology Law and Medical Ethics Introduction to Clinical Teaching Course Name Credit 1 1 1 2 2 1 1
293
UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAME
2012-2013
LIST OF COURSE OFFERED YEAR 1

SEMESTER 1
Course Code GXEX1412 Course Name Basic Entrepreneurship Culture Islamic and Asian Civilisation (TITAS) Human Anatomy Human Physiology General Pathology Applied Physics Basic Patient Management Credit Course Code GXEX1411
SEMESTER 2
Course Name Credit Course Code MPEP2172
SPECIAL SEMESTER
Course Name Credit
Ethnic Relations Professional Writing In English Information Skills Course Radiation Protection & Radiobiology Advanced Patient Management Principle of Medical Imaging Introduction to Radiographic Practice
Basic Clinical Placement
GXEX1414 MPEP1120 MPEP1121 MPEP1122 MPEP1123 MPEP1124
2 3 2 2 3 2
GTEE1103 GXEX1401 MPEP1101 MPEP1125 MPEP1102 MPEP1103
3 1 3 2 2 3
294
2012-2013
YEAR 2
SEMESTER 1
Course Code GTEE1104 MPEP2120 MPEP2121 Course Name Effective Presentation Skills Basic Radiographic Instrumentation Basic Imaging Process Basic Skeletal Radiography Pharmacology Basic Radiographic Practice TOTAL Credit 3 2 2 Course Code MPEP2123 MPEP2102 MPEP2124
SEMESTER 2
Course Name Behavioral Science Advance Radiographic Procedure Advanced Radiographic Instrumentation Radiographic Anatomy of Appendicular Skeletal System Advance Radiographic Practice Professionalism in Imaging TOTAL Credit 2 4 2 Course Code MPEP2172
SPECIAL SEMESTER
Course Name Basic Clinical Placement Credit 4
MPEP2101
MPEP2103
MPEP2122 MPEP2170
1 3 15
MPEP2171 MPEP2301
3 1 14 TOTAL 4
295
2012-2013
YEAR 3
SEMESTER 1
Course Code MPEP3120 MPEP3121 MPEP3101 MPEP3102 MPEP3122 MPEP3103 MPEP3303 Course Name Specialized Imaging Instrumentation Advanced Imaging Process Specialized Radiographic Procedure Radiographic Anatomy of Axial Skeletal System Research Methodology Image Assessment Nuclear Medicine Technology TOTAL Credit 2 2 4 2 2 2 2 16 Course Code XXXXX MPEP3104 MPEP3105 MPEP3106 MPEP3123 MPEP3124 MPEP3107
SEMESTER 2
Course Name External Faculty Elective Radiography of the Special Needs Digital Imaging Principle Computed Tomography Imaging Ultrasound Bio-statistics Radiological Pathology Correlation TOTAL Credit 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 14 Course Code MPEP3170
SPECIAL SEMESTER
Course Name Advanced Clinical Placement Credit 4
TOTAL
296
2012-2013
YEAR 4
SEMESTER 1
Course Code XXXXXX MPEP4101 MPEP4120 MPEP4121 MPEP4122 MPEP4102 MPEP4103 Course Name External Faculty Elective Specialized Imaging Modality Principle Magnetic Resonance Imaging Medical Informatics Management in Health Care Comparative Imaging Quality Assurance TOTAL Credit 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 14 TOTAL 12 Course Code XXXXX MPEP4104 MPEP4180 MPEP4170
SEMESTER 2
Course Name Co-curriculum Sectional Anatomy Research Project Specialized Imaging Practice Credit 2 2 4 4 Course Code MPEP2172
SPECIAL SEMESTER
Course Name Basic Clinical Placement Credit 4
297
2012-2013
CODE OF PROFESSIONAL CONDUCTOR FOR MEDICAL IMAGING STUDENT

The Medical Imaging Programme has established a Code of Professional Conduct for students. Students are required to follow this code at all times. Student should: Offer the best possible service to patients. Keep the radiation dose as low as possible. Act in a manner to justify public trust and confidence. Adhere to the Medical Imaging Programmes Regulations for the clinical placement of students. With reference to:
Patients
Treat as individuals with rights and needs. Treat with dignity and respect. Care for physical and psychological needs. Avoid abuse of patients or property. Ensure well being and interests of patients are safeguarded. Hold in Strict confidential any information concerning either personal details or diagnoses of patients.
Work
Only undertake radiographic examinations with the Supervision of a Radiographer. Comply with the law of the land. Be accountable for their work. Sustain and improve knowledge and professional competence. Request additional training/support if required. Make known to the appropriate authority any relevant conscientious objection held. Ensure professional responsibilities and standards are not influenced by religion, sex, race, nationality, party politics, social or economic status or a patient's health problems. Refuse any gift, favour or hospitality which may be interpreted as seeking preferential treatment. Avoid advertising to encourage the sale of commercial products.
Other Staff
Accept responsibility for the development of professional competence. Be aware of workloads of others and assist where necessary. Adopt safe working practices. Co-operate with others. Report unethical conduct.
298
2012-2013
CLINICAL PLACEMENT REGULATION
ATTENDANCE Students should be in their allocated room before 8.00 am. Any student not in their respective room by this time without any acceptable excuse will be recorded in their attendance record. The time of attendance will be 8.00am to 5.00 pm from Monday to Friday unless otherwise specified. It is the responsibility of each student to inform the coordinator, if the student is going to be absent or late, for any reason. Any absence or delays throughout the placement period should be reported by the clinical preceptor or clinical supervisor to the coordinator. Students who miss any day during the placement, due to acceptable reasons or medical certification MUST make up lost time as prescribed by the coordinator. DRESS REGULATION Standards of personal appearance for students in clinical placement should be impeccable as they will come into contact with patients and other staffs. The following should be observed strictly by students:
Hair
Neat hair style Short hair Restrained long hair for female student No elaborate jewelleries except watches, wedding or engagement rings. Clean personal hygiene
Female Dress
Lab coat buttoned Name Tag displayed properly Low heeled shoes Simple clothing without elaborate ornaments, no jeans Leather/vinyl shoes, no canvass
Male Dress
Lab coat buttoned Name Tag displayed properly Light coloured long-sleeve shirts buttoned Dark coloured trousers, no jeans Leather/vinyl shoes, no canvass
Radiation Monitoring Badges

Worn at all times during clinical practice Must be changed monthly MARKERS Students should have anatomical and positional markers during clinical placement. Students should not borrow from others.
299
2012-2013
Clinical Attire
300
2012-2013
COURSE ASSESSMENT
Students are assessed at regular intervals during each course to gauge whether they are able to apply knowledge, demonstrate understanding and show an acquisition of skills. 1. Continuous Assessment
Regular feedback on progress is monitored via continuous assessments made during the duration of each course. This allows for sufficient opportunities for the student / department to take remedial action. Continuous assessment includes lab reports, quizzes, short projects, and other types of assessment tools used by individual lecturers. Unless stated in the course outline, continuous assessment accounts for 40%. 2. Examinations
Examinations are held at the end of each semester for each course. Unless stated in the course outline, final examination accounts for 60%. For MPEP3106 Computed Tomography Imaging, MPEP3123 Ultrasound and MPEP3303 Nuclear Medicine Technology, a pass in every component (ConAss, lab assessment and semester examination), is mandatory. 3. Clinical Practice Assessment 3.1 Philosophy and Rationale of Clinical Assessment The assessment and examination schedule has been designed to test the wide range of knowledge and skills necessary for the practice of Diagnostic Imaging. Students, to be reflective practitioners, will be required to communicate their views orally and in written form, analyse, implement and evaluate their practice, and extend the research base of the profession in which they work. 3.2 Aims 1. 2. 3. To determine the students' competence and ability in effective imaging practice, and thus eligibility for the award of a Degree. To measure the students performance against the requirements of the course. To enable the student to improve his\her learning process by providing feedback on deficient areas of knowledge and skills and implementing remedial action as and when required.
3.3 Methods of Assessment 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. in one of Clinical Assessment / Lab Assessment Workbook (Case Study) Record of Clinical Practice (1,000 examinations including relevant practices) Progress Report of Clinical Practice OSCE (Objective Structured Clinical Examination)
A PASS in every component is a mandatory. A grade of C- will be awarded if a student fails the component.
3.4 Clinical Assessment in Stages During the duration of the course, eight clinical assessments will be conducted according to the stages that have been determined (refer to following timetable).
301
2012-2013
TYPE OF ASSESSMENT Extremity Chest Vertebral Column Skull Ward Non-ambulatory IVU/CTU One special modality (Ultrasound, CT, MRI)
LEVEL Year 2 Semester 1 Year 2 Semester 2 Year 2 Special Semester 2 Year 2 Special Semester 2 Year 3 Special Semester Year 3 Special Semester Year 4 Semester 2 Year 4 Semester 2
Clinical assessment in stages takes into account the radiographic procedures level of complexity and will be examined according to the marking criteria that have been prepared for evaluating the students clinical efficiency. The student must pass in all assessments by obtaining grade C. C- will be awarded to any assessment where the patient safety is at risk and the processes below are not satisfactorily done: 1. X-ray beam collimation 2. Wrong marker or no marker placement 3. Clear explanation and instruction (e.g. breathing, movement) 4. Patient positioning 5. Centering point 6. Placement of gonad shield / application of radiation protection.
EXAMINATION
Examinations are held at the end of each semester for each course. Unless stated in the course outline, final examination accounts for 60%. LATE ARRIVAL FOR EXAMINATIONS Examination schedules shall be distributed to students in advance and students are required to attend at least 15 minutes before the start of the examination. No student shall be admitted after the first 30 minutes of an at least 2 hour duration examination and are not to leave within the last 15 minutes. MOBILE PHONES/ OTHER ELECTRONIC DEVICES Students are absolutely prohibited from possession of these items during the examination. ATTENDANCE REQUIREMENTS OF THE COURSE Attendance at all scheduled classes is compulsory. Attendance will be taken and students with unsatisfactory attendance may be barred from the end of semester examinations.
302
2012-2013
ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS STPM

Obtained a minimum of Grade B (NGMP 3.00) at the STPM level in any two (2) of the following combination of subjects: and Obtained a minimum of Grade 4B at the SPM level in the following three (3) subjects: and Obtain at least a credit at the SPM level in English Language subjects. OR Biology Physics Chemistry / Mathematics / Additional Mathematics Biology / Physics Chemistry / Mathematics T / Further Mathematics T
MATRICULATION
Obtained at least Grade B (NGMP 3.00) at the Matriculation / Foundation level in the following subjects: and Obtained at least a credit (4B) at the SPM level in three (3) of the following subjects: and Obtained at least a credit at the SPM level in English. Biology Physics Chemistry / Mathematics / Additional Mathematics Biology / Physics / Engineering Physics Chemistry / Mathematics / Engineering Chemistry / Engineering Mathematics
303
2012-2013
DIPLOMA OF RADIOGRAPHY
Posses a Diploma in Radiography that is recognized by the University Senate with at least Grade C+ (NGMP 2.50). OR Passed the STPM not within the current year with special programme requirements as below: Obtain a minimum of Grade B (NGMP 3.00) in two (2) combination of the following subjects: and Obtain at least a credit at the SPM level in English Language subjects. OR Obtain at least pass at the Matriculation / Foundation level not within the current year with special programme requirements as below: Obtained a combination of at least Grade B (NGMP 3.00) in two (2) combination of the following subjects: and Obtained a minimum of Grade B at SPM / equivalent in three (3) following subjects: and Obtain at least a credit at the SPM level in English Language subjects Biology Physics Chemistry / Mathematics / Additional Mathematics Biology / Physics Chemistry / Mathematics Biology / Physics Chemistry / Mathematics T / further Mathematics T
304
2012-2013
COURSE SUMMARY YEAR 1

MPEP1120 : Human Anatomy
At the end of this course, the student is able to: 1. 2. 3. 4. explain definition of general anatomic terms, body plane including body division and position of organ in the body. explain the basic tissues and general embriology of the human body . describe main anatomy of human body system ie. muscular, skeletal, respiratory, digestive, urinary, lymphatic, cardiovascular, endocrine, sensory, nerve and reproductive organ system. draw and label diagram of anatomical body structures. 3 credits
Synopsis of Course Contents: This is a basic course for technique and imaging procedure. Student will be taught on the structure, location, vertebra level, relationship, blood supply and nerve to each system found in the human body. It will allow the student to understand subsequently the need for adjustment of technique and imaging procedure. Reference: 1. 2. 3. Skeletal Anatomy. Bryan, G J 1996. N Y Churchill Livingstone. The Anatomy and Physiology: Learning System. Applegate 1995. Saunders, Pennsylvania. Human Anatomy and Physiology 6th Ed. Marieb 2004. Pearson Education, San Francisco.
MPEP1121 : Human Physiology

At the end of this course, the student is able to: 1. 2. explain cell and tissue function. explain principle of homeostasis.
2 credits
3. describe function of skeletal, respiratory, digestive, urinary, sensory, reproductive, nervous system and heart including blood vessels. 4. describe hormone and how it controls body function Synopsis of Course Contents: This course will provide the student with an understanding of the concept of basic physiology and relate it to anatomical structure of human body system. Reference: 1. 2. 3. The Anatomy and Physiology: Learning System. Applegate 1995. Saunders, Pennsylvania. Human Anatomy and Physiology 6th Ed. Marieb 2004. Pearson Education, San Francisco. Fisiologi Manusia. Raman, Ruby & Afandi. Penerbit Fajar Bakti.
305
2012-2013
MPEP1122 : General Pathology

At the end of this course, the student is able to: 1. 2. 3. 4. describe inflammation, oedema, infection, haemorrhage and neoplasia. describe the immune system of the body.
2 credits
explain the cause of disease, pathologic terms and general diseases of the body system and classify general diseases. explain changes in diseased body tissue due to radiation absorption.
Synopsis of Course Contents: This course will provide the coverage of general human pathology with special emphasis related to medical imaging. It develops an understanding on various disease processes and the need to understand patients needs including adjustment to imaging technique. Reference: 1. 2. 3. Radiographic Pathology, Eisenberg R L and Dennis C A, 1995, Mosby-Year Book Inc. Basic Pathology, 6th Ed. Kumar V, Cotran R S and Robbins S L, 1997. W B Saunders Company. Applied Pathology for Radiographers, Laudicina P F, 1989. W B Saunders Company.
MPEP1123 : Applied Physics

At the end of this course, the student is able to: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. explain the concept of energy, electrical flow and electrostatics. explain the function of capacitor and the importance of rectification in X-ray circuit. explain the principle of magnetism and transformer. describe principle of X-ray production and method of radiation measurement. describe interaction of ionizing radiation with matter.
3 credits
Synopsis of Course Contents: This course introduces the student to basic concept of physics related to principle of medical imaging including device used to ensure efficient and safe usage of imaging equipment. Basic knowledge acquired from the course will also provide an understanding of radiation issue, method of measurement and radiation protection. Reference: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Essential Physics for Radiography 3rd Ed, Ball J & Moore A D 1997. Blackwell Science, Oxford. Christensens Physics for Diagnostic Radiology, 4th Ed, Curry T et al 1990. Lea & Debige, US. Physics for Medical Imaging, Far R F, 1998. Saunders, London. The Essential Physics of Medical Imaging, Bushberg J T 2002. Lippincott Williams & Radiologic Science for Technologists, Bushong S C 2001. Mosby, St Louis. Wilkins.
306
2012-2013
MPEP1124 : Basic Patient Management

At the end of this course, the student is able to: 1. 2. 3. 4. discuss various duties and role of a radiography practitioner. explain the patients need and comfort ensured during the imaging procedure. explain principle of health and safety in the work place. explain principle of basic practice in emergency assistance and CPR.
2 credits
Synopsis of Course Contents: This course will provide the student with an understanding on patients needs and steps required to be taken to ensure patients comfort and safety during radiographic procedure. The urgency of service and efficient patient management will also be emphasized in the course. Reference: 1. 2. 3. 4. Patient Care in Radiography, Ehrilch et al 1999. Mosby, London. Introduction to Radiological Sciences and Patient Care 3rd Ed, Adler & Carlton 2003, Saunders, US. Integrated Patient Care for the Imaging Professional, Kowalczyk N, 1996. Mosby, NY. Chesneys Care of Patient in Diagnostic Radiography, Culmer P, 1995. Blackwell Scientific, London.
MPEP1101 : Radiation Protection and Radiobiology

At the end of this course, the student is able to: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
3 credits
explain type of ionizing and non-ionizing radiation including production, characteristics and method of measurement. explain the effect of ionizing and non-ionizing radiation interaction on tissue. explain the danger of ionizing and non-ionizing radiation. describe principle and objective of protection in relation to patient, staff and public. discuss the method for implementing radiation protection measures.
Synopsis of Course Contents: This course provides the student with an understanding of the source of ionizing and non-ionizing radiation, and their effect on matter. It also gives emphasis on the dangers of radiation and method of radiation protection to patient, staff and public. Reference: 1. 2. 3. 4. Principles of Radiological Physics, Graham D T, 1996. Churchill Livingstone. Christiensen's Physics of Diagnostic Radiology, Curry T S et al 1990. Lea & Fibiger. Clinical Radiobiology, Nias A H W, 1988. Churchill Livingstone. An Introduction to Radiobiology Physics, Nias A H W, 1990. Churchill Livingstone.
307
2012-2013
MPEP1125 : Advanced Patient Management

At the end of this course, the student is able to:
2 credits
1. recognise the requirement and practice of infectious control in the clinical area/imaging department. 2. 3. discuss various approach in effective communication. discuss the needs and care of patient undergoing radiography procedure.
Synopsis of Course Contents: This course is an extension from Basic Patient Management which gives emphasis in the aspect of communication skill, patient care and safety during radiography procedure. Reference: 1. 2. 3. 4. Patient Care in Radiography, Ehrilch et al 1999, Mosby, London. Introduction to Radiological Sciences and Pateint Care 3rd Ed, Adler & Carlton 2003, Saunders, US. Integrated Patient Care for the Imaging Professional, Kowalczyk N 1996, Mosby, NY. Chesneys Care of Patient in Diagnostic Radiography, Culmer P 1995, Blackwell Scientific, London.
MPEP1102 : Principle of Medical Imaging

At the end of this course, the student is able to: 1. 2. 3. 4. explain the principle and basic concept of equipment and image processing. explain principle of basic radiography technique.
2 credits
describe basic radiographic procedure for chest, abdomen, upper and lower body examinations. explain the method for radiography equipment care.
Synopsis of Course Contents: This course will explain basic concepts in the theory and clinical component of medical imaging science. It is an introduction to basic medical imaging which involves imaging equipment, imaging process and imaging technique which will be learned in depth in a subsequent course. Reference: 1. 2. 3. Clarks Positioning in Radiography, Swallow R.A et al 1986, Heinmann, London Radiographic Imaging: A Guide for Producing Quality Radiograph, Burn, E.F 1992, Saunders, Philadelphia. Merrils Atlas of Radiographic Positions and Procedures, Ballinger R 1995, Mosby, New York. Mosby,
4. Textbook of Radiologic Positioning & Related Anatomy, 4th.Ed., Bontrager, K.L 1997, St. Louis
308
2012-2013
MPEP1103 : Introduction to Radiographic Practice

At the end of this course, the student is able to: 1. 2. 3. care for X-ray equipment. aid in basic radiographic examination.
3 credits
perform chest, abdomen, upper extremity and lower extremty examintion unaided in the lab.
Synopsis of Course Contents: This course is a clinical training posting to ensure that the requirement of vocational training imaging programme is carried out. This posting can expose the student to actual working condition and provide opportunity to them to increase knowledge at the same time develop expertise and positive attitude for this career. Reference: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Clarks Positioning in Radiography, Swallow R.A et al 1986, Heinmann, London Chesneys Care of Patients in Diagnostic Radiography 7th Ed. Culmer P.J. 1995, London, Blackwell. Radiographic Imaging: A Guide for Producing Quality Radiograph, Burn, E F 1992, Saunders, Philadelphia. Merrils Atlas of Radiographic Positions and Procedures, Ballinger R 1995, Mosby, New York. Textbook of Radiologic Positioning & Related Anatomy, 4th.Ed., Bontrager, K.L 2001, Mosby, St. Louis
MPEP1301 : Malaysian Health System

At the end of this course, the student is able to: 1. 2. 3. 4. explain the role of Malaysian Health System. describe the role of hospital and its function.
1 credit
describe the relationship between radiographer, imaging department and hospital health team. analyze the current issues in Malaysian health service.
Synopsis of Course Contents: This course aimed to provide the knowledge on the structure and role of Malaysian Health System to the student. The student will be provided with an understanding on the role of Hospital including Imaging Department especially in the provision of health care to the society. Reference: 1. 2. 3. Radiography: Technology, Environment Professional, Campeau F.E. 1999, Lippincott, Ethical and Legal Issues for Imaging Professional, Towsley D, Young T, 1998, Mosby. Clinical Governance, Mc Sherry R, Pearce P, 2002, Blackwell Sciences, UK. USA.
309
2012-2013
YEAR 2
MPEP2120 : Basic Radiographic Instrumentation
At the end of this course, the student is able to: 1. 2. 3. 4. describe the construction, types and rating of X-ray tube. describe the X-ray circuits. describe the principle and function of switches, cable and interlock for X-ray equipment. describe the quality assurance for an X-ray tube. 2 credits
Synopsis of Course Contents: This course introduces the student to basic instrumentation in medical imaging. It provides basic understanding of the design, the construction of medical imaging equipment, the importance of quality assurance including care of equipment and its use in radio-diagnosis. Reference: 1. 2. 3. 4. Chesneys Equipment for Student Radiographers, Carter P H et al, 1994, Blackwell Science. Equipment for Diagnostic Radiography, Forster E, 1986, MTP Press. Practical Guide to Quality Assurance in Medical Imaging, Moores B et al, 1987, Wiley & Sons. A Manual of Radiographic Equipment, Stockley S, 1986, Churchill Livingstone.
5. Principles of Radiographic Imaging, an Art and A Science, Carlton R R et al, Delmar Publishers 1996.
MPEP2121: Basic Imaging Process

At the end of this course, the student is able to: 1. 2. 3. 4. discuss the image acquisition and factors affecting image quality. discuss the film characteristics and sensitometry. discuss the intensifying screen and cassette. describe the quality assurance of film, screen and cassette.
2 credits
Synopsis of Course Contents: This course introduces the student to basic medical imaging process. It provides an understanding on the image acquisition process, related equipment, quality assurance of the above equipment and the factors affecting quality of image produced. Reference: 1. Chesney's Radiogrpahic Imaging, Ball J et al, 1996, Blackwell Scientific Publication. 2. Carlton R.R et al Principles of Radiographic Imaging, an Art and A Science, Delmar Publishers 1996. 3. 4. Physical Principles of Medical Imaging, Sprawls P, 1995, Medical Physics Publishing. Practical Guide to Quality Assurance in Medical Imaging, Moores B et al, 1987, Wiley & Sons.
310
2012-2013
MPEP2101 : Basic Skeletal Radiography

At the end of this course, the student is able to: 1. 2. 3. 4.
4 credits
describe the additional imaging technique of the upper and lower extremities, chest and abdomen. describe the manipulation of the X-ray equipment for the additional imaging technique. discuss the imaging technique for shoulder girdle, thoracic cage, vertebral column, hip joint, skull and skeletal survey. describe the principle of analyzing image and ways in controlling image quality.
Synopsis of Course Contents: This course will be able to provide an understanding in handling patient for skeletal imaging procedure and image evaluation. Reference: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Clark's Positioning in Radiography, Swallow R.A et al, 1986, Heinemann. A Guide to Radiological Procedure, Chapman et al, 1986, Balliere Tindall. Merill's Atlas of Radiographic Positions and Radiographic Procedures, Ballinger R, 1995, Mosby. Textbook of Radiographic Positioning and Related Anatomy, Bontranger K L, 1997, Mosby. Radiographic Critique, Mcquillen-Martensen K, 1996, Saunders.
MPEP2122 : Pharmacology
At the end of this course, the student is able to: 1. 2. 3. 4. discuss the basic principle of pharmacology.
1 credit
discuss reaction from medication/drugs given and methods for reducing/preventing the above reaction. explain the meaning of contrast media, characteristics, use, indication, contraindication and reaction which may arise. explain the care of patient who encounters medication/drug and contrast media reaction.
Synopsis of Course Contents: This course will provide a comprehend principle usage of pharmaceutical agent in medical diagnostic imaging. It prepares the student with knowledge on medication, contrast agent and safe handling. Reference: 1. 2. Pharmacology and Drug Administration for Imaging Technologist, Jensen S C and Peppers M P, 1988, Mosby Inc. Patient Care in Radiography with an Introduction to Medical Imaging, Ehrlich R A, McCloskey E D and Daly J A, 1999, Mosby Inc.
311
2012-2013
MPEP2170 : Basic Radiographic Practice

3 credits
1. perform examinations to show the bones of girdle, ribs, sternum, vertebra, facial, sinuses, and skull unaided in the lab. 2. 3. 4. show initial touch and skill in imaging extremities, chest and abdomen. help in other general examination safely perform extremity examination unaided and assess the resultant image.
Synopsis of Course Contents: This course is a clinical posting, a continual to the Introduction to Radiography Practice. It will provide experiences in performing routine radiographic examination for the chest, abdomen, extremities and girdle. Reference: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Clark's positioning in radiography, Swallow R A et al, 1986, Heinemann. A guide to radiological procedure, Chapman S et al, 1986 Balliere Tindall. Merill's Atlas of Radiographic Positions and Radiographic Procedures, Ballinger R, 1995, Mosby Textbook of radiographic positioning and related anatomy, Bontranger K L, 1997, Mosby. Radiographic Critique, Mcquillen-Martensen K, 1996, Saunders.
MPEP2123 : Behavorial Science

At the end of this course, the student is able to: 1. explain the relationship between health, disease and patients behavior. 2. describe the relationship of psychology, social science and patient care. 3. discuss the sources and ways to overcoming stress. 4. compare and differentiate social science perspective in relation to health and disease. 5. use of psychology in patient management. Synopsis of Course Contents:
2 credits
This course provides an understanding of the basic psychology theory and its relationship with social science in the management of health care. Its objective is to encourage the student to increase their skills by reflective thinking, communicating and socializing which not only are important for self awareness but also to be an empathetic person and sensitive to patients need. Reference: 1. 2. 3. 4. Introduction to Psychology, Atkinson L et al, 1993, Harcourt Brace. Behavioral Science For the Bored, Sierles F S, 1993, McGraw Hill. The Doctor, His Patient And The Illness, Balint M, 1995,Churchill Livingstone. Health Psychology, Niven N, 1990, Churchill Livingstone.
312
2012-2013
MPEP2102 : Advanced Radiographic Procedure

At the end of this course, the student is able to: 1. 2. 3.
4 credits
explain the principle of the radiographic technique for the biliary and genito-urinary system, dental, operation theatre, foreign body, soft tissue, macro and stereo technique. describe the technique, procedure and radiation protection for each special imaging technique. describe the important criteria in evaluating the image quality for every examination/procedure.
Synopsis of Course Contents: This course exposes the student to special imaging technique including the management and patient care before, during and after examination. Reference: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Clark's positioning in radiography, Swallow R A et al, 1986, Heinemann. A guide to radiological procedure, Chapman S et al, 1986 Balliere Tindall. Merill's Atlas of Radiographic Positions and Radiographic Procedures, Ballinger R, 1995, Mosby Textbook of radiographic positioning and related anatomy, Bontranger K L, 1997, Mosby Radiographic Critique, Mcquillen-Martensen K, 1996, Saunders. Principles of Dental Imaging, Langland O E et al, 1987, Williams and Wilkins.
MPEP2124 : Advanced Radiography Instrumentation

At the end of this course, the student is able to: 1. 2. 3. describe the criteria of X-ray table and tube support. describe scatter radiation and methods in controlling it.
2 credits
describe the design and principle operation of mobile, dental OPG, accident and emergency and fluoroscopy equipment.
4. describe the quality assurance for controlling scatter radiation, collimation including beam alignment, tomographic effectiveness, and resolution of fluoroscopic image. Synopsis of Course Contents: This course provides further understanding of the Basic Radiographic Instrumentation. The student will gain further knowledge and understanding of the specialized imaging equipment, its function and care. Reference: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Chesneys Equipment for Student Radiographers, Carter P H et al, 1994, Blackwell Science. Equipment for Diagnostic Radiography, Forster E, 1986, MTP Press. Practical Guide to Quality Assurance in Medical Imaging, Moores B et al, 1987, Wiley & Sons. A Manual of Radiographic Equipment, Stockley S, 1986, Churchill Livingstone. Principles of Radiographic Imaging, an Art and A Science, Carlton R R et al, 1996, Delmar Publishers.
313
2012-2013
MPEP2103 : Anatomic Radiography of Appendicular Skeletal System

2 credits
1. identify the anatomic structure and diagram of the appendicular skeletal system images. 2. identify the anatomic structure and diagram of the chest images. 3. identify the anatomic structure of the abdomen images. 4. Identify the general pathology for the skeletal, chest and abdomen with suggestion of additional projection in certain cases. Synopsis of Course Contents: This course develops and expands the knowledge in recognizing anatomic structure of appendicular skeletal images. Reference: 1. 2. 3. 4. Imaging Atlas of Human Anatomy 2nd Ed, Weir J et al, 1988, Mosby. Radiographic Anatomy: A Working Atlas, Fisher H W, 1989, McGraw-Hill. Radiographic Skeletal Anatomy, second Ed, Glenda J Bryan, 1982, Churchill Livingstone. Human Anatomy and Physiology, Goudin A J et al 1989, Harcourt Brace Jovanovich.
5. Ross and Wilson Anatomy & Physiology in Health and Illness, Wilson K J W, 1988, ELBS/Churchill Livingstone. 6. Atlas of Radiologic Anatomy, 4th Ed, 1987, Wicke L, Urban and Schwarzenberg, Baltimore.
MPEP2171 : Advanced Radiographic Practice

At the end of this course, the student is able to: 1. 2. 3. 4.
3 credits
perform axial skeletal radiography without assistance and supervised by trained radiographer. assist in ward and operation theatre radiography. assist in contrast examination for the genito-urinary and digestive systems. perform chest examination unaided and assess the resultant image.
Synopsis of Course Contents: This is a clinical placement for exposing the student to the radiographic procedures for the axial skeletal, ward, operating theatre, contrast examination of the genito-urinary and digestive systems. Reference: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Clark's positioning in radiography, Swallow R A et al, 1986, Heinemann. A guide to radiological procedure, Chapman S et al, 1986 Balliere Tindall. Merill's Atlas of Radiographic Positions and Radiographic Procedures, Ballinger R, 1995, Mosby Encyclopedia of radiographic positioning, Dowd et al, 1995, Sauders. Textbook of radiographic positioning and related anatomy, Bontranger K L, 1997, Mosby. Radiographic Critique, Mcquillen-Martensen K, 1996, Saunders.
314
2012-2013
MPEP2172 : Basic Clinical Placement

At the end of this course, the student is able to: 1. 2. perform axial radiographer. skeletal radiography without assistance and supervised
4 credits
by
trained
describe the special equipment used in various special examination.
3. describe the special/specialize radiographic procedure including radiation protection to patient and staff. 4. perform vertebral and skull examinations unaided and assess the resultant images. Synopsis of Course Contents: This is a clinical training placement to develop the student experience in special procedures including, technique adaptation and exposure factor parameter based on the situation and condition of the patient. Reference: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Clark's positioning in radiography, Swallow R A et al, 1986, Heinemann. A guide to radiological procedure, Chapman S et al, 1986 Balliere Tindall. Merill's Atlas of Radiographic Positions and Radiographic Procedures, Ballinger R, 1995, Mosby Textbook of radiographic positioning and related anatomy, Bontranger K L, 1997, Mosby. Radiographic Critique, Mcquillen-Martensen K, 1996, Saunders.
MPEP2301 : Professionalism In Imaging

At the end of this course, the student is able to: 1. explain the concept of professionalism. 2. evaluate the professionalism level of medical imaging. 3. explain the role of a radiographer as a professional person. Synopsis of Course Contents:
1 credit
This course exposes the student to concept of professionalism and allows the student to evaluate the professionalism level of medical imaging. Reference: 1. 2. 3. Radiography: Technology, Environment Professional, Campeau F E, 1999, Lippincott, USA. Ethical and Legal Issues for Imaging Professional, Towsley D, Young T, 1998, Mosby. Clinical Governance, McSherry R, Pearce P, 2002, Blackwell Sciences, UK.
315
2012-2013
YEAR 3
MPEP3120 : Specialized Imaging Instrumentation
At the end of this course, the student is able to: 1. 2. 3. 4. describe the principle and operation of angiography, angiocardiography, neuroradiography, bone densitometry, mammography and gastro-intestinal equipment. compare the criteria for general and special radiographic equipment. describe the latest equipment develop in the market. describe the care and performance test procedure for fluoroscopic equipment.
2 credits
Synopsis of Course Contents: This course further enhanced the knowledge of Introduction to Radiographic Equipment. The student will gain knowledge and deeper understanding on the specialized imaging equipment and their functions in relation to specialized imaging procedure. Reference: 1. 2. 3. 4. Chesneys Equipment for Student Radiographers, Carter P H et al, 1994, Blackwell Science. Equipment for Diagnostic Radiography, Forster E, 1986, MTP Press. Practical Guide to Quality Assurance in Medical Imaging Moores B et al, 1987, Wiley & Sons. A Manual of Radiographic Equipment, Stockley S, 1986, Churchill Livingstone.
MPEP3121 : Advanced Imaging Process

At the end of this course, the student is able to: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. describe the equipment used for film processing and argentum recovery process.
2 credits
describe the function, design of darkroom, retrieving and sorting rooms for radiograph. describe the principle of duplication and subtraction including the equipment used. describe the factors that affect image quality. describe the quality assurance for film processing equipment, darkroom and illuminator.
Synopsis of Course Contents: This course completes the Basic Imaging Process. It provides the knowledge on the principle of automatic processing, duplication, subtraction, imaging process for image intensifier, overall image quality and quality assurance. Reference: 1. Chesneys Radiographic Imaging. Ball J et al, 1995, Blackwell Scientific Publication 2. Principles of Radiographic Imaging, An Art and a Science. Carlton RR et al, 1996, Delmar Publishers. 3. Photography and Imaging Process. Roberts D et al, 1988, MTP Press
316
2012-2013
MPEP3101 : Specialized Radiography Procedure

4 credits
describe the technique, procedure and patient care in obstetrics and gynaecology, additional contrast examination, tomography, interventional and forensic radiography. describe the principle against of each specialize radiographic technique. describe the important criteria in evaluating image quality for each examination.
Synopsis of Course Contents: This course will provide an overall understanding of patient management for special radiographic procedure that is, obstetrics and gynaecology, angiography including interventional, tomography and forensic radiography. Reference: 1. 2. 3. 4. Clark's Positioning in Radiography, Swallow R A et al, 1986, Heinemann A guide to Radiological Procedure, Chapman s et al, 1986, Balliere Tindall. Merill's Atlas of Radiographic Positions and Radiographic Procedures, Ballinger R, 1995, Mosby. Textbook of Radiographic Positioning and Related Anatomy, Bontrager K L, 1997, Mosby.
MPEP3102 : Radiographic Anatomy of Axial Skeletal System

At the end of this course, the student is able to: 1. 2. 3. 4. identify the anatomic structure in a diagram and radiograph of the skull.
2 credits
identify the anatomic structure in a diagram and image of contrast radiograph of the urinary and reproductive systems. identify the anatomic structure in a diagram and image of contrast radiograph of the biliary and digestive systems. identify the anatomic structure in a diagram and image of contrast radiograph of the cardiovascular system.
Synopsis of Course Contents: This course will develop students ability in recognizing anatomic structure of the skull and contrast examination radiograph. Reference: 1. 2. 3. 4. Imaging Atlas of Human Anatomy 2nd Ed, Weir J et al, 1988, Mosby. Radiographic Anatomy: A Working Atlas, Fisher H W, 1989, McGraw-Hill Radiographic Skeletal Anatomy, 2nd Ed, Glenda J Bryan, 1982, Churchill Livingston. Atlas of Radiologic Anatomy, 4th Ed, 1987, Wicke L, Urban and Schwarzenberg, Baltimore.
317
2012-2013
MPEP3122 : Research Methodology

At the end of this course, the student is able to: 1. describe the basic concept of research and its importance in health science. 2. perform basic steps in constructing a study. 3. write a proposal paper for a study. Synopsis of Course Contents:
2 credits
This course provides the method in planning and conducting research in the field of imaging. With this knowledge, the student is able to complete a study in Semester 8. Reference: 1. 2. 3. How to research, Blaxter, Hughes and Tight, 1996, Open University Press. Introduction to Research in Health Sciences, Polgar S, 1995, Churchill Livingstone. Research mindedness for practice, Smith P, 1997, Churchill Livingstone.
MPEP3103 : Image Assessment

At the end of this course, the student is able to: 1. 2. 3. identify the radiograph acceptance standard. analyse the technical factor and patient positioning that influence image quality. discuss the method of improving the quality of a radiograph.
2 credits
Synopsis of Course Contents: This course will widen students knowledge in looking at details and evaluating radiographic images. It also develop the students patient positioning skill by recognizing the positioning and equipment errors, factors that influence image quality. Reference: 1. Radiographic Image Analysis 3rd Edition, Kathy McQuillen-Martensen, 2011, W.B Saunders Co.
MPEP3303 : Nuclear Medicine Technology

At the end of this course, the student is able to: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. explain the properties of radiopharmaceuticals. explain the preparation of dispensing radiopharmaceuticals and blood labeling.
2 credits
describe general imaging procedure in nuclear medicine including the radiation protection and management of radiopharmaceutical contamination. describe the quality assurance of nuclear medicine equipment. perform a general procedure of nuclear medicine aided.
Synopsis of Course Contents: This course provides knowledge in nuclear medicine examination which covers principle, radiopharmaceutical, equipment, general examination technique and quality assurance. Reference: 1. 2. Principles and Practice of Nuclear Medicine, Early P J, 1995, Mosby Year Book, Inc Manual of Nuclear Medicine, Kuni C C and du Cret R P, 1997, Thieme, New York.
318
2012-2013
MPEP3104 : Radiography of the Special Needs

2 credits
describe the suitable projection/technique according to the condition and situation of the patient. discuss the suitability of a technique according to patient condition. perform examination for patient with special needs unaided in the lab.
Synopsis of Course Contents: This course specially develop the understanding of specialized radiographic technique and patient care, suitable with a group of special patients condition. It can also help the student to solve problems encountered during the above radiographic examination through the usage of modified techniques. Reference: 1. 2. 3. Clark's Positioning in Radiography, Swallow R A et al, 1986, Heinemann. A guide to Radiological Procedure, Chapman s et al, 1986, Balliere Tindall. Merill's Atlas of Radiographic Positions and Radiographic Procedures, Ballinger R, 1995, Mosby.
PEP3105 : Principle Of Digital Imaging

At the end of this course, the student is able to: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. describe the principle of digital imaging. explain the function of important components in digital imaging. describe the acquisition process in digital data and the method of image manipulation discuss the factors that affect image quality. describe and perform quality assurance for digital system.
2 credits
Synopsis of Course Contents: This course will provide an understanding on digital imaging which covers principle, equipment, image quality and quality assurance of the equipment. Reference: 1. 2. 3. Principles of Radiographic Imaging, An Art and a Science, Carlton R R, 1996, Delmar Publishers. Physical Principles of Medical Imaging, Sprawls P, 1995, Medical Physics Publishing. Chesney's Radiographic Imaging, Ball J et al, 1996, Blackwel Scientific Publications.
319
2012-2013
MPEP3106 : Computerized Tomography Imaging

At the end of this course, the student is able to: 1. 2. 3. 4. describe the principle and equipment of CT. describe general CT procedure. perform basic CT examination with assistance. describe quality assurance for CT equipment.
2 credits
Synopsis of Course Contents: This course provides knowledge in CT examination which covers principle, equipment, protocol of general body examination technique, dosimetry and quality assurance of equipment. Reference: 1. 2. 3. Fundamentals of Body CT, Web, Brant, Helms, 1998, W.B. Saunders Co. Atlas of CT Pathology, Durham D L, 1997, W B Saunders Co. Spiral CT, Fishman E K, Jeffrey R B, 1995, Raven Press, New York.
MPEP3123 : Ultrasound
At the end of this course, the student is able to: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. describe the principle of ultrasound. describe the design of ultrasound equipment. describe the biological effect and safety of ultrasound. perform basic ultrasound procedure with assistance. describe quality assurance for ultrasound equipment.
2 credits
Synopsis of Course Contents: This course provides knowledge in ultrasound examination which covers principle, equipment, general body examination technique and quality assurance of the equipment. Reference: 1. 2. 3. 4. Clinical Sonography: A Practical Guide, Sanders R C, 1984, Little Brown. Abdominal Ultrasound: How, Why and When, Jane Bates 3rd Ed, 2011, Churchill Livingstone. Ultrasound in Obstetrics and Gynaecology, Athey A, Hadlock F P, 1985. Ultrasound physics and instrumentation, Hedrick W R, Hykes D L, Starchman D E 1992, MosbyYear Book, Inc.
320
2012-2013
MPEP3107 : Radiology Pathology Correlation

At the end of this course, the student is able to: 1. 2. 3. describe the general pathological condition for skeletal system.
2 credits
describe the general pathological condition for hepatobiliary, gastrointestinal, genitourinary, respiratory, cardiovascular, lymphatic, nervous and endocrine system. identify general pathology for skeletal, hepatobiliary, gastrointestinal, genitourinary, respiratory, cardiovascular, lymphatic, nervous and endocrine system on radiographs.
Synopsis of Course Contents: This course introduces general body pathology as seen on radiograph. The student will gain knowledge on general pathological pattern on radiograph. Reference: 1. Radiographic Pathology For Technologist 4th Ed, James D mace, Nina Kowalczyk, 2004, Mosby. 2. Accident and Emergency X-rays Made Easy, James D. Begg, 2005, Churchill Livingstone. 3. Comprehensive Radiographic Pathology, Eisenbergh R L & Dennis C A, 1995, Mosby.
MPEP3170 : Advanced Clinical Placement

At the end of this course, the student is able to: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. perform general examination without assistance. describe the general procedure for CT examination and ultrasound of the body. describe the general procedure for MRI examination. perform CT and ultrasound examination with assistance.
4 credits
perform ward and non-ambulatory radiography unaided including assessing the resultant images.
Synopsis of Course Contents: This course is a clinical placement to provide an opportunity for the student to improvement their knowledge and skill for specialized, CT, ultrasound and MRI examination. Reference: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Clark's Positioning In Radiography, Swallow R A Et Al, 1986, Heinemann. A Guide To Radiological Procedure, Chapman S Et Al, 1986 Balliere Tindall. Merill's Atlas Of Radiographic Positions And Radiographic Procedures, Ballinger R, 1995, Mosby Textbook Of Radiographic Positioning And Related Anatomy, Bontranger K L, 1997, Mosby. Radiographic Critique, Mcquillen-Martensen K, 1996, Saunders.
321
2012-2013
YEAR 4
MPEP4101 : Specialized Imaging Modality Principle
At the end of this course, the student is able to: 1. 2. 3. explain the technique, procedure and radiation protection for intervensional, SPECT, PET, bone densitometry, digital mammography and animal radiography. discuss the principle and technique of each specialized modality. describe the criteria in evaluating the produced image quality. 2 credits
Synopsis of Course Contents: This course provides the knowledge of principle and technique of interventional imaging, SPECT, CTPET, bone densitometry and latest imaging modality. Reference: 1. 2. 3. 4. Chesneys Radiographic Imaging, Ball J et al, 1996. Blackwell Scientific, London Merrils Atlas of Radiographic Positions and Procedures, Ballinger R, 1995, Mosby New York. Textbook of Radiologic Positioning & Related Anatomy, Bontrager, K L, 1997, 4th Ed, Mosby, St. Louis. Clarks Positioning in Radiography, Swallow R A et al, 1986, Hienmann, London
MPEP4120 : Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI)

At the end of this course, the student is able to: 1. 2. 3. 4. describe the principle and equipment of MRI. describe the general MRI procedure. perform basic MRI examination with assistance. describe quality assurance of MRI equipment.
2 credits
Synopsis of Course Contents: This course provides knowledge in MRI examination which covers principle, equipment, general body examination technique and equipment quality assurance. Reference: 1. 2. 3. 4. MRI: A conceptual overview, Rajan, S S, 1997, Springer-Verlag, New York. Handbook of MRI Technique, Westbrook C, 1995, Blackwell Science Ltd. MRI In Practice, Westbrrok C & Kaut C, 1995, Blackwell Science Ltd. MRI: The basics, Hashemi R H & Bradley W G, 1997, Williams & Wilkins, Baltimore.
322
2012-2013
MPEP4121 : Medical Informatics

At the end of this course, the student is able to: 1. describe the role of computers in health care. 2. discuss the various systems in data management and patient records. 3. describe the latest development in image management in imaging department. Synopsis of Course Contents:
2 credits
This course provides an understanding of organizing information in medical imaging, information management using computer technology and technological effect on patient care, imaging science, medical research and education. Reference: 1. Computer, Long l, Long N, 1999, Prentice-Hall.
MPEP4122 : Management in Health Care

At the end of this course, the student is able to: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. describe the theory and basic management practice. discuss the method of problem solving in radiography practice.
2 credits
describe the role of radiographer as a health care team in providing effective patient care. describe method of implementing quality assurance programme in patient care. propose a business planning suitable for Medical Imaging
Synopsis of Course Contents: This course will provide an understanding on management structure of medical imaging department in a changing environment. Reference: 1. 2. Management, Stoner J et al, 1995, Prentice-Hall. Managing Health Professionals, Nelson M J, 1989, Chapman & Hall.
323
2012-2013
MPEP4102 : Comparative Imaging

2 credits
discuss the choice of imaging modality by considering the condition, presentation, difficulty and co-operation of the patient compare the advantages and disadvantages of each modality in diagnosis confirmation. discuss the evaluation and status of radiographic procedure related to different conditions, presentation, difficulty and co-operation of patient.
Synopsis of Course Contents: This course provides an overall understanding the choice of suitable modality for the confirmation of a disease diagnosed by considering the advantages and disadvantages of each modality. Reference: 1. 2. 3. Radiological Differential Diagnosis, Satish K Bhargava, 2007, Unipress. Radiographic Pathology for Technologist 4th Ed, Mace and Kawalczyk, 2004, Mosby. Trauma Radiology Companion: Methods, Guidelines, and Imaging Fundamentals 2nd Ed, Michelle M Bittle, Martin L Gunn, Joel A Gross and Eric J Stern, 2012, Lippincott Williams & Wilkins. Clinical Imaging with Skeletal, Chest and Abdomen: Pattern Diffentials, Marchiori D M, 1999, Mosby. Critical Diagnostic Pathways in Radiology: An Algorithmic Approach, 1981, Eds. Eisenberg R L and Amberg J R
4. 5.
MPEP4103 : Quality Assurance

At the end of this course, the student is able to: 1. 2. 3. 4. discuss the importance of quality assurance programme for imaging equipment. describe the rules and recommendations for quality assurance programme. perform and monitor quality assurance programme. propose a business planning suitable for Medical Imaging
2 credits
Synopsis of Course Contents: This course provides an understanding related to general requirement of performing quality assurance programme in an imaging department. Reference: 1. 2. 3. 4. Chesneys Equipment For Student Radiographers, Carter P H et al, 1994, Blackwell Science. Equipment for Diagnostic Radiography, Forster E, 1986, MTP Press. Practical Guide to Quality Assurance in Medical Imaging, Moores B et al, 1987, Wiley & Sons. A Manual of Radiographic Equipment, Stockley S, 1986, Churchill Livingstone.
324
2012-2013
MPEP4104 : Sectional Anatomy

At the end of this course, the student is able to: 1. identify sectional anatomical structure of the extremities on diagram and radiograph. 2. identify sectional anatomical structure of the head on diagram and radiograph. 3. identify sectional anatomical structure of the neck on diagram and radiograph. 4. identify sectional anatomical structure of the chest on diagram and radiograph. 5. identify sectional anatomical structure of the abdomen on diagram and radiograph. Synopsis of Course Contents:
2 credits
This course provide the knowledge of sectional anatomical structure in CT, MRI and ultrasound Reference: 1. 2. 3. 4. Sectional Anatomy for Imaging Professionals 2nd Ed, Kelly L L and Petersen C M, 2007, Mosby. Human Sectional Anatomy: Pocket Atlas of Body Sections, CT and MRI Images 3rd Ed, Harold Ellis, Bari M Logan and Adrian K Dixon, 2009, Hodder Arnold. MRI Atlas of Normal Anatomy, Chacko A K et al, 1991, McGraw-Hill Inc. Anatomy for Diagnostic Imaging, 2nd Ed, Stephanie Ryan, Michelle McNicholas and Stephen Eustace, 2004, Saunders.
MPEP4180 : Research Project

At the end of this course, the student is able to: 1. collect and manage data in a research. 2. identify suitable statistics for the research conducted. 3. write research report. 4. present the research in the form of poster/Power Point. Synopsis of Course Contents:
4 credits
This course is an extension from Research Methodology. The student will carry out a research project and submit a written report at the end of the semester. Reference: 1. How To Research: A Guide For Undergraduate & Graduate Students, Stanley Richardson, Balachandher Krishnan Guru, Cheng Ming Yu, Khong Kok Wei and Leo Pointon, 2005, Thomson. 2. How To Research, Blaxter Et Al, 1996, Open University, Birmingham. 3. Introduction To Research In The Health Sciences, Plogar S Et Al, 1995, Churchill Livingstone.
325
2012-2013
MPEP4170 : Specialized Imaging Practice

At the end of this course, the student is able to: 1. 2. 3. 4. perform general radiographic examination without assistance. perform special radiographic examination with assistance. perform CT, MRI and ultrasound examination with assistance. perform IVU examination unaided and assess the resultant images.
4 credits
Synopsis of Course Contents: The course is a clinical placement which allows the student to obtain in-depth experience on specialize modality. Reference: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. MRI: the basics, Hashemi R H & Bradley W G, 1997, Williams & Wilkins, Baltimore MRI: A conceptual overview, Rajan S S, 1997, Springer-verlag, New York. Handbook of MRI Technique, Westbrook C, 1995, Blackwell Science LTD. Comprehensive Radiographic Pathology, Eiseberg R L and Dennis C A, 1995, Mosby Clinical Sonography: a Practical Guide, Sanders R C, 1984, Little Brown, New York
326
2012-2013
BIOMEDICAL IMAGING DEPARTMENT FACILITIES
Imaging Laboratory
The objective of the Medical Imaging Programme is to expose the students to every phase of medical imaging and encourage a disciplined approach to problem solving. The four-year program is structured to introduce each medical imaging subdivision. Basic understanding of individual techniques is emphasized, followed by hands-on experience aimed at challenging the student to accept increasingly greater responsibilities as the training program progresses in the imaging laboratory (College of Radiography) and Biomedical Imaging Department.
In addition to conventional radiography and nuclear medicine, training will be available in computer sciences, related imaging technologies, angiography, and interventional radiography. Equipment, facilities, and personnel are available to develop expertise in all areas of medical imaging. The Biomedical Imaging Department have:
3 MRI scanners: 1. 2. 3. GE 3 T SIGNA with HIFU GE 1.5 T SIGNA Siemens MAGNETOM C 0.35 T Open MRI
Three Computed Tomography Scanners 1. 2. 3. Siemens SOMATOM Definition 128 slices Siemens Source SOMATOM Definition Dual
Siemens SOMATOM Sensation 16 slices
327
2012-2013
2 Angiography Sets Philips CX50 Integrated Ultrasound Biplane Siemens Syngo Multimodality Single Plane 1 Fluographic Set 2 Cardioangiography Sets Philips FD10 Biplane Philips FD20 Single Plane
Ultrasound 3 sets of Philips IU22 High end multifunction 1 set of Philips HDI3000
Nuclear Medicine 1 Philips 3 head gamma camera 1 Philips gamma camera 1 LEXXOS Digital 2D Densitometer
Mammography Siemens Mammomat 3000 Nova CR Siemens Mammomat Novation DR
328
2012-2013
3 Reporting Rooms
PACS Control Room
General Radiographic Machines Room A1 = GE MPG 80 Room A2, A3, A4 = Philips SUPER 80CP Room B6 = Intravenous Urography
Mobile X-ray 9 sets of AMX 4 Plus
In support of these devices, clinical facilities have been established and are available to enrich the student's experience. Each individual section in general radiography, nuclear medicine, and the Biomedical Imaging Department is supervised by departmental personnel, including clinical radiologists, medical physicists, and radiographers. All assume a direct role in student education.
329
2012-2013
FACULTY FACILITIES
1 2
TAN SRI DANARAJ MEDICAL LIBRARY IMAGING LABORATORY BIOMEDICAL IMAGING DEPARTMENT MULTIDISCIPLINARY LABORATORIES CLINCAL SKILLS LABORATORY COMPUTER LABORATORIES MEDICAL ILLUSTRATION AND MULTIMEDIA DEVELOPMENT UNIT ANATOMY RESOURCE CENTRAL PATHOLOGY MUSEUM UNIVERSITY BOOK STORE (MEDICAL)
FACULTY FACILITIES
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
330
2012-2013
TAN SRI DANARAJ MEDICAL LIBRARY

SERVICES Academic Services Tan Sri Danaraj Medical Library
The Medical Library on the 3rd floor of the faculty contains around 100,000 volumes and subscribes to around 2,000 current journals. An extensive collection of reference works printed indexing and abstracting services are mainta ined. It permits access to a number of databases both on-line and on compact disk in the various fields of m edicine and allied health care. In addition, the library offers cassette-tape, tape-slide, video-viewing and discussion room facilities, interlibrary loan, photocopying and document binding services. Branch libraries are at the Klang and Kuala Langat District Complexes. Th ese libraries aim to provide good quality and friendly service in a pleasant environment. Care of all library material is essential to mainta ining this sta ndard. Instructions regarding the use of facilities should be obtained from library staff. The Main U M Library situated in the main campus contains more than 1 million volumes, a microfilm processing unit and photostating facilities. Library times: Mon-Fri: 0800 2230 hr Sat & Sun: 0800 1530 hr
MULTI-DISCIPLINARY LABORATORIES
A special facility at FOM is the multidisciplinary laboratories commonly known as the MD Labs (I and II). As their name implies, these labs serves various purposes which include wet and dry laboratory practicals, tutorials, self-directed learning stations, structured paraclinical examinations as well as for tutorial and self learning. It also serves as a home-based for the students.
331
2012-2013
CLINICAL SKILLS LABORATORIES

The Clinical Skill Laboratory (CSL) of Faculty of Medicine provides facilities for the teaching of clinical skills and procedures. It is equipped with wide range of simulators. The centre allows medical and paramedical students and doctors to use these simulators for learning and practicing the clinical skills and procedures in a safe, controlled environment. For detail information check its webpage: http://www.ummc.edu.my/csl.
COMPUTER LABORATORIES
The computers laboratories equip with a total of 90 computers are available to students of UMMC for various computer-aided learning programmes. These laboratories are opened up to 11.30 pm on working days.
332
2012-2013
MEDICAL ILLUSTRATIONS AND MULTIMEDIA DEVELOPMENT UNIT

This unit is a centre for the production of media and resources to support teaching and research at the faculty. Comprehensive photographic and gra phic services are o ffered as well as a fully equipped video unit. Other services include management of the Facultys lecture theatres and audiovisual equipment.
ANATOMY RESOURCE CENTRE
The Anatomy Resource Centre (ARC) has been designed to e mphasise clinically relevant anatomy and stimulate active learning in students in a p leasant conducive environment. Although designed as a multidisciplinary resource primarily for medical students, it also serves the needs of dent al students and others from the allied health sciences as well as postgraduate health professionals. In addition, the ARC plays a very vital role in educating the public about the importance of anatomy in clinical medicine (see below). Key features include potted and plastinated cadaveric specimens, a range of diagnostic images and clinical scenarios quizzes. In addition, activity stations have been designed to focus on interactive learning through multimedia computers, educational anatomy software/ medical websites as well as anatomy videotapes. Dedicated timetable slots in the Phase I medical course encourage self-learning in the ARC by medical students. All regular ARC users are issued with security smart cards to enter and exit the centre. User profile of t he ARC is continuously recorded and analysed from computerised door entry records. Student perception of AR C educational value i s assessed regularly through feedback questionnaires surveys.
333
2012-2013
CENTRAL PATHOLOGY MUSEUM
UNIVERSITY BOOK STORE (MEDICAL)

Located on the ground floor of Menara Timur in UMMC, the Medical Book Store stocks a comprehensive supply of medical textbooks in all medical disciplines. It also stock students clinical learning aids and stationaries.
MEDSOC
You can have complete information on the Medical Society and their activities at the FOM website.
334
2012-2013
CAMPUS FACILITIES
1 2 3
ACCOMODATION STUDENT SCHOLARSHIP AND LOAN STUDENT HEALTH SERVICES STUDENT COUNSELING SERVICES UNIVERSITY BOOK STORE PEKANSISWA SHOPS BANKING SERVICES MAIN LIBRARY
CAMPUS FACILITIES
4 5 6 7 8 9
10 SPORTS AND RECREATION 11 MOSQUE 12 ANNUAL PLANNER & NOTES
335
2012-2013
ACCOMMODATION
The Ibnu Sina Residential College houses 700 Faculty of Medicine students. A branch hostel in Klang, next to the Hospita l is specially for medical students in Phase III. Full board and lodging is pro vided at reasonable rates. Further information for on-campus or off-campus accommodation can be obtained from the Stu dent Affairs Section, UM.
STUDENT SCHOLARSHIP/LOANS UNIT

This unit, located in the Student Affairs Section, UM handles applications for scholarship/loans from national, state and statutory bodies, including private companies and philanthropic organizations.
STUDENT HEALTH CLINIC

Mon-Fri: 0800 1230 Sat: 0800 1245 hr No service on Sun/public holiday This service is available to all students throughout the year. The clinic is situated in the 12 College building in UM
th
Residential
UM MEDICAL CENTRE
A 24-hour emergency medical service is available to all UM students at the Accident & Emergency Unit of the UM Medical Centre.
STUDENT COUNSELING SERVICE

Mon-Fri: 0900 1230hr Sat: 0900 hr A confidential counseling service available for all UM students, is offered by the Student Development Section, which is situated at the Perdanasiswa Complex. The UM Medical Center provides an added counseling service for its students. For fur ther information, please refer to current faculty notices on Counseling Service.
336
2012-2013
PEKAN BUKU (0900 1700 hr)

A large bookshop is strategically placed at the P erdanasiswa complex (C). Prices are competitive and the range is wide. A br anch outlet for medical books is available on the ground floor of the main hospital block.
PEKANSISWA (0900 1700 hr)

A minimarket on the gro und floor of the Baktisiswa electrical goods. building is available for foodstuff, porting and
MOSQUE
Masjid Al-Rahman is situated at the main entrance to UM. A surau is situated adjacent to the hospital. A newly built surau is situated in the Faculty of Medicine at level 4 between the Department of Anatomy and Molecular Medicine.
SHOPS - PHARMACY, FRUITSHOP & FLORIST

These shops are available on the first and ground floor of the main hospital block.
BANKING FACILITIES
A CIMB is situated on the ground floor of the new administrative building in the campus. A CIMB and a Bank Islam auto-teller machine is available on the g round floor of the main hospital block. A Bank Simpanan Nasional branch is situated in the Siswarama building o n the main campus. Bank Islam is situated on the ground of the new examination building in the campus.
337
2012-2013
FACULTY BUILDING PLAN
338
2012-2013
MAP CAMPUS
YOU ARE HERE
339
2012-2013
STUDENT DRESS CODE
340
2012-2013
NOTES......
341
2012-2013
NOTES......
342
2012-2013
NOTES......
343
2012-2013
gHANK YOU
PREPARED BY;
UNDERGRADUATE ADMINISTRTATION & ICT UNIT, DEAN OFFICE. BIOMEDICAL SCIENCE UNIT, DEPARTMENT OF BIOMEDICAL IMAGING DEPARTMENT OF PHARMACY DEPARTMENT OF NURSING SCIENCE FACULTY OF MEDICINE UNIVERSITI MALAYA
344

Ug HB 2012-2013

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Ug HB 2012-2013

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Ug HB 2012-2013

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Undergraduate

FACULTY OF MEDICINE , UNIVERSITI OF MALAYA | http://medicine.um.edu.my

FACULTY OF MEDICINE , UNIVERSITI OF MALAYA | http://medicine.um.edu.my

330 335 338 339 340

FACULTY OF MEDICINE , UNIVERSITI OF MALAYA | http://medicine.um.edu.my

PROFESSOR DR. ADEEBA BINTI KAMARULZAMAN Dean Faculty of Medicine

FACULTY OF MEDICINE , UNIVERSITI OF MALAYA | http://medicine.um.edu.my

DEPUTY DEANS MESSAGE

FACULTY OF MEDICINE , UNIVERSITI OF MALAYA | http://medicine.um.edu.my

FACULTY OF MEDICINE , UNIVERSITI OF MALAYA | http://medicine.um.edu.my

MANAGEMENT, HEAD OF DEPARTMENTS / UNIT & ACADEMIC STAFF

FACULTY OF MEDICINE , UNIVERSITI OF MALAYA | http://medicine.um.edu.my

Professor Dr Johari Haji Surin (Development)

Aminah Hj. Nafiah Senior Assistant Registrar

Haril Muzammil Awang Senior Assistant Registrar

FACULTY OF MEDICINE , UNIVERSITI OF MALAYA | http://medicine.um.edu.my

UNIVERSITY MALAYA MEDICAL CENTRE

Deputy Director (Professional) Professor Dato Dr Patrick Tan Seow Koon

Manager, Human Resource Division Datin Nor Enson binti Abas

FACULTY OF MEDICINE , UNIVERSITI OF MALAYA | http://medicine.um.edu.my

DEPARTMENTS AT THE FACULTY ANAESTHESIOLOGY

I (Ire), FRCA, FANZCA, EDIC, FAMM

Professor Dato Dr Patrick Tan Seow Koon

MBBS (Lond), FRCA (Eng), FFARCS (Ire), FANZCA, EDIC,

Professor Dato Dr Wang Chew Yin Senior Lecturer:

MBChB (Birmingham), FRCA (Eng), FFARCS (Ire), AM, DA (UK)

FACULTY OF MEDICINE , UNIVERSITI OF MALAYA | http://medicine.um.edu.my

BDS (Mal), MMedSc (Anat) (Mal), PhD

MBBS (Mal), MMedSc (Glas), PhD (Glas)

Associate Professor Dr Murali Senior Lecturers:

FACULTY OF MEDICINE , UNIVERSITI OF MALAYA | http://medicine.um.edu.my

Tel: 03-7949 2069 Fax: 03-79581973

Associate Professor Dr Yang Faridah Abd. Aziz

MBBS (Mal), MRad (Mal), FAMM

PhD, FIPM, MIPEM, DABMP, CSci, AM

FACULTY OF MEDICINE , UNIVERSITI OF MALAYA | http://medicine.um.edu.my

FACULTY OF MEDICINE , UNIVERSITI OF MALAYA | http://medicine.um.edu.my

BSc (WIU), MSc (WIU), PhD (Texas)

Senior Research Fellow:

Professor Dr Ngeow Yun Fong Visiting Senior Lecturer:

MBBS (Sing), M.Sc.Med.Micro (Lond), MRCPath, FRCPath (UK), MD

FACULTY OF MEDICINE , UNIVERSITI OF MALAYA | http://medicine.um.edu.my

Tel: 03-7949 2429 Fax: 03-79556936 Email: gohkj@ummc.edu.my

Professor Dr Goh Khean Jin

MBBS (Singapore), MRCP (UK), FRCP (Glasgow), FAMM

(Lond), Dip. Ven (Lond)

FNHAM, FCAPSC, FAsCC, FAPSIC, FSCAI, FACC, FESC

CCT Neurology (UK) Dip HIV, CCT (UK)

(Dublin), CSCST (Rheum & GIM)(Ire)

BA, MBBCh BAO (Dublin), MRCP (UK), MRCP (Lond), MD

FACULTY OF MEDICINE , UNIVERSITI OF MALAYA | http://medicine.um.edu.my

Dr Shasha Khairullah MBChB (Bristol)

FACULTY OF MEDICINE , UNIVERSITI OF MALAYA | http://medicine.um.edu.my

BSc (Mal), PhD (Glas)

Lecturer: Ms. Suzita Mohd Noor

BBiomedSc (Mal), MMedSc (Mal)

FACULTY OF MEDICINE , UNIVERSITI OF MALAYA | http://medicine.um.edu.my

FACULTY OF MEDICINE , UNIVERSITI OF MALAYA | http://medicine.um.edu.my